Home

Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process

1. code to show message here The form rule depends on both the value of E valid and E value length and therefore when a string longer than zero characters is entered the form rule is executed and the message is shown Infinite Loops It is easy to create form rules that enter a loop condition For example a form rule that updates A value based on B value and another form rule that updates B value based on A value They can continually trigger each other The Oracle BPM server prevents this from happening by setting an execution time limit for each form rule Any form rule that takes longer than 5 seconds to execute is forcibly stopped Note that this is a very lengthy period of time for most computational tasks and the vast majority of form rules are not impacted by this constraint However since Oracle BPM is a hosted site that may be simultaneously used by numerous users there is a time limit imposed on these computations Debugging Form Rules This section describes ways of debugging forms Debugging Duplicate Control Names When you re designing forms the forms designer generally prevents you from giving controls duplicate names but you can give controls the same name if the controls are contained within different section controls For example you can have two sections in a form named Home and Office and each section can have a text control named Address However if you want to use either of the Address controls in a
2. 3 Select the space where you want to store your imported project You must create or choose a space before you can import a project 4 Click Browse then select the project file you want to import 5 Click OK to import the project into the Oracle BPM repository How to Export a Project from the Application Welcome Page Projects exported from Oracle Business Process Composer can be imported into Oracle BPM Studio Exporting a project to your local file system allows you to share projects without using Oracle Process Asset Manager PAM For information on importing a project into Oracle BPM Studio see the Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio You can export a project from the application welcome pages project list To export a project as an EXP file 1 Find the project you want to export from the list of projects located in the project list as shown in Figure 3 3 Figure 3 3 Project List Project in List LoanApplication ay Space Acme Created 2 12 PM p Creator JCOOPER Type BPM Project 2 Click the Download icon 4 which is located in the top right hand corner 3 Choose a location on your local file system and click Save Your exported project is saved as a EXP file on your local file system How to Export a Project or Project Snapshot from the Project Welcome Page Projects or project snapshots can be exported from Oracle Business Process Composer to
3. Dropdown Text Radio TextArea G Checkbox Date Name amp Section EMai Repeat 2 Money aa Tabs Phone Date Mm Panel Quantity Table Number Message amp T F Total Amount Link a Image Trigger PROPERTIES Trip Details Settings Style Section 12 Description Edit the form to change this descr Element Name TravelRequestForm e Drag and drop controls from the palette or from the form Country City Save v Save PDF USA 7 i Printable V Decorated V PRESSES Purpose of Visit Internal Meeting Customer Visit Training Seminar Customer Name Working with Web Forms 10 3 Introduction to the Web Forms Designer When you open a web form the web form designer appears as a tabbed pane within Oracle Business Process Composer The web forms designer is divided into the following areas e Web forms component palette e Web form toolbar e Forms canvas e Properties editor e Data sources Note Data sources are available only in web forms created through the data first use case See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method for information about creating web forms based on a human task payload Each area of the web forms designer is described in the following sections Introduction to the Web Forms Component Palette The component palette contains the controls you can add to a form to define how your users interact with your business application The form palett
4. LoanProcess LoanProcess Description This process includes receiving and processing loan applications Apply Changes He B U EZZ EE FE CR The business process implements a solution for a Loan Officer to receive a loan application and manage all approvals within a particular Loans department in an organization e Inthe documentation tab of the property pane as shown in Figure 6 8 Figure 6 8 Process Property Documentation LoanProcess if Documentation Documentation NE EETA Hee M 2 BU sys A Se O SZ ZZ EE SFE EP HB Doumentation Type v The business process implements a solution for a Loan Officer to receive a loan application and manage all approvals within a particular Loans department in an organization Implementation 4 Validation When Used Documentation is added to a process when the information is important for comprehension or following the process or when the information does not exist elsewhere 6 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Understanding Process Level Documentation Process Links Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report If the name of the link is generic or could be confused for another document use the description to provide more detail For example if there are several checklists that are used by the sales organization the description can help the user determine if the link is to the appropriate checklis
5. 1 Move the mouse over the process area 2 Move the mouse over the edit pencil icon then click the properties icon The Properties Editor appears in the lower area of the application 3 In the Properties Editor click the Search icon next to the Value Chain field 4 Select a BA project from the list 5 Click Next 6 Select a Value Chain Model from the list 7 Click Finish Working with Value Chain Models Using the Value Chain Editor you can create and edit Value Chain Models If you intend to have a strategy implemented through a value chain you must create an empty value chain model and link to it from the value chain in the strategy model If you link the value chain model to the strategy the value chain model does not display in the impact analysis report How to Create a Value Chain Model To create a Value Chain Model 1 Open your BA project 2 Select the Value Chain Model tab 3 Click New then enter a name The new model appears in the Value Chain Model tab By default the list appears with icons for each Value Chain Model 4 Optionally to select a different view click the View button then select Grid 5 To open a Value Chain Model click its name How to Assign BPM Projects or Value Chain Models to a Step within a Chain To assign a BPM Project or Value Chain Model to a step within a chain 1 Open your Value Chain Model 2 Move the mouse over the appropriate step 3 Move the mouse over
6. Bu sinessRuleTask e Subprocess AdHocSubprocess Ca e Event llActivity StartEvent En dEvent IntermediateCatchEvent D 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process IntermediateThrowEvent BoundaryEvent e Gateway ExclusiveGateway InclusiveGateway ParallelGateway ComplexGateway EventBasedGateway e DataObject DataObjectReference e Group e Annotation TextAnnotation e Lane e Pool Participant e MessageFlow e SequenceFlow e Association e null Note When you assign the null value to a Visio element no BPMN flow object is created BPMN Element Attributes The following tables show valid values for BPMN attributes based on the basic BPMN types of BPMN flow objects Task attributes and values Table D 1 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN tasks Table D 1 Task Attributes and Values Attribute Values TaskType None Script Reference Service User Manual Send Receive Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 7 Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process Attribute Values LoopType Standard MultilInstance isForCompensation true false Implentation Any text OperationRef Any text Subprocess attributes and values Table D 2 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN subprocesses Table D 2 Subpro
7. The dictionary appears in the Business Rules Editor as shown in Figure 17 1 Ensure that the project is in edit mode 3 Go to the toolbar and click Rulesets if the Business Rules Editor is not already displaying the Rulesets page 4 Click the add button located at the top left hand side of the page This action automatically creates a ruleset with a name similar to Rule Set 1 Rule Set 2 and so on 5 Click the Advanced Property Editor icon to edit the ruleset properties as shown in Figure 17 7 Figure 17 7 Business Rules Editor Rulesets Advanced Property Editor gt E Value Sets Globals Business Phrases J Tests Q Explorer I Facts amp LoanRuleSety F cle X Name LoanRuleSet amp Rules p X Kar Description Search By Alias LoanApprov i Active Effective Date From both Start Date E UTC 08 00 PSTSPDT OK 6 Edit the name and add a description Descriptions are one or two sentence expansions of the name to help a user distinguish between rulesets 7 Click the Active check box to activate this ruleset 8 Define an effective date for this ruleset Select e Always e Range Define an effect start and end date and time e From Define an effective start date and time e To Define an effective end date and time 9 Click OK 17 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Rulesets How to Add General Rules and Verbal Rules to a Ruleset Use the Bu
8. 2 3 Click Organization then click the Add icon Provide a name for the new role then click Add Role as shown in Figure 5 4 Figure 5 4 Organization Roles Add Role 41 Organization Roles Business Parameters Organization Units Project Roles P Xx Name_ Process Editor To delete a project role 1 2 3 Access the Project Welcome Page Expand Organization Select the role you want to delete then click the Delete icon Defining Business Parameters Business Parameters are used for setting business specific constants and can be overridden for an Organization Unit If there is no override value for Org Unit the returned value is the default value To create a business parameter 1 2 3 Access the Project Welcome page Click Organization then select the Business Parameters tab Click the Add icon to create a new business parameter Provide a Name for the new business parameter This name must be in capital letters with no spaces Select a Type for the new business parameter Choose from the list shown in Figure 5 5 5 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Defining Project Roles Business Parameters and Organization Units Figure 5 5 Organization Business Parameters Roles Business Parameters Organization Units Business Parameters l R Name Type Default Va j POLICYACCEPT Boolean true ame Type Default Value 6
9. 4 Tools v Switch Rows to Columns 3 LoanApprovalDecisionTable ri ST E a Y RuleInputType loanAmount Less Than 100 Thousand Bet Between 200 to 500 Thousand Less Than 100 Thousand Bet Between 200 to 500 Thousand RuleInputType creditRating GOOD EXCELLENT GOOD EXCELLENT POOR POOR amp assert new RuleQutputType Y v v v loanApprovalStatus String AUTO_APPROVED MANUAL_APPROVAL MANUAL_APPROVAL REJECTED For more detailed information about how to create Decision Tables and the tools available see Designing Business Rules with Oracle Business Process Management Working with Decision Tables Exporting and Importing Decision Tables to and From Microsoft Excel Business users may find that editing Decision Tables is easier to do in Microsoft Excel New functionality allows you to export and edit Decision Tables in Excel and then import the Decision Tables back into the dictionary You can export and edit Decision Tables at design time in Oracle Business Process Composer You can export one or more Decision Tables from a business rules dictionary to the same Excel workbook When you import back into the dictionary you can create a new dictionary overwrite the existing dictionary or perform a Diff Merge The Diff Merge allows you to compare dictionaries For more information about comparing dictionaries see Comparing and Merging Oracle Business Rules Dictionaries The Excel workbook structure consists of several worksheets
10. Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways Although it is possible to have process paths that split at a gateway without merging through the gateway this is not usually good practice For more details on the merge behavior of gateways see the following sections for each gateway type Note If you delete the merge gateway from a process the corresponding split gateway is also deleted Introduction to the Exclusive Gateway The exclusive gateway allows you to split your process into two or more paths However the process only continues down one of these paths even if multiple outgoing sequence flows are present Exclusive gateways can have conditional outgoing sequence flows and must have at least one default outgoing sequence flow You can define expressions that are used to determine if your process continues down a conditional sequence flow See Using Expressions to Control Data for more information If your process has multiple outgoing sequence flows for an exclusive gateway you can define the order in which they are evaluated The order of evaluation is configured in the properties of the exclusive gateway If you have an exclusive gateway where more than one conditional sequence flow evaluates to true the process continues down the first conditional sequence flow determined by this order Unlike other gateways the exclusive gateway does not require a corresponding merge to be explicitly defined in your process after split
11. Indicator Options Cost Total Cost Average Total Cost Resource Busy Cost Resource Total Cost Time Cycle Time Waiting Time Working Time Total Working Count Average Process Time Units Queue Size Working Count Resource Utilization Average Performance Completed Operations Simulating Process Behavior 8 13 Analyzing the Results of a Simulation Indicator Options Completed Instances 3 Total Cost 3 Click the Activities Only check box to only include activities in the simulation results The chart displays the indicator options you selected 4 Click on any bar or process to view detailed activity results 8 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 9 Using Process Player This chapter describes how to use process player to test the business processes within a Business Process Management BPM project This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Process Player e Using Process Player to Test the Behavior of Business Processes Introduction to Process Player Process player provides an efficient way of testing the Business Process Model and Notation BPMN processes in your process based business application It uses a runtime environment accessible from Oracle Business Process Composer that emulates the real world behavior of business processes As the application runs pr
12. Reports Administration Player Administration Administrators can perform the following tasks e Configure and remove Business Process Composer spaces e Delete projects e Release locks on projects e Configure administrator credentials for process player e View and delete reports How to Grant Administrator Privileges to a Business Process Composer User Administrator privileges are granted by assigning the Administrators group to an Oracle Business Process Composer user To grant administrator privileges 1 Log in to the WebLogic Administrator Console 2 Go to Security Realms and then select myRealms 3 Go to the Users Groups tab and select the user you want to grant administrative privileges 4 Move the Administrators group from the list of Available groups to the list of Assigned groups 5 Click Save to save your changes The Oracle Business Process Composer user now has administrator privileges 2 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Managing Business Process Composer Spaces How to Access the Administration View Users who have been granted administrator privileges can access the Administration view from the application welcome page How to access the administrator view 1 Sign in to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges 2 In the upper right hand corner of the application window click Modeler View 3 Select Administrator View f
13. e Click OK Click Add Mapping The users or groups you mapped to the process role appear in the mappings table Note You must map at least one user or group for each role in your process If process player encounters a user task with an unmapped role it cannot continuing running the process beyond the human task How to Use Process Player to Run a Business Process Before using process player to test the behavior of your business processes ensure that you have mapped all the roles in your process to at least one user or group within your organization See How to Map the Roles Defined in Your Process to Users in Your Organization for more information To use process player 1 2 Open your project Access process player Select a process Click the Play icon located on the start event of your process Process player begins running the process As it passes through each flow object and sequence flow it outlines the path it takes through the process 9 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Using Process Player to Test the Behavior of Business Processes As process player continues running through your process it stops when the process instance reaches one of the following flow objects e User tasks e Call activities e Message events e Timer events You must provide input for each of theses flow objects before process player continues running the process See How Process
14. lt center gt You can choose a message type to display different pre defined background colors decorators or a border from the Message Type dropdown on the Setting tab of the property panel These settings can override the values you have specified for BG Color and Label Color For these values to take effect select None for the Message Type Message Type values include e Default e None e Bordered e Success e Info e Warning e Error Link Control Use the Link Control to include a URL in your form When a user clicks the link the target URL opens in a separate browser window Button Control Use the button control to add a button to your form This control is primarily used in conjunction with form rules Note The button control does not work in repeating items Image Control Use the image control to include an image picture logo and so on in your form The image control allows you to add JPG GIF and PNG files or any other image type that your browser supports When you drag in the image control a Browse button and an Upload Image button appear Click Browse navigate to the image you want and click Upload Image After uploading the image the Browse and Upload Image buttons are no longer available To change the image you must delete the image control and drag in a new one Before uploading images you must ensure that they are sized to fit within a form The standard form size is 600 pixels You can re
15. Activity notes are useful while collaborating with others when creating or editing a process They are highly visible and can be easily added and deleted Where Used 6 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Understanding Activity Level Documentation General Activity Issues Notes do not appear in the narrative view or in process reports The General tab tracks the cost organization unit application system and time to complete an activity General Location In the General tab within the Business Properties panel as shown in Figure 6 19 Figure 6 19 Business Properties General S Loan Process gy Credit Rating Bee Cost 5000 General Q S Organization Unit Student Loans x aP Links m Application System Kwik Loan Application System v Tracking Time Month s 0 Day s 1f v Ay Issues amp Comments When Used General information is used for process improvement and discovery it can be important to track the cost of performing the activity as well as how long it takes to complete Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report The activity issues should be used to track specific issues including their severity priority and resolution status Issues Location In the Issues tab within the Business Properties panel as shown in Figure 6 20 Figure 6 20 Business Properties Issues General Q uns Le Tracking v Ay
16. LoanForm TaskExecutionData Business Object Business Object Al Creating a New Business Object To create a new business object 1 2 From the Project Welcome Page click Business Components Click the New icon then select New Business Object to open the New Business Object wizard as shown in Figure 14 3 Figure 14 3 New Business Object Wizard New Business Object x Basics gt Attributes gt Methods Create a new Business Object from Home Name M Parent Module B usinessData iv From XSD Q Previous gt Next Finish Cancel Enter a name for the new complex data type business object Select a parent module from the drop down list You must select a parent module when creating a new complex data type If no module currently exists you must create a new one To create a new module a Click the icon b Enter a name for the new module then click OK Select the schema from the drop down list that appears when you select the From XSD check box Click Finish to create your new business object or continue to the next step if you want to add attributes and methods Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures 14 3 Working with Complex Data Types 10 11 Click Next to add an attribute The Attributes dialog appears as shown in Figure 14 4 Figure 14 4 New Business Object Wizard Attributes Dialog New Business Object Basics gt
17. Toolbar Toolbar Element Description Main Menu Click to access the Project Welcome Page s main menu From here you can use the Main Menu to e Create a new simulation or service e Import a project model e Export a project e Generate a process report e Save a project e Discard changes made to a project e Validate a project e Close the current project Viewing Mode Edit Click this icon to toggle to the edit mode When you first open a shared project it opens in view mode If the project isn t locked by another participant you can click this icon to change to edit mode Editing Mode Save ial Publish a Click to save the current project and continue editing Click to publish the project data Publishing a project makes the changes you have recently made available to other participants Discard m aS Player Click to discard changes made to this project since the last publication Click to run the process player This icon is only visible if the process player has been configured For more information about the process player see Using Process Player Validate Click to validate this project Participants Displays the project type In this case the project type is Private Close Project Click to close the current project and return to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page Introduction to the Project Information Panel The pro
18. firstname value lastname value Select Controls Radio controls dropdowns and check boxes are all examples of select controls Radio and dropdown controls are single select That is if one item in the dropdown is selected then all other items in the dropdown are deselected The same is true for a radio Only one radio button can be depressed at any time Thus the ID value of radios and dropdowns are similar to the other input and output controls The value is a single item check box controls are multi select Multiple items can be selected at any given time Thus the ID value of a check box is an array Therefore on check boxes a valid expression is ID value length which returns the number of items in the value array And ID 0 value would retrieve the 1st item in the list and ID 1 value the 2nd and so on If you have a check box control with only one check box and that check box is unchecked the array contains no elements For a check box control a useful expression is ID value length 0 Note that ID length is not a valid expression Also since a 11 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Form Rules check box control is an array it is not a valid expression to write ID 0 value Because if at option in the check box control is unchecked its value is not be an empty string It simply does not exist in the array Initial Control State Every control in your form has an
19. valid The value of this property is true if the control contains a valid value otherwise its value is false Validity is based on the control s type For instance a numeric control is invalid if the user enters a string value that cannot be converted to a number This property can be set and read required Set to true to make a control required and display the red asterisk This property only affects palette controls and not controls generated from XSD schema data source This property is also valid for section controls Setting a section required to false automatically sets all inner controls to not required options Enables dynamic setting select control options radio dropdown and check box controls only label Sets the label seen on any control including sections help Sets the help text hint Sets the hint seen on hover status Sets the error message display whenever the control s value is invalid clicked Used by the trigger controls Its initial state is false When a user clicks a trigger its state turns true printable Set to false to remove the control from both the printable view and PDF submission document itemAdded Used by repeat controls Its initial state is false When a user clicks to add a repeat item AND when a repeat item is added through a Document URI as the form loads its state turns true itemRemoved Used by repeat controls Its initial state is false n When a user clicks t
20. Constant Period o ljos 0 S n 0 m 30 s The simulation parameters for activities are e Duration Defines the statistical model used to determine the amount of time required to perform an activity The statistical models used are similar to those defined for start events except instead of defining how often an event is triggered they define how long it takes to perform the work of a specific activity See Start Event Parameters for a description of each distribution type e Resources interactive activities only Defines how many interactive activities can be performed simultaneously You can define how simulated resources are allocated to this activity Organizational resources Resources shared between all the processes within a simulation definition You must specify the policy that determines how the simulated participants are selected to perform the activity Minimum cost Selects less costly resources first Maximum efficiency Selects the most efficient resources first Random Randomly selects between Minimum cost and Maximum efficiency See Resource Parameters for information on defining organization resources within a simulation definition Fixed resources explicitly defines the number of resources available to perform the interactive activity e Threads available only for automatic activities Defines the number of simulated threads that are used to perform an automatic activity e Co
21. Controlling Process Flow Using Intermediate Events Unlike start and stop events intermediate events occur during the flow of your process This section describes intermediate events and describes how to use them to control the flow and behavior of your process Introduction to Intermediate Events There are two types of intermediate events e Normal flow events Normal flow events occur within the typical flow of your process e Boundary events Boundary events trigger an interruption with your process Boundary events are associated with flow objects and can be configured to interrupt their usual behavior Boundary events behave similar to sequence flows in that they are used to determine the path a process takes between flow objects Boundary events can be divided into two types interrupting and non interrupting Introduction to the Timer Catch Event Timer catch events allow you to control the flow of your process using a time condition Possible uses of the time catch event include e Creating a delay before running an activity e Configuring a deadline for an activity e Configuring a deadline for a process e Triggering additional activities after an elapsed time Figure A 44 shows the default notation for the timer catch event BPMN Flow Object Reference A 25 Controlling Process Flow Using Intermediate Events Figure A 44 The Timer Catch Event You can use timer events as boundary events on an activity Timer events
22. If the orders are less than 1000 you can configure the KPI to show red danger where as any other range equal or above 1000 shows green KPI Lifecycle You can create KPIs at design time using Oracle Business Process Composer KPIs are available in both BPM and BA projects Each has its own considerations e Business Architecture You can create and configure KPIs with a BA project When you publish your project the KPIs are stored within the Oracle Business Activity Monitoring Oracle BAM repository along with other components of the BA project After publishing the KPI is available within BA reports and Oracle BAM dashboards Tracking Business Data in Your Application 16 1 Working with Business Indicators and Counter Marks KPIs can be defined at all levels of a business architecture hierarchy objectives strategies value chain models and value chain steps If a value chain step is defined by a Business Process Model and Notation BPMN process KPIs can also be defined at the process level Oracle BPM process KPIs can be rolled up to Strategies For information on how to create KPIs in a BA project see Working with Key Performance Indicators KPIs e BPM Projects You can also create and configure KPIs within a BPM project KPIs defined in a BPM project contain a measure or business indicator defined for the BPMN process When you deploy a BPM project the KPI is also deployed to the runtime environment The KPIs are
23. Need to assign new mid only when user clicks New items added via will have a zero length value if MLmid index value length 0 Assign unique ID to label so it can be referenced in RI Mailing Labels field Count the number of existing mailing labels on the form var maxId 0 for var i 0 i lt MLmid value length i if MLmid i value gt maxId maxId MLmid i value var next parseInt maxId 1 MLmid index value next toFixed 0 C 24 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer D Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM This appendix describes how to improve the results of importing process models created in Microsoft Visio and tools that support XPDL Process Definition Language This appendix includes the following sections e Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process e Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process You can import Visio files directly into Business Process Composer Business Process Composer maps Visio elements to Business Process Model and Notation BPMN flow objects using special mapping files named VisioMasterMap xml and VisioUserMap xml However Oracle only supports modifying the Visio mapping when using Business Process Management BPM Studio within Oracle JDeveloper The instructions in this section describe how to customize the mapping for BPM Studio Afte
24. See How to Create and Configure the Data Payload for a Human Task for more information Working with Human Tasks Oracle Business Process Composer enables you to create new human tasks directly from the Project Welcome Page Human tasks are defined as services and stored in the business catalog of a BPM project The following sections describe how to create configure and edit human tasks Walkthrough Creating and Configuring a Human Task The following procedures describe the general steps required to create and configure a human task 1 6 Create a new human task You can create a new human task directly from the Project Welcome page See How to Create New Human Task for more information Open the human task See How to Open a Human Task for more information Configure the basic properties and deadline for the human task Define the payload data for a human task Assign a form to the human task Assign the human task to a user task How to Create New Human Task To create a new human task 1 Open the project where you want to create a new human task Ensure the project is in edit mode From the Project Welcome page select the Human Tasks tab Click the New icon Provide a name for the new human task then click Create The new human task is displayed in the list of human tasks as shown in Figure 12 5 12 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Workin
25. The date is converted to the standard xsd date format of yyyy mm dd in the submissions XML document using the following format lt Order Date gt 2012 03 06 lt Order Date gt Dates are adjusted to be within 80 years before or 20 years after if the date is expressed with a two digit year For example using a pattern of mm dd yy and the current date time of Jan 1 1997 the string 01 11 12 would be interpreted as Jan 11 2012 while the string 05 04 64 would be interpreted as May 4 1964 During parsing only year strings consisting of exactly two digits will be parsed into the default century Any other numeric string such as a one digit string a three or more digit string or a two digit string that isn t all digits is interpreted literally The dates 01 02 3 or 01 02 003 are parsed using the same pattern as Jan 2 3 AD Similarly 01 02 3 is parsed as Jan 2 4 BC Web forms will always format for 4 digit years The Time Control Use the time control type to display only the time input field on your form The Time Format property drop down menu appears allowing a user to select between four variations of military and standard conventions The Time Format control defaults to hh mm using military time for example 18 30 Other format options include standard time AM PM Changing the control type to Time does not display the date picker The default Time Format is Automatic When Automatic is selected both entry and display for
26. To avoid converting these shapes you can add entries to the VisioUserMap xml file that map the corresponding shape masters to null which causes the converter to ignore the shape If the shape doesn t have a master the converter looks for an entry that matches the shape name as defined in Visio s Format Special dialog For example if your Visio file contains an object named SheetName mapping that value to null in VisioUserMap xml causes it to be ignored during import lt Master Name SheetName gt lt BPMNOb ject gt null lt BpmnObject gt lt Master gt Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT XPDL is an interchange format created by the Workflow Management Coalition for exchanging process model information between workflow automation tools BPM supports importing XPDL revisions 1 0 2 0 2 1 and 2 2 There are currently many process modeling tools that support XPDL but not all tools implement the standard in the same way Oracle BPM supports XPDL files that adhere strictly to the official XPDL specification available at http www xpdl1 org and uses Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation XSLT to transform non conforming formats into the format that BPM expects The XPDL importer also recognizes several extended attributes that triggers special transformation logic for common differences so that complex XSLT logic is not required Common Transformation Requirements The most common transformations include the following e
27. To create a new form rule 1 Open the form where you want to create a new form rule 2 In the form toolbar click the Rules button 3 Click Create New Rule 4 Click Edit then edit the fields in Table 11 1 as required Table 11 1 Form Rule Fields Element Description Name Defines the name of the form rule Change this to something meaningful Enabled Select to enable the form rule within your form If you deselect this option the form rule is not applied to the form at runtime Description Provides a description of the form rule Modify the default to describe the behavior of the form rule and how it functions within the context of the form controls and other form rules within the form Rule Defines the form rule 5 After you have finished creating and editing the form rules click Edit in the toolbar to return to the web forms designer How to Test a Form Rule You can test the behavior of form rules while testing a web form See How to Test a Web Form for more information 11 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 12 Working with Human Tasks This chapter describes how to use human tasks to define how end users interact with your process based application It describes how to create and edit human tasks using Oracle Business Process Composer This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Human Tasks e Introduction to the Human Task Ed
28. Working with Data Objects sas sitt iiaa a e e aa e i eie ir el alen E 13 4 How to Create a Data Objectijesusreniissedniiome daanin A a 13 4 How to Edit or Delete a Data Object sssssesnsssssssssestestessessstestesnesnentessesnesnentesrisnesneneesnesnesntn te 13 5 What Happens When You Delete or Edit a Data Object sssssssssssssssssrisrestensesresnesrensissesses 13 6 Introduction to Data ASSOCIatIONS cccccesecssessecsscssecsecssesscsssesecssesecsseseeesceseecacessecsecssecaecsaecaeceasenses 13 6 Introduction to the Data Associations Editor cccccesesssessessescesseesceeceesseseecseessecsecssecsseessenses 13 7 How to Configure Data Associations for a Flow Object s ssssssesssissessssssssessssseneessessessesee 13 8 14 Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures Introduction to Complex Data Type ccccccccssessesssneteseseeeeseseseecenssesesesnsensseeceeesesessananenesesesnenensseees 14 1 Working with Complex Data Types c cccccccesessssesesessesssesescecesescessnenssesesesenesesceceesesssnansnesesesneneneneees 14 2 How to Create a Complex Data Type Manually cccccccscceescessseseecenesesesneneneeseseeneseseeeeeenes 14 2 What Happens When You Create a Complex Data Type ccccccccescseeneeeststeteeseeceneseseeeenes 14 6 How to Edit a Complex Data Type Serres evr aun reei E aA a oak 14 6 How to Delete a Complex Data Type Module or Attribute se ssssssesisessssessesiereesressesesse
29. You can create a web form by dragging controls from the component palette to the form designer canvas Figure 10 4 shows an example of the form canvas containing several controls 10 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Web Form Controls Figure 10 4 Form Canvas TravelRequestForm z zR a m w p Name Date Total Amount Trip Details Section 12 Drag and drop controls from the palette or from the form Country City USA v v Purpose of Visit Internal Meeting Customer Visit Training Seminar Customer Name Introduction to Web Form Controls Web form controls are the user interface components that you add to a form to define the user interface of your business application Web form controls are defined in HTML but using the web form editor you do not have to edit any of the underlying code Web form controls are described in the following sections For information on the properties that you can configure for each web form control see Web Form Control Properties Input Controls Input controls allow users to enter data text dates numbers and so on into a form Input controls automatically prevent users from entering the wrong data types For example if a user enters letters into a number control the form displays an error message This validation happens automatically The function of each input control is described below Working with Web Forms
30. a Readme sheet a Value Set sheet and one sheet for each exported Decision Table as shown in Figure 17 13 Only Rules and Value Sets can be edited in Excel You can export to XLSM default or XLS Using Oracle Business Rules 17 15 Working with Decision Tables Figure 17 13 Microsoft Excel Decision Table ANCCO _UTF 8_Q credit 5Fdecisiontable 2Exls Compatibility Mode Microsoft Excel o x 4 Home Insert Page Layout Formulas Data Review View Acrobat Oracle UCM o x amp x le a e z al H ee Ek Hh EAutosum i B a Arial 31 AS aa Biwrep ten mt if E a PEN at A Pee g prane E E E eoe a erter Sa A onora omat cen meet merete Format S Gug orte Png Clipboard Font g Alignment G Number g Styles Cells Editing Security Warning Macros have been disabled Options a E4 gt f GooD at A a c D _ F S Conditions R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R Between 10 000 and Between 10 000 and 100 000 Between 100 000 Between 100 000 and 100 000 and Less than RulelnputType loanAm 500 000 Greater than 500 000 Greater than 10 000 Between Between 10 3 c1 ount Less than 10 000 or equal to 500 000 Less than 10 000 or equal to 500 000 10 000 and 100 000 500 000 RulelnputType creditR c2 ating POOR POOR ROOD EXCELLENT EXCELLEN 5 N 6 Actions assert new ti A1 RuleOutputType Active Active Active Active Active MANUAL_APPROVA MANUAL_APPROVA MANUAL _ 8 Variable loanApproval
31. e Basic data objects Basic data objects are based on simple data types These are the core data types common in most programming languages Table Table 13 1 lists the basic data types supported by Oracle BPM Table 13 1 Simple Data Objects Type Description Bool Represents the logical values true or false Int Represents an integer For example 23 10 0 Decimal Represents a number than can be expressed in decimal notation For example 3 14 62 0 023 Real Represents a floating point numeric value For example 2e 1 2 3E8 String Represents a sequence of characters For example This is a string 13 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Data Objects Type Description Time Represents a specific time expressed as year month day hour minute second For example 1995 02 03 13 30 28 08 00 Interval Represents a duration of time expressed as a number in years months days hours minutes and seconds For example 1d3h30m Binary Used to store binary data including images or videos e Complex data objects Complex data objects allow you to create data structures that group together different types of data Complex data objects are based on complex data types Complex data types allow you to create data structures based on basic data objects For example you can create a complex data object called employee that contains differe
32. ensure that you are in edit mode Open the human task then select Routing Slip 12 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Human Tasks 3 Click on the routing slip block 4 Click the icon then select a participant type See Introduction to Participant and Routing Types for information about each participant type The new participant is added to the routing slip in the far right position How to Assign Users Groups and Roles to a Participant Within a human task participants abstractly define the users who are responsible for performing the work of a human task and its work flow You can define how the participants and routing defined in the human task are mapped to the real world participants of your organization by configuring participant selection The following ways of selecting participants are available e Names and expressions e Lane participants e Parametric roles Note Although you can configure a human task to use parametric roles you cannot create or configure the parametric roles using Oracle Business Process Composer These must be created and assigned to the human task using Process Workspace or Oracle BPM Studio Each of these is covered in the following procedures Selecting Participants using Names and Expressions To select participants using names and expressions 1 If you are editing a shared project ensure that you are in edit mode 2
33. gt 0 eval x http get http localhost 8182 products category S value P options x products ID options x ids C 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Synchronized Selects Synchronized Selects The Product Search example above is often used in conjunction with a hidden select control Imagine that your database table contains a list of products Each product has product description also a unique product ID The user must select a product from a dropdown on your form You want to populate the dropdown with the product descriptions The users do not have to see or know the product IDs but you must use the ID as the key into the database for other selects To do this add another hidden dropdown to the form and populate it with the IDs This example has a visible dropdown name Products and an invisible dropdown named PID See the rule above that populates these dropdowns dynamically from the database This rule below keeps the PID selected option in sync with the selected Product var i for x in Products options Determine the index of the selected product in the Products dropdown options if Products value Products options x i Products options indexOf Products options x Changed the selected PID to match the selected Product PID value PID options i Clearing Dropdown Options This sample resets a dropdown option to the automatically added blank
34. integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation delivered to U S Government end users are commercial computer software pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation of the programs including any operating system integrated software any programs installed on the hardware and or documentation shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs No other rights are granted to the U S Government This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications that may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks o
35. links decision functions and rulesets A business rule dictionary is an XML file that stores the application s rulesets and the data model Dictionaries can link to other dictionaries Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create as many dictionaries as you require A dictionary may contain any number of rulesets 17 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Business Rule Dictionaries How to Create a New Business Rule Dictionary Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create as many business rule dictionaries as you require To create a new business rule dictionary 1 F rom the Project Welcome Page go to the Components pane and select Rules 2 Click the new icon to display the New Business Rule dialog as shown in Figure 1 7 3 Figure 17 3 New Business Rule Dialog amp New Business Rule Name Package businessrule M Expose Composite Service Input and Output Data Objects ap oO Description Name No data to display 3 Enter a name and a package for the business rule dictionary These fields are required fields 4 Select the Expose Composite Service check box if required 5 Define the input and output data objects a b Click the Add data object button Select Input from the drop down list on the right side of the window Enter a name for the data object From the drop down list select a data type The data type must
36. of use for forms with questions that each have the same set of options This property is used by the radio and check box controls Label Color Enables you to change the font size and color for any specific control on the form Specify the color by typing any valid CSS color name or its hexadecimal equivalent These properties work well when you want your entire label to have the same size and color but for more sophisticated labels you can type XHMTL in the control s label property field For instance use XHMTL if you want to apply two different font colors inside the same label Typing XMHTL also gives you more font precision since the label size property lets you pick generic font sizes only small medium and so on There may be controls for which you want a font size somewhere between the small and medium options in the drop down for example Label Size Defines the size in pixels of the label Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference B 11 Web Form Control Properties Property Description Width Used to specify the width of the control For input controls the property specifies the width of the area in which users enter data for example you might narrow a control used for entering zip codes or widen a control for a full first middle and last name All control widths are specified in columns from a minimum of one column to a maximum of 12 columns wide You can have any combination
37. you can select the control to view and edit its properties Web form controls added to a repeat control contain two additional properties e Min Specifies the minimum number of times the control can be repeated The default value for Min is 0 e Max Specifies the maximum number of times the control can be repeated The default value of Max is 1 You must edit this value to define how many times the control is repeated If you do not edit the value the control does not repeat These properties define how the control appears to end users When the value of these properties is greater than one the user sees an add icon that automatically creates another control In the form editor clicking on the control automatically increments the property The Min value defines the minimum number of controls that must be added and filled in by the end user Working with Web Forms 10 15 Introduction to Web Form Controls If a user adds controls beyond the number defined by Min they must fill in the data for the first controls up to the value of Min For example if Min is defined as 3 and the user adds 5 controls the first 3 controls in order starting from the top of the form must contain data If a user adds controls up to the number defined by Max the add icon is no longer displayed To explain to users how to add additional data elements you can provide a message using a message control The following example shows one way of
38. 0 i lt RGB value length i var v RGB i value for x in RGB options var opt RGB options x var val opt split 0 var lab opt split 1 if v val selectedcolors selectedcolors lab Repeating Check Boxes Check boxes inside controls must be treated as an array each check box control s values of check box option values which is inside another array the repeating check box control itself This form example has a repeating section containing two controls Message which is a text control and AreYouAttending which is a check box control with a single option yes To access the selected options the syntax is AreYouAttendingli value 0 yes for var i 0 i lt AreYouAttending value length i if AreYouAttending i value 0 yes Message i value Name value is attending event i Web Form Rules Examples C 9 Display a Message Control Inside a Repeat Control Display a Message Control Inside a Repeat Control If you put a message control inside a repeat control you must add a rule to the message control to have the message repeat when a user clicks to add a new repeat item In the example below the messages appear correctly in the first item but a rule is necessary to have them appear when the user adds a second third or more items In the example below the rule repeats both dynamic text Contest Nomination For Name in the first
39. 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to add test suites and test cases 2 Go to the toolbar and click Tests Click the Draft Tests check box if you want to turn off test validation Using Oracle Business Rules 17 27 Working with Tests 3 Click the Add icon to create a new Test Suite 4 Enter a Name and Description then choose a Decision Function The test suite is displayed as shown in Figure 17 21 Figure 17 21 Business Rules Editor Tests Rulesets E Value Sets Globals gP Business Phrases IE Q Explorer I Fads Decision Functions gf Links g Translations E Test Model M Draft Tests BBS Purchase OrderastT X X E gt BES Evaluatediaimas Tes 1 Suites B PO Tests Name Description Decision Function E BasicTest E E ZerodiscountTest Purchase Order AS Tests PurchaseOrderAS v BBS Policy Update Tests BBS evaluateCiaimas Tests Ua Ua EvaluateClaim y Q ClaimTemplate HES Po Tests ProcessPODiscount Ly C potemplate T CustomerPolicyTemp E Policy Update Tests Update CustomerInPolices v 4 eX XEHD Test Templates Name Description Decision Function Cl GaimTemplate EvaluateClaim v Tl potemplate ProcessPODiscount vy C customerPolicyTemplate Usa Usa Update CustomerInPolices Ly 5 After creating a test suite if you want to create test cases click the test suite in the Test Model tree and click the Add icon to create a Test Case or a Test Case from Templates 6 Cli
40. 10 7 Introduction to Web Form Controls To validate the content in each input control Oracle BPM assigns a default XML schema data type to each control Table 10 1 shows the default data types for each input control Table 10 1 Input Controls Default Data Types Input Control XML Schema Type Text xsd string Date xsd date EMail types emailType an xsd string restriction pattern defined in types xsd Money types number an xsd double restriction defined in types xsd Phone types phoneType an xsd string restriction pattern defined in types xsd Quantity xsd integer Number types number an xsd double restriction defined in types xsd Boolean xsd boolean Text The text control allows users to enter text and is primarily intended for short one line entries TextArea The textarea control allows users to enter any text and is designed for longer multi line submissions When a user enters data a scroll bar appears if necessary to accommodate the text The textarea control uses a property called of Rows that controls the default number of lines visible in the input area In HTML there is no property for setting the maximum length on a textarea control Therefore this control does not have the maxlength property like the text control If you must specify a maximum length you should use the text control or use a form rule to limit the amount of text a user can enter See Working with Web Form Rules for mo
41. 13 3 describes the different areas of the data associations editor Table 13 3 The Data Associations Editor User Interface UI Area Description Inputs Contains text boxes that display the data objects assigned as inputs to the service or process implemented in the flow object Next to each text box is an icon that launches the expression editor Working with Data Objects and Data Associations 13 7 Introduction to Data Associations UI Area Description Flow Object Interface Lists the expected input arguments for the service or process implemented The flow object interface also contains an expandable list of the data objects supplied as input and output Within the flow object area you can expand complex data objects to map to specific basic data objects within a complex data object Outputs Contains text boxes that display the data objects assigned as outputs from the service or process implemented in the flow object Data Objects Displays a list of all the data objects This list is divided between process and project data objects How to Configure Data Associations for a Flow Object You can configure data associations for flow objects To configure a data association for a flow object 1 Open the process where you want to configure data associations 2 Right click a flow object that enables data associations then select Data Associations See Table 13 2 for the list of sequence flows that al
42. Business Rules with Oracle Business Process Management Working with Oracle Business Process Composer Rules Editor The Business Rules Editor allows you to create view and edit facts functions globals value sets links decision functions and business phrases within a business rules dictionary From the Project Welcome Page go to the Components pane and select Rules Click the name of the dictionary you want to open When you open a business rules dictionary Oracle Business Process Composer displays the Rulesets page as shown in Figure 17 1 A ruleset is an Oracle Business Rules container for rules and Decision Tables A ruleset provides a namespace similar to a Java package for rules and Decision Tables In addition you can use rulesets to partially order rule firing Figure 17 1 Business Rules Editor Rulesets Project Home ApprovalRules ey E Value Sets Globals gP Business Phrases GJ Tests Q Explorer II Facts Decision Functions gP Links g Translations Actions w Approval Ruleset P dp XR Rules v By Type Approval Decision Table P p X Xo Glick to view tests and variables Search By Alia Local Range Value Set v J Tools g Switch Rows to Columns api dma Te RI R2 R3 R4 Y RuleinputType amount Less than 5 Thousand Between 5 and 7 Thousand Between 7 and 10 Thousand__ Greater than or equal to 10 Th amp assert new RuleOutputType manualApproval java lang Boolean Auto Approved Auto Approve
43. C 22 WUHAN GUS lD inini a e ia eb tes oe tenes EE E a dot NE ATE TA dove EEE RERE AEA C 23 Repeat Item Initialization cecccccccccscses cess esescsnsneseseececesesescenesesesescsnenesesescesescscecensnesesesnsnenssesceeeneseeeanans C 23 Item Added by Init DOC innii nei ne i e E a ERNEA TE E E EE E E C 24 D Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN ProceSS ccscscsscsesseesesssteesesceeeescecenenesesesesneneseseeceeeseseseananey D 1 Working of Visio Shape Mappi gissen ieres nar Ken o nant Keane EEE AREER ES EEK EEEE OEEk EENE D 2 Visio Modellimg Tips rsrsr ine i EEE EA a E O AEE EEE AA E BA de A E Eio D 5 Updating VisioUserMap XML cccccccsssesescsnssescsescsnesssesescesesescecensnssesesnsenesesceeecesescsnanansnesesneneneneeees D 5 Valid BPMN Element Values c ccccccccccccsesessstenseseseenesesescecesesesesnansnesesesnessseseececesesssnaansnesesneneneneseees D 6 BPMN Element AttriDUteS sesiis iire isade o P NEAS E A ad EEE E EEEE REEERE D 7 Handling Extraneous Texters reie der AE a EENE EE A i a E eaS E eiei E EE D 10 Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT cccccscseesesesesceseseseecesesesesneneneseseecesesesceseneseseseansneneseseecesesseesans D 10 Common Transformation Requirement cccccccscssssesesesseseseseeceesesesesnsesssesceceessscsanenesesesnenenenees D 10 xiv Overview of Transformation Logic Special Attributes cece XV xvi Preface T
44. Conditions gt lt Attributes gt lt Attribute Name EventType Value Start SrcType bpmn gt lt Attribute Name Trigger Value Prop StartEvent_Trigger SrcType visio gt lt Attribute Name isInterrupting Value Prop StartEvent_Interrupting SrcType visio gt lt Attributes gt lt Master gt If there are more than one master map entry with the same name the first one encountered with conditions that are all true is used If no conditional entries match the first unconditional master map entry for the master name is used The VisioUserMap xml file is processed first so any matching master map entries in this file supersedes all other entries with the same name in VisioMasterMap xml A special master map entry name of is used to match all masters This must only be used with conditions This is useful for Visio templates that allow the user to change the BPMN object type such as from Task to Sub Process after adding the shape to the diagram In this scenario the shape master is set to the original master even though the shape has been changed to look like a different symbol For example the following entries use the wildcard to match entries based only on a shape property value lt Master Name Extends Vis2010 Task gt lt Conditions gt lt Condition Name Activity Type Value Prop BpmnActivityType SrcType visio Equals Task gt lt Conditions gt lt Master gt lt Master Name Extends Vis2010
45. Figure 1 3 Spaces Browser All El 3 x Acme The different types of actions you can perform using the spaces browser are described in Table 1 3 1 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page Table 1 3 Spaces Browser Elements Spaces Browser Element Description Click to display the New Space dialog and create a new space See How to Create a new Oracle Business Process Composer Space for more information All Click to display all the projects in the project list that are contained in the spaces that you have permissions to view or edit Click to display your private spaces Private spaces are spaces that can only be viewed or edited by the owner Click to display shared spaces that are owned by you Click to display shared spaces that are owned by others CS o g Space icon Click a specific space as shown in Figure 1 3 to only display the projects contained in that space in the projects list Hover over the space to display the Delete and Edit icons as shown in Figure 1 3 See How to Share a Space with Other Users or Groups and How to Delete an Oracle Business Process Composer Spacefor more information How to Create a new Oracle Business Process Composer Space You can create a new Oracle Business Process Composer space from the Application Welcome page To creat
46. Issues amp Comments Loan Process gy Credit Rating 4 X P Tmev Other assets not fully captured 9 Medium Not Addressed jstein Aug 26 2013 Past employment history not captured 9 High Not Addressed jstein Aug 26 2013 Co borrower details not captured 9 Critical Not Addressed jstein Aug 26 2013 When Used Documenting BPM Projects 6 11 Understanding Activity Level Documentation Issues can be used during process improvement testing and discovery it can be important to track the issues that are discovered The issues can be sorted by severity priority resolution status and date Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report e Issues and Comments report RACI The RACI feature tracks who is responsible accountable consulted and informed on an activity RACI Location In the RACI tab within the Business Properties panel as shown in Figure 6 21 Figure 6 21 Business Properties RACI Graphical Narrative a LoanProcess 9 Underwriter Review ae Responsible Underwriter lt General Q Links Accountable LoanProcessor be 2 RACI Consulted Process Owner Teding Informed LoanAdministrator A Issues amp Comments When Used The RACI data can be used during process improvement testing and discovery to ensure the proper roles are involved in the activity Where Used RACI report 6 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Compose
47. Player Handles the Flow Objects of Your Process for more information If process player pauses on a user task a Click the Play icon on the user task b Select the user you want to perform the task Note If the list of users appear empty you must ensure that you have correctly mapped all of the roles of your process c Click Run then select the outcome from the list The possible outcomes are defined by the human task associated with the current user task After you select the outcome process player continues to the next flow object in your process If process player pauses on a message catch event or a receive task it creates an instance of the child process a Click the Run icon b Select the Project Player tab c In the Instances table select the newly created instance Oracle Business Process Composer prompts if you want to close the process player tab for the original process Closing this tab has no effect on the process instances d Click OK Process player opens the new process instance and begins running the process from the message start event called from the parent process e Click the Run icon for any flow objects that pause process player as outlined in previous steps f When process player reaches the message end event of the process click the drill up arrow to return to the parent process as shown in Figure 9 3 Using Process Player 9 5 Using Process Player to Test the Behavior
48. Tables By using ADF Business Components Facts you can assert view object graphs representing the business objects upon which rules should be based and let Oracle Business Rules deal with the complexities of managing the relationships between the various related view objects in the view object graph In the Oracle Business Rules runtime such fact type instances are called facts Using Oracle Business Rules 17 19 Working with Value Sets Working with Value Sets You can create value sets to define a list of values or a range of values of a specified type After you create a value set you can associate the value set with a fact property of matching type Oracle Business Rules uses the value sets that you define to specify constraints on the values associated with fact properties in rules or in Decision Tables You can also use value sets to specify constraints for variable initial values and function return values or function argument values Using Business Rules Editor you can add edit or delete value sets to a business rule dictionary How to Add a Value Set Using the Business Rules Editor you can edit add or delete value sets contained in a business rule dictionary To add a new value set 1 2 From the Project Welcome page go to the Components pane and select Rules Click the name of the dictionary you want to open The dictionary appears in the Business Rules Editor as shown in Figure 17 1 Ensure that the p
49. TaskType Value Send gt lt Attributes gt lt Master gt Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 5 Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process This definition is followed by additional master elements that use the Like attribute to clone the first definition and map additional Visio objects as mentioned below lt Master Name sequential data Like data object gt lt Master Name data Like data object gt lt Master Name report Like report gt 2 To add or modify a mapping for a Visio Report element add the following code to the VisioUserMap xmI file lt Master Name Report Like report gt An object can be mapped to an existing BPMN object with additional or different attributes by using the Extends attribute as shown here lt Master lt BPM lt Master gt lt Master lt Attr lt At lt Att lt Master gt In this ex ame flow gt Object gt SequenceF low lt BPMNOb ject gt ame conditional flow Extends flow gt ibutes gt tribute Name ConditionType Value Expression gt ributes gt ample the Visio object conditional flow is mapped to the SequenceFlow BPMN flow object but has added the attribute ConditionType to the value Expression Valid BPMN Element Values The following are valid values for the lt BPMNObject gt element e Task Us erTask ManualTask ReceiveTask SendTask ServiceTask ScriptTask
50. This menu item is active only when toggle grid visibility is enabled Print Prints the process using your browser s printer setup Edit conversations Opens the conversations editor Use this editor to define the interface that determines the input and output data objects Find process usage Determines which other processes within the current project call the current process View collaboration Switches the process editor to collaboration view Data objects Opens the data objects editor See Working with Data Objects for more information Business indicators Opens the business indicator editor Player Launches the process player See Using Process Player for more information Zoom slider Zooms in and out of your process Introduction to the Process Editor Canvas The process editor canvas is the central area of the process editor window Use the process editor canvas to create the graphical representation of your process using the elements available in the BPMN component palette In addition to a process flow the process editor canvas also displays swimlanes For more information about swimlanes see Using Swimlanes to Organize Your Process Introduction to the BPMN Component Palette Use the BPMN component palette to add flow objects sequence flows and business catalog elements to your process Figure 7 4 shows the component palette 7 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle
51. Understanding Process Level Documentation e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report e Process Properties report In a report that contains many processes the process description can help the reader quickly navigate to the correct process The description can not only explain what the process covers but it can also detail what it does not cover along with a pointer to another process Process Documentation Process documentation is rich text documentation that can be added to a process in the narrative view or in the documentation panel If the documentation exists elsewhere the user should add links so that information is not duplicated If the documentation is more helpful in the activity documentation or description fields it should be added to the field that is the most useful to the user Please note the Documentation Type option which is displayed at the top right hand side of the Documentation tab as shown Figure 6 8 Use the drop down list to choose if you want your documentation to be created for external End User or Internal use For your documentation to appear in the narrative view or process reports you must set this option to End User If the user doesn t realize that it is set to Internal they may be confused when they don t see their documentation Documentation Location e Below the process description in the narrative view as shown in Figure 6 7 Figure 6 7 Narrative View Documentation
52. a table s repeat is always lt TableName gt Repeat For example if you name your table Children the repeat is named ChildrenRepeat Repeat Item Added Collapse Other Items Tables This rule executes when a new item is added to a form This form contains a repeating section with a templatized label You can collapse the other items when adding a new item to keep the list small and grid like Medrepeat is the name of the repeatcontrol Medication is the name of the section control inside the repeat if MedRepeat itemAdded var index MedRepeat itemIndex for var i 0 i lt Medication value length i if i index Medication i expanded false else Medication i expanded true Tables are identical to controls when referenced in business rules Tables are a grid layout of repeating items All the rule examples in this chapter that discuss s apply also to tables The one important note is that you cannot explicitly name the control inside your table The control inside a table is automatically named as lt TableName gt For example a table named Expense automatically has a control named Expense The rule Expense itemAdded and Expense itemIndex references an item added to your table and that item s index respectively Web Form Rules Examples C 21 form load form load form unload Rules can be used to initialize field values This is a very useful feature and is often used to dynamically populate dropdow
53. a list of all users or groups leave the text area empty and click Search Click the check box next to the users or groups you want to add to the BPM space Each user or group you select appears in a list Click OK Each of the users or groups you selected appear in the text area 10 Select a role from the drop down list The role determines what changes the user or groups can make to the contents of a BPM space 11 Click Share 12 Click Close Removing Users from a BPM Space Use the Spaces Administration dialog to remove users from a BPM space To remove users from a BPM space 1 Sign in to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges Access the Administrative View Click Spaces Click the Share icon in the Actions column for the space where you want to remove users Select the user or group from the list Click Delete then click Yes How to Delete a BPM Space and Its Content Use the Administrative View to delete a BPM space from the Oracle BPM repository 2 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Managing Projects To delete a BPM space 1 Sign in to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges Access the Administrative View Click Spaces Click the Delete icon in the row of the space you want to delete Click Yes to confirm Note Deleting a BPM space deletes the spa
54. a web form textarea are represented by a single newline character n while line breaks in an html context are represented by the html break characters The following example has a textarea control named Description and a hidden control named DF The user types into the visible control named Description and a business rules converts the newline characters n into html breaks var x Description value x x replace n g lt br gt DF value x Dropdown Options The following example automatically sets the option selected in one dropdown based on the option selected in another This is often useful when you have a form with choices that were dynamically populated For example imagine product choices which are descriptive text When the user selects a product your form must perform an action based on a product ID rather than the descriptive product text A nice way to do this is to have the rule that dynamically populates the product choices dropdown also populate a product ID dropdown which remains an invisible control in the form The product choices dropdown control was named P and the product ID dropdown control was named ID The 1st rule Load Products populates both the visible and hidden dropdowns with options from a database Load Products Web Form Rules Examples C 5 Finding a Selected Options Index if form load eval x http get http localhost 8082 database products l var opts1 va
55. about using complex data types see Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures 2 Create the data objects used within your project For more information about creating data objects see How to Create a Data Object 3 Define the expressions used to manipulate the data in your process For more information about defining expressions see Using Expressions to Control Data 4 Define how information is passed between Business Process Model and Notation BPMN flow objects using data associations For more information about data associations see How to Configure Data Associations for a Flow Object 5 Define the input and output for your process Introduction to Data Objects Data objects are in general the variables used to store the information used by your business processes and Oracle BPM application They are defined during the design and implementation stage of a process Before deploying a BPM project you must define all of the data objects that the running application requires At runtime new data objects are not created but the value of the information they store is altered as users interact with your application Running processes can store access and manipulate data The values of data can also determine process branching Introduction to Basic and Complex Data Objects Oracle BPM supports two types of data objects basic and complex Which type of data object you use depends on the type of data it must handle
56. allow process developers to define how process participants interact with process based applications created using Oracle BPM Suite and Oracle Service Oriented Architecture SOA Suite Using human tasks process developers can define the interface and workflow for end user interaction by creating the following e Roles and assignments e Deadlines and escalations e Presentations Human tasks are reusable services that can be used within other processes that require the same UI Human tasks are created using Oracle BPM Studio Introduction to the User Task The user task represents a part of your process where a process participant is required to perform work This can be a simple interaction such as entering a form or part of a more complicated workflow that requires input from multiple process participants Figure A 13 shows the default notation for the user task Figure A 13 The User Task kok p In the Oracle BPM Suite process participants interact with your business application using the Process Workspace The specific user interface elements including the screens and panels that process what participants see are created using human tasks When designing a process process analysts often add the user task to a process diagram Process developers then create the necessary human tasks and implement them as part of creating the overall process based business application BPMN Flow Object Reference A 9 Adding User Interact
57. bottom order as they are seen in the form rules panel Note that form rules can trigger the execution of other form rules So if a form rule R1 sets the value of a control with Name A and there is a form rule R2 that depends on A value then form rule R2 is triggered and executed A form rule typically refers to one or more form controls and their properties and it is executed if any of those properties change value Note that form rules are not fired when the page is loaded For example the following form rule is only executed when N1 value changes its value if Nl value gt 0 N2 value gt 0 T value Nl value N2 value Now assume a use case where you want to show a message when a user enters an invalid email The form has a required Email input control Name E and an action should be executed if the email control valid property is false You can write the form rule as if E valid code to show message here 11 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Form Rules The previous code does not work as expected as E is a required field and therefore E valid initial value is false since the field is in initially empty When the user enters an invalid Email address E valid still has the value false and the form rule can not execute since there is no state change The following code works properly if E value length gt 0 amp amp E valid
58. box controls You may have option labels different from option values The syntax for the options is lt value gt lt label gt The lt label gt specifies what is displayed on your form and the lt value gt specifies what is saved as the selected value when the user submits the form When you first drag one of these controls into your form they have generic values Option 1 Option 2 and Option 3 This matches the generic text you see in the Properties area To supply your own values simply replace the values in the Options property with the values you want Add or remove options as required If you do not enter both lt value gt and lt label gt using the lt value gt lt label gt syntax then the value defaults to the label As soon as you move the focus away from the options property options without values are automatically converted to the syntax In this case the options are entered without values In this case Oracle Web Forms defaults the value to the label The order of choices in your control matches the order in the Properties area If you have choices that require a logical order ensure the order is correct in the Properties area You can not sort the text you enter in the Options property field but you can cut and paste In addition to the generic Option 1 2 and 3 choices a drop down control also includes a blank option that by default appears first in the list This blank option appears regardless of the text you su
59. c Click Insert Into Expression 6 Click the Error tab then verify that there are no errors in your expression 7 Click OK 15 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 16 Tracking Business Data in Your Application This chapter describes the different types of business data that Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM supports This chapter includes the following sections e Working with Key Performance Indicators KPIs e Working with Business Indicators and Counter Marks e Measuring Process Performance Using Measurement Marks Working with Key Performance Indicators KPIs Oracle BPM allows you to define key performance indicators KPIs within a BPM or a Business Architecture BA project KPIs evaluate a specific activity or process within your organization You can define one or more KPIs to determine if the requirements of your processes are being met Introduction to Key Performance Indicators KPIs evaluate a specific activity or process within your organization You can define one or more KPIs to determine if the requirements of your processes are being met Within Oracle BPM a KPI defines the following e Measure Counter and running time defined within a Business Indicator e Threshold e Visualization For example a sales organization may define a KPI to track the total number of orders processed If your target is 1000 orders per month the measure is defined as 1000
60. can be defined as either interrupting or non interrupting boundary events When an interrupting timer event fires the token leaves the main process flow to follow the flow the timer event defines The flow that an interrupting timer event defines can return directly to the main process flow When a non interrupting event fires a copy of the token is created and passes through the flow the timer event defines The flow that a non interrupting event defines cannot return to the main process flow Introduction to the Error Catch Event Error catch events are intermediate events used to handle an error that occurs within your process flow Note You can also use inline handlers to handle error conditions that occur within your process Error catch events are always used as boundary events and can be attached to the following e Service Tasks e Call Activities e User Tasks e Send Tasks e Receive Tasks e Script Tasks e Rules Tasks e Subprocesses Error catch events are always interrupting meaning that they interrupt the usual flow of a process Figure A 45 shows the default notation for the error catch event attached as a boundary event on a service task Figure A 45 The Error Catch Event as a Boundary Event on a Service Task fee a Service Task A 26 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Using Subprocesses in Oracle BPM When a service or process fails with an error the error
61. cannot deploy projects that contain errors How to View the History of Changes Made to a Project To view the history of major changes made to a project use the recent activity browser This browser displays these changes including the following e Creating the project e Modifying resources e Creating processes or human tasks 5 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones To view the history of a project 1 Navigate to the Project Welcome Page Project changes are displayed in the Recent Activity pane 2 To view the details of a specific change click the expand icon next to it How to View and Edit Project Properties To view and edit project properties use the project information pane of the Project Welcome Page You can edit the following properties of a project from this pane e Description Adds an optional description of your project This is useful when sharing your project with other users e Event generation Configures how sampling points are generated for the project as a whole Use sampling points to generate information about the performance of a flow object within in a running process The data generated according to this configuration is stored in the Process Analytics Database See Managing and Monitoring Processes with Oracle Business Process Management for general information about sampling points You can
62. catch event is triggered This causes the process flow to follow the path of the outgoing sequence flow of the error catch event You can use this flow to define how you handle the error This is handled in two ways e The process flow returns to the main process flow Any work that must be performed is handled within the error process flow before returning to the main flow Note If the boundary event is non interrupting the boundary flow cannot return to the main flow e The process flow continues to an end event The process is stopped immediately Process control is returned to the service or process that initiated the process Using Subprocesses in Oracle BPM You can use subprocesses to organize you business processes Subprocesses allow you to group functional areas of your process together and also make your processes more readable Oracle BPM supports the following types of subprocesses e Reusable processes e Embedded also called inline subprocesses e Event subprocesses also called inline handlers Introduction to Reusable Processes Reusable Subprocesses Oracle BPM supports a type of process called reusable process In BPMN terminology this is sometimes referred to as a reusable subprocess Reusable processes allow you to create processes that can be called from other BPMN processes Reusable processes allow you to create processes that can be called from other BPMN processes For example all your p
63. colorl and var Color are two different variables e Loosely typed variables In Javascript variables are loosely typed Variable types do not have to be explicitly declared For example var color red and var num 33 cause the variable color to be a string type and num to be a numeric type End of line semicolons End of line semicolons are optional However you should use semicolons to terminate lines as part of good coding practice This often prevents mistakes e Comments You can add comments to your code using either or syntax Oracle BPM does not support the following Javascript syntax e switch statement Additionally Oracle BPM supports the following syntax with some limitations e try catch For example in the following example the value of the control named FN is set to got exception because the JavaScript variable named x is undefined in this form rule if form load try X randomproperty blah catch e FN value got exception However catching an exception when a form control is not defined is not supported and may behave unexpectedly This is because Oracle BPM catches the problem while parsing the form rule before the JavaScript interpreter catches the error In the following example the control named Color does not exist in the form if form load try Color value red catch e msgl value error caught e 11 2 Developing Bu
64. define a specific number of days hours and minutes By expression Allows you to use an expression to define the duration of the human task Base expiration on Business Calender Select this option to base the duration of the human task on a business calendar e Renew after Extends that expiration date of a human task When this option is selected you can configure the following Fixed duration Defines how long the expiration of the human task is extended When this option is selected you can define a specific number of days hours and minutes By expression Allows you to use an expression to define how long the expiration of the human task is extended Maximum renewals Defines the number of times the expiration deadline can be renewed Base expiration on Business Calender If selected this option bases the duration of the human task on a business calendar 12 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Human Tasks e Escalate after Escalates the task to a manager after the duration expires When this option is selected you can configure the following Fixed duration Defines the duration of the human task When this option is selected you can define a specific number of days hours and minutes By expression Allows you to use an expression to define the duration of the human task Maximum escalation levels Defines the number of levels the task can escalate
65. delete a swimlane that contains the only start or end event of a process Swimlanes in Context Figure 7 8 shows a simple process split across multiple swimlanes In this example the SalesRep role is assigned to the first swimlane Because the Enter Quote user task appears inside this swimlane process participants assigned to the SalesRep role are responsible for performing this task Figure 7 8 A Simple Business Process Split Across Two Swimlanes a D A G 2 p 1 7 Star Enter Ruote Contracts Approve Quote End In a real world business process the combination of swimlanes and flow objects within them can be complex Adding Swimlanes to Your Process You can add swimlanes to your BPMN process To add a new swimlane to your process 1 Right click on a white area of the process editor canvas 2 Select Add Lane The new swimlane is created By default the swimlane is not assigned a role You can add a role by editing the swimlane properties Adding a Swimlane and a Flow Object to Your Process You can add a new swimlane and flow object to your BPMN process To add a new swimlane to your process by adding a new flow object 1 Open the process where you want to add a swimlane 2 From the component palette select a flow object then drag and drop it on the process canvas below an existing swimlane The new swimlane is created By default the swimlane is not assigned a role You can add a role by editing
66. doesn t realize that it is set to Internal they may be confused when they don t see their documentation Documentation Location The activity documentation is located in the following areas e Documentation tab of the property panel as shown in Figure 6 15 6 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Understanding Activity Level Documentation Figure 6 15 Graphical Narrative ff Documentation Business Properties Implementation J Validation Properties Panel Documentation Activity Documentation amp LoanProcess p Review Loan Application Documentation JAg M 27 B U sss A FB F EZE Before allowing a loan application to proceed please ensure that the form is completely filled out EE EP HX __ Documentation Type v e Narrative view when the activity is in focus as shown in Figure 6 16 Figure 6 16 Activity Documentation Narrative View 7 3 Review Loan Application Gy f y B goto step 4 Review Outcome w Description Before reauestina a credit check validate that all reauired information and docur Documentation Apply Changes Qe BIY FEZSSZPEE FES gt Before allowing a loan application to proceed please ensure that the form is completely filled out When Used Documentation should be added to an activity when the information is important for comprehension or following the process or the information does not exist elsewhere Where Used e Detailed Bus
67. edit the control s Options properties to define the number of check boxes and define the options available Booleancheckbox The booleancheckbox control allows a user to select a true or false value in a control instead of entering data The control options default to true Yes and false No You can change the option labels to other values if necessary However the option values cannot be changed and remain true or false Selecting the Yes check box sets the value to true in the XML document for the control data while leaving it deselected defines a false value No value appears in the XML document Group Controls Use group controls to organize your forms based on the types of information you require to present to your users Sections Use the sections control to create groups of controls that users can expand and collapse In a web form users can click the expand icon to expand and collapse sections You can specify a default value to determine if the section is initially expanded or collapsed After dragging a section control into your form you can drag any other controls inside it including panels and other section controls If you have a required control inside a 10 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Web Form Controls collapsed section the section label turns red to cue users that they must expand the section and supply the required information If you delete a sectio
68. else nickNameThankYou visible false Visible Invisible Section Often section controls contain many inner controls For example imagine a form that contains a person s medical history One of the questions on the form asks if the patient uses a hearing aid If they answer yes then you want to collect more details on their hearing aid usage such as left ear right ear bilateral hearing aid brand and so on If they answer no then you want to hide all the questions specific to hearing aids Also when they answer yes you want them to answer all the hearing aid related questions Avoid using message control inside of a section that contains other controls that you may want to make invisible Since a message control always contains a value it can cause a section or other controls in a section to become required and this can disable the form s Submit button If you must include a message control place it outside the section Another alternative is to write rules for the individual controls within a section to set them to visible invisible or required not required Imagine this example form has a section named HearingAid By default Hearing Aid visible is set to false in the form designer When they answer yes you must set Hearing Aid visible true AND also each required field inside the section to field required true If they then change the answer to no then another rule makes the HearingAid visible false also must set all field r
69. for combined dictionaries 17 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Rulesets e The full names of the dictionaries including the package and name must be distinct In addition the dictionary aliases must be distinct e The aliases of data model definitions of a particular kind for example function Oracle RL class or value set must be unique within a dictionary e A definition may be qualified by the alias of its immediately containing dictionary Definitions in the top and built in dictionaries do not have to be qualified Definitions in other dictionaries must be qualified and this qualification is controlled by the prefix linked names property of the dictionary link e Ruleset names must be unique within a dictionary When RL Language for a ruleset is generated the dictionary alias is not part of any generated name For example if the dictionary named DictApp1 links to DictApp2 to create a combined dictionary and DictApp1 contains ruleset_1 with rule_1 and DictApp2 also contains ruleset_1 with rule_2 then in the combined dictionary both of these rules rule_1 and rule_2 are in the same ruleset ruleset_1 e All rules and Decision Tables must have unique names within a ruleset For example within a combined dictionary that includes dictionary DictApp1 links to DictApp2 dictionary DictApp1 may have a ruleset named Ruleset_1 witha rule rule_1 If dictionaryDictApp2 also h
70. for the parallel gateway merge Figure A 39 The Parallel Gateway Merge The Parallel Gateway in Context The Sales Quote example uses a parallel gateway during the approval stage of the process Figure A 40 shows how the parallel gateway is used to perform two process paths simultaneously Figure A 40 Example of a Parallel Gateway Approvals Check for Self Approved Approve Quote Approvals Merge Self Approved is true 5 Set Approve Quote Outcorn Approve Terms In this example two different process paths are executed at the same time A 22 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways Splitting and Merging Parallel Gateways When a token reaches a parallel gateway the parallel gateway creates a token for each outgoing sequence flow The split of the parallel gateway does not evaluate outgoing sequence flows You can also use the parallel gateway to merge process paths split by the parallel gateway The merge of the parallel gateway waits for a token to arrive from each of the incoming sequence flows After all tokens arrive only one token is passed to the outgoing sequence flow Note Design your process so that a token arrives for each incoming sequence flow for the merging parallel gateway If you do not your process can freeze if the merge is expecting tokens that do not arrive Introduction to the Complex Gateway The comp
71. group the Decision Table along with IF THEN rules When rules and Decision Tables are grouped in a ruleset the IF THEN rules and the Decision Table rules all execute as a set of interrelated rules A rule in a Decision Table is not named Although Business Rules Editor shows rules in a Decision Table with labels for example R1 R2 and R3 these rule labels are not names for individual rules but are labels derived from the current ordering of the rules in the Decision Table Therefore a rule with the label R1 can be moved to position 3 and then Business Rules Editor relabels this rule R3 Decision Table Conditions The Conditions area in a Decision Table includes one or more condition rows Each condition row has a condition expression and for each rule a condition cell A condition expression is an expression that you build in Business Rules Editor The condition expression is often a fact property or a function result but it can be any expression that has a type that can be associated with a value set The value or the range for a given condition cell takes its value or its range from one or more values or ranges in the associated LOV or Ranges value set Decision Tables show rules in value order and to change the order of rules you must change the order of values in the value sets Therefore the order of the values in the value set associated with a condition row determines the order of the condition cells and therefore the o
72. is a pattern that restricts a text control to only allow strings formatted as a US zip code d 5 d 5 d 4 If you type this expression in the Patterns property your form permits values entered into this field only if they are five digits or five digits followed by the character followed by 4 digits When you define patterns you don t have to restrict what the control handles automatically It is not necessary to enter a pattern a z for a Number control since users can not type letters in a number field Since essentially you would be attempting to expand the allowed data types in the control Oracle Web Forms ignores this pattern if you enter it You must first save the form before the pattern takes effect Therefore patterns cannot be tested in the form designer only in use mode Placeholder Text entered in this field appears in your input control until data is entered If data is removed the placeholder text reappears This feature does not work in IE8 or IE9 Printable Determines whether or not this form field appears in the in the PDF document view of the form If unchecked the field does not appear in either view You can set the property on a section control and it automatically applies to all controls inside the section control This is often used in web form rules Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference B 9 Web Form Control Properties Property Description Required Sp
73. is an important feature of Process Criticality report Therefore the Process Criticality report uses published data stored in the Oracle Business Activity Monitoring Oracle BAM repository In order to publish data for this report you must have the Oracle BAM server running To enable Oracle BAM the processMet rics system bean must be also enabled For more information about enabling the processMet rics system bean in Oracle BAM see Monitoring Business Activity with Oracle BAM Integrating with Oracle Business Process Management Enabling Process Metrics Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 17 Working with Business Architecture Reports 4 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 5 Creating and Working with BPM Projects This chapter describes how to create and use Business Process Management BPM projects using Oracle Business Process Composer This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Oracle BPM Projects e Introduction to the Project Welcome Page e Creating and Working with Projects e Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones e Defining Project Roles_ Business Parameters_ and Organization Units e Generating Process Reports for Your Project Introduction to Oracle BPM Projects A BPM project is the core element of an Oracle BPM application BPM projects contain the resources used to create and support a busi
74. list of snapshots defined for this project including the date the snapshot was created and the user ID of the snapshot creator 3 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Project Snapshots How to View Contents of a Project Snapshot Viewing the contents of a project snapshot allows you to view and compare previous versions of a project with the current one To view the contents of a project snapshot 1 Go to the Project Welcome Page Recent Activity panel 2 Click Snapshots to open the Snapshots dialog 3 Click the name of the snapshot you want to view Within the snapshot view you can view the state of the processes rules and human tasks associated with the project How to Return to the Active Version of a Project To return to the active version of a project from a project snapshot click the active versions project name located in the bread crumb at the top of the Project Welcome Page Acme gt BBE Business Arc gt CG Bus Archite How to Delete a Project Snapshot Using Oracle Business Process Composer a user who is granted the editor role of a project can delete the snapshots they created A user who is granted the owner or administrator role of a project can delete any snapshot created by any user 1 Open your project 2 From the Project Welcome Page Recent Activity panel click Snapshots 3 Select the snapshot you want to delete from the list the
75. lt b gt Civilian Info lt b gt lt br gt SSN SSN value lt br gt Current Employer CurrentEmployer value lt br gt Current Title CurrentTitle2 value lt br gt Start Date StartDate value lt br gt FinancialSummaryMsg value lt b gt Total Assets lt b gt totalAssets lt br gt Total Bank Assets TotalBankValue value lt br gt C 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Visible Invisible Total Real Estate Value TotalRealEstateValue value lt br gt Total Auto Value TotalAutoValue value lt br gt Note when using field values from repeat controls you must use a javascript var and assign the concatenation to the var and then the var to the Oracle Web Forms message control value For example imagine you have a message control named Summary and a repeat control named Account var acctSummary for var i 0 i lt Account value length i if Q i value gt 0 acctSummary acctSummary Account i Account i value lt br N Summary value acctSummary Visible Invisible This rule makes the message control nickNameThankYou visible when the user enters a value into the nickName input text control and then hides the message control if the user deletes the value in nickName if nickName value length gt 0 nickNameThankYou visible true
76. message Start event you must define the input arguments that are passed to the process To define the input arguments for a process 1 Add a message Start event to your process 2 Right click on the message Start event then select Properties 3 Select the Trigger type as Message Oracle Business Process Composer creates a start event by default with a Trigger type of None so in order to implement it as a Message start event you must set the trigger in the Properties dialog 4 Click the Implementation link to go to the Implementation tab 5 Select Define Interface Communicating with Other Processes and Services 18 1 Defining Process Input and Output 6 7 8 Click the Add icon Determine the name and type of the argument Click Apply Changes How to Define Data Associations for a Message Start Event After you have defined the input arguments to your process you must map them to data objects in your process To define data associations for a message start event 1 2 3 4 Select the message Start event of your process Right click on the Start event and then click Data Associations Drag the data objects from the list on the right hand side to the text boxes listed under Outputs Click Apply How to Define the Output Arguments for a Process When you create a process that contains message End events you must define the output arguments for each End event These are the output argume
77. not be a simple type it must be a type defined as a business object Click Add The data object appears in Input and Output Data Objects table Click the Add data object button and then select Output from the drop down list Enter a name for the data object From the drop down list select a data type Using Oracle Business Rules 17 5 Working with Business Rule Dictionaries The data type must not be a simple type it must be a type defined as a business object i Click Add The data object appears in Input and Output Data Objects table 6 Click OK Viewing and Editing Dictionary Settings You can view and edit dictionary settings using the Dictionary Settings dialog The Settings dialog has three areas Execution Choices and Data Model as shown in Figure 17 4 Figure 17 4 Actions Dictionary Settings Execution Rule Execution Algorithm ev Choices i Phrase Suggestions Business Phrases _ Auto Suggestions All Include Chained Expressions Data Model Global Qualifier Pattern member of fact SF Use the Execution area to select the execution algorithm Select either RETE or Non RETE Oracle Business Rules uses the Rete algorithm to optimize the pattern matching process for rules and facts The Rete algorithm stores partially matched results in a single network of nodes in working memory By using the Rete algorithm Oracle Business Rules avoids unnecessary rechecking when facts are
78. of 2 minutes the event triggers according to the probabilities shown in Figure 8 1 Figure 8 1 Simulation Normal Distribution in a Start Event O Start Message End Instance Creation Distribution Type Normal v Mean o Boys oijn 0 S m abs Standard Deviation o jds oijh oS m 3s In this example the event has a 62 8 percent probability of triggering in an interval between 8 and 12 minutes e Real Triggers the start event based on user specified intervals hourly daily weekly or monthly You can define the mean and standard deviation for each interval Using these parameters the start event creates new process instances using normal distribution For example you can specify a daily distribution with a mean of 5 minutes and a standard deviation of 1 minute for weekdays and a mean of 1 hour and a standard deviation of 10 minutes for weekends Activity Parameters In addition to start events you can define parameters that determine the simulated behavior or interactive and automatic activities within a process You define these parameters using the tabbed panes of the simulation editor Figure 8 2 shows an example of the tabbed panes of an interactive activity 8 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Simulations Figure 8 2 Simulation Parameters for an Interactive Activity T Duration Resources Cost per hour Queue Info Outgoing Flows Distribution Type
79. of Business Processes Figure 9 3 The Drill up Icon on a Message End Event as End Process player closes the tab for this process and removes the process instance from the list of instances g From the list of process instances open the process instance of the parent process After reopening the process instance of the parent process process player continues running through the process from the point where the child process was called 7 When process player reaches an end event in your process click the drill up icon as shown in Figure 9 3 to finish the process instance Process player returns to the process player editor and deletes the process instance 9 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Part V Defining How Users Interact with Your Business Processes This part describes how to use Oracle Business Process Composer to define how users interact with your business processes It contains chapters for creating and using web forms creating form rules and defining human tasks This part contains the following chapters e Working with Web Forms e Working with Web Form Rules e Working with Human Tasks 10 Working with Web Forms This chapter describes how to create web forms using Oracle Business Process Composer It provides an introduction to the web forms designer and describes procedures for creating web forms adding web form controls and editing web form c
80. of a project The owner of a project can perform the following Edit a project Deploy a project Create a project snapshot Share a project with other users Delete a project e Editor An editor can make changes to a project When a user with the editor role opens a project by default it is in read mode If no other users are editing the project the user can begin editing it e Viewer A viewer can view a project but cannot make any changes to it Creating and Working with Projects New BA and BPM projects are created from the Application Welcome page These projects contain only basic information created by process analysts For more information about how to create new BA and BPM projects see Introduction to Project Panels How to Open a Project Using the Application Welcome Page To open a project directly from the Application Welcome page find the required project in the project list and then click on the name of the project The BA Project Welcome Page is displayed by default when you open a BA project from the Application Welcome page For more information about the BA Project Welcome Page see Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page The BPM Project Welcome Page is displayed by default when you open a BPM project from the Application Welcome page For more information about the BPM Project Welcome Page see Introduction to the Project Welcome Page When you are editing a component within a project
81. of controls widths on one line e g Three controls 3 4 and 5 grid columns wide respectively or four controls 2 2 4 and 4 grid columns wide The width is selected by clicking on a grid in the Style tab When you drag and drop most controls from the palette on to the canvas the control will be 12 columns wide The trigger link and panel controls are the exception the default width of the trigger and link controls is 3 columns while the panel is 6 To change the width click the number of divisions on the grid corresponding to how wide you want the control to be When you make a control n columns wide 6 for example the entire control takes up 6 columns As a result if there is space controls will float up next to other controls You can prevent this using the New Line property The decorator does not affect the visible control width The visible width of controls which add up to the same width of another control is exactly the same For example a control that is 2 grid columns wide a control that is 4 grid columns wide is the same width as a control that is 6 columns wide There is no Width property for sections or tables controls they are always 12 columns wide Repeats are also always 12 columns wide For tab controls you access the width property by clicking the unlabeled area to the right of the last tab in your tab group the width you specify will be applied uniformly to each tab in group When setting a control s wi
82. property Enable if Valid Enables the user to submit the form even if all of the data has not been validated By default the form s submit button is unavailable until all required fields are filled and contain valid data Deselect this property to allow the user to submit a form even if it is invalid This property applies only to Submit controls B 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Web Form Control Properties Property Description Enabled Determines whether the control is enabled or disabled when users first access your form If you clear the Enabled check box users may not enter a value in the control until the control is enabled You can enable the control using a Rule For example you are creating a wedding invitation form and want to know if the people completing your form are bringing a guest Your form includes a text control for the guest s name that becomes enabled only after users indicate in another control that they are coming to the wedding Grouping controls cannot be disabled Error Msg Specifies an error message to be displayed if the user does not supply a valid value in the control If you leave this property blank users receive generic feedback an invalid value message for example if they supply an invalid value For example if you are using a pattern that requires the user to enter an area code of 203 or 860 in a phone control you
83. shared project ensure that you are currently editing the project 3 Click Processes then click New Process 4 Enter a name for the process then click Create The new process appears in the list of processes When you create a new business process it contains a start and end event connected by a default sequence flow By default both the start and end events are none events You can change the type as required by your business process See Defining the Start and End Point of a Process for more information How to Open a Business Process After opening an Oracle BPM project you can open any of the processes it contains To open a business process 1 Go to the Project Welcome Page 2 Click Processes 3 Click the name of the process you want to open The process opens in the process editor window Before you can begin editing the process you must ensure that you are in edit mode Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 9 Using Swimlanes to Organize Your Process How to Delete a Business Process You can delete processes from your project To delete a business process for a project 1 Open your project 2 Go to the Project Welcome Page 3 Click Processes 4 Move the cursor over the name of the process you want to delete 5 Click the Delete icon then click OK What You Need to Know About Deleting a Business Process When deleting a process ensure that there are no remaining references to the d
84. tab This assists the user in navigating through the form The Tabs are named T1 T2 T3 T4 The trigger controls are named C1 C2 C3 Navigate Tabs if Cl clicked T2 selected true else if C2 clicked T3 selected true else if C3 clicked T4 selected true Expand Collapse Section This form has three sections The first section is expanded and the 2nd and 3rd are collapsed When the user files in the 1st section they click a Next trigger control which causes that section to collapse and the next section to expand The trigger controls are named next1 and next2 and the sections are named step1 step2 step3 Try this membership form to see the rule in action if nextl clicked stepl expanded false step2 expanded true C 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Multiple Choice if next2 clicked step2 expanded false step3 expanded true Multiple Choice This rule makes the appropriate input text controls visible depending on the choice a user makes in a radio option controls searchChoice if searchChoice value Organizations orgname visible true firstname visible false lastname visible false clientId visible false else if searchChoice value Individuals orgname visible false firstname visible true lastname visible true clientId visible false else if searchChoice value Client I
85. that have been saved using different XPDL formats When creating XSLT templates for multiple XPDL versions you may have to include rules for each namespace For example consider a tool that saved files in XPDL 2 1 format and later in XPDL 2 2 format and used different namespace values of xpd121 and xpd122 respectively The XSLT file must define both namespaces and they must match the namespaces that appear in the tool s XPDL files lt xsl stylesheet version 1 0 xmlns xsl http www w3 org 1999 XSL Transform xmlns xpd121 http www wfmc org 2008 XPDL2 1 xmins xpd122 http www wfmc org 2009 XPDL2 2 gt D 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT You then define separate templates for each namespace such as lt Set extended Attribute for xpdl 2 1 gt lt xsl template match xpd121 Package xpd121 ExtendedAttributes gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl copy of select gt lt xpd121 ExtendedAttribute Name subProcessChildPositionRelative Value true gt lt xpd121 ExtendedAttribute Name activitiesObjectPin Value CENTER gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl template gt lt Set extended Attribute for xpdl 2 2 gt lt xsl template match xpd122 Package xpd122 ExtendedAttributes gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl copy of select gt lt xpd122 ExtendedAttribute Name redrawConnections Value true gt lt xpd122 Extended
86. the popup window to save your changes Running Simulations After defining a simulation model and simulation definitions you can run the simulation to view the performance of your BPM project To run a simulation you must have created at least one simulation definition and simulation model for each of the processes you want to test How to Run a Simulation To run a simulation 1 Click Simulations from the Project Welcome Page 2 Click the name of the simulation definition that you want to run The simulation definition editor appears in a tabbed pane as shown in Figure 8 6 8 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Analyzing the Results of a Simulation 3 Click the Run icon which displays as a green arrow at the top right hand corner Analyzing the Results of a Simulation The results of the simulation are displayed in a bar chart You can configure the results of the simulation by configuring the following Activities Indicators How to Analyze the Results of a Simulation Using a Chart To analyze the results of the simulation using a bar chart 1 From the Indicators list select the type of indicators to monitor The available types of indicators are e Cost e Time e Units From the list to the right of the indicators list select the indicator options to monitor Choose from the options listed in Table 8 1 Table 8 1 Simulation Results Indicator Options
87. threshold y Value double Mapping 4 dpl Add acon 5 In the Phrase panel enter the definition of the business phrase Placeholders for parameters that have not yet been defined can be included by typing their name wrapped in curly braces For example customer is single The corresponding parameters are added to the Parameters panel 6 Define parameters in the Parameters panel Click Create to add a new parameter Specify its Name Form and Type Optionally specify a Value Set 7 To adda parameter to the business phrase value click Insert Parameter in the Phrase panel and select the parameter from the dropdown list 8 Define the mapping for the business phrase in the Mapping panel by adding Tests or Actions depending on the type of business phrase Mappings are constructed by searching for and specifying conditions facts operands and so on in the same fashion to how you construct a general rule test or action in 34Business Process Composer See How to Add General Rules and Verbal Rules to a Ruleset 9 Mark the business phrase as draft if required Draft Business Phrases and Verbal Rules Business phrases can be marked as being in draft status You can set or override the draft status of a business phrase by clicking Make Draft or Clear Draft The draft status of a verbal rule is derived from the business phrases it references and can not be manipulated directly If a verbal rule contains business phra
88. to Configure the Deadline Duration for a Human Task for information on defining duration globally for a human task Introduction to the Human Task Editor Oracle Business Process Composer provides a human task editor that enables you to create and edit human tasks The human task editor consists of a tabbed pane as shown in Figure 12 4 Figure 12 4 Human Task Editor Acme gt cg LoanApplication Editing Project Home ReviewLoanTask amp Basic Task Properties Task Title plain Text V Review Loan Details B Routing slip Priority S Data 3 Normal v Outcomes APPROVE REJECT Q Deadlines Never expire V Fixed Duration v Days 02 Hours 0 gt Minutes 0 Base Expiration on Business Calendar Presentation Type Web Form ADF Form Web Form LoanForm aQ X Z The human task editor contains the following tabs e Basic Allows you to configure the basic properties of a human task define deadlines and configure the presentation of the human task See How to Configure Basic Task Properties and How to Specify the Presentation of a Human Task for more information e Routing slip Allows you to define and configure the participants and routing types of the human task See How to Change the Default Participant and How to Assign Users_ Groups_ and Roles to a Participant for more information Working with Human Tasks 12 5 Working with Human Tasks e Data Defines the data payload used by the human task
89. to delete Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures 14 7 Working with Complex Data Types 3 Click the Delete icon then click OK Note When you delete a complex data type module or attribute it cannot be recovered When deleting a module or complex data type that contains other components the components are also be deleted However if the deleted complex data type or module contains an attribute based on a complex data type that complex data type is not deleted 14 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 15 Using Expressions to Control Data This chapter describes how to use expressions to evaluate and change the data stored in a data object This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Expressions e Working with Expressions Introduction to Expressions Expressions allow you to perform calculations on data objects Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can define and edit expressions in the following contexts e Conditional sequence flows e Complex gateways e Timer events e Data associations e Notification tasks Expressions do not allow you to directly reassign the values to data objects However you can use expressions to change the values passed to and from the implementation of a sequence flow See Introduction to Data Associations for more information Introduction to the Expression Editor The expression editor provides a sim
90. types manually or based on an XML schema How to Create a Complex Data Type Manually You can manually create complex data types from the business components editor When manually creating a complex data type you can define the hierarchical relationship between modules and objects and the attributes used in the complex data type A complex data type can include the following e Simple data types e Arrays of data types e Complex data types that use other complex data types as a component Note After creating a module complex data type or attribute you cannot change their names You can create the following new business components from the project components panel located on the Project Welcome page as shown in Figure 14 2 e Business object e Business exception 14 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Complex Data Types e Enum object Figure 14 2 Project Welcome Page Business Components Project Home ay LoanApplication Created on Apr 1 by WEBLOGIC Apr 1 by weblogic amp Private Project Language English Edit More information Processes 2 Views Search Qp Rules 1 Gy Human Tasks 4 New Business Object Web Forms 2 Business Components 4 amp Simulations 0 lj Business Indicators 0 KPIs 0 All 13 RuleInput m RuleOutput New bisiness Exception Be Business Object Business Object New Enum Object A 9
91. user or group appears in the table along with the role assigned to them 11 Click Close How to Delete an Oracle Business Process Composer Space Administrators or users who are assigned the owner role can delete a space Deleting a space removes it from the Oracle BPM repository and also removes all of the projects it contains To delete an Oracle Business Process Composer space 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Move the mouse over the space you want to delete then click the Delete button 3 Click Yes to confirm For more information about how administrators manage spaces see Managing Business Process Composer Spaces Introduction to the Project List Use the project list to view and work with projects contained in all spaces you have permission to view or edt privately owned spaces shared spaces owned by you or 1 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Project Panels shared spaces owned by others The projects displayed in the project list are based on the option you choose in the spaces browser By default projects contained in all spaces you have permission to view or edit are displayed as shown in Figure 1 1 You can change how Oracle Business Process Composer displays the projects List Grid or Table by clicking the Views icon located on the Application Welcome page toolbar Table 1 4 describes the elements displayed in the default List view as shown in Fi
92. you can return to the Project Welcome Page by clicking the Project Home tab How to Share a Project with Other Users You share projects with other Oracle Business Process Composer users at the space level Projects stored in a specific space share the same permissions Only owners can change permissions at the project level For more information about sharing projects see How to Share a Space with Other Users or Groups How to Edit a Shared Project Shared projects open in view mode by default If you have permissions to edit a project and the project is not locked by another user you can edit it 3 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Creating and Working with Projects To begin editing a project To begin editing click Edit at the top of the Project Welcome Page After you have enabled edit mode for a project you can begin making changes to it Managing Project Changes You can save changes to your project as you are editing project components You must switch to edit mode to make changes To save changes to a private project To save changes to a private project click Save in the project toolbar The project is saved and you can continue making changes to the project as necessary To save changes to a shared project e If you want to save your changes and continue editing the project click Save in the process editor toolbar All unsaved changes for each project component are sav
93. you cannot select the process 7 Click Next 8 Optionally click the Add resource icon to add resources to the simulation definition See Resource Parameters for information on the resource parameters you can define 9 Click Finish What Happens When You Create a Simulation Definition After creating a new simulation definition and simulation models the simulation panel appears as shown in Figure 8 5 8 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Simulation Definitions Figure 8 5 Project Welcome Page Simulations After Creating Simulation Definitions Processes 1 Views v Rules 0 4 Human Tasks 0 TravelRequestApproval gt D Test gt D Web Forms 0 Start Time 3 10 14 1 44PM Start Time 3 10 14 2 06 PM 2 Business Components 0 Ends in 30m Ends in 1h 0 Simulation model Defined 0 Simulation model Defined g Simulations 2 lg Business Indicators 0 PIs 0 All 3 This panel displays all the simulation definitions defined in your project From this panel you can open a simulation definition and perform the following tasks e Edit a simulation definition See How to Edit a Simulation Definition for more information e Runa simulation See How to Run a Simulation for more information e Edit a simulation model See How to Edit a Simulation Model for more information How to Edit a Simulation Definition After creating a simulation definitio
94. you may reach a point in your process when there is no stock currently available The process may have to wait until stock is available but cannot wait indefinitely By using an event based gateway your process BPMN Flow Object Reference A 23 Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways can wait for a message saying new stock has been received using a message catch event or it can continue if no message is received after a certain amount of time has passed using a timer event Figure A 43 shows the default notation for the event based gateway Figure A 43 The Event based Gateway The event based gateway is different from other gateways in that decisions about process flow are based on an event rather than data specific conditions The event based gateway is composed of the following e The event based gateway e Two or more target events These can be of the following types Message catch events When initiating a process using a message catch event the process must be invoked using a message throw event Timer catch events Generally only one timer event is used following an event based gateway Receive tasks You can use the receive task to initiate a process instance following an event based gateway However the process must be invoked from a send task within the calling process Note You cannot mix message events and receive tasks within the same event based gateway The target elem
95. your local file system from the Project Welcome page Exporting a project or project Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects 3 7 Importing and Exporting Projects snapshot to your local file system allows you to share projects without using Oracle Process Asset Manager PAM To export a project as an EXP file 1 Open the project or project snapshot you want to export 2 From the main menu select Export then choose either to export the current project or the last published project as shown in Figure 3 4 Note that only the Last Published Project option is available for project snapshots Figure 3 4 Project Main Menu Export Business Arc Export gt Current Project Reports gt Last Published Project g Save TH Discard ss Architecture for E x Close Project m Apr 2 vy weur0gic Private Proje 3 Choose a location on your local file system and click Save Your exported project is saved as a EXP file on your local file system 3 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 4 Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can perform process analysis and discovery to determine how to improve the efficiency of processes within your organization This chapter describes how to work with Business Architecture BA projects and generate reports based on them This chapter includes the follo
96. 1 3 cccceseeesesseeesssesesteneeseseenenenees XX Part Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer Signing On to Oracle Business Process COMPOSEL ccccescccecsesesnsneesesesnetesescececesescsnensenesesneeneneseees 1 1 Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page s0 1 2 Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Toolbar ccccccscesssestsnsteeseeseteeseees 1 3 Introduction to the Spaces Browser cssscseseseseeseseseseecesesesssnsnsneseseseeseseseececesesssnsnansnesesesenenesees 1 4 Introduction to the Project List ccccseseseeseesenetescecesesescsnsnsneseseseeseseseececesesssesnensneseseenenenesees 1 6 Introduction to Project Pamels i i ccstecsdcteaavesiacenssseasciaunitagsestht dea REAREA AEE EEA EEA AEAEE 1 7 Creating a New Empty Project with the BA Project Panel cccceccceescesesesestenseseseeneteneeeees 1 8 Creating a New Populated Project with the BA Project Panel ccccccseseestetsteeseeeeteneeeees 1 8 Creating a New Empty Project with the BPM Project Panel ccccceccesesssestensteseseeneteneseees 1 9 Creating a New Populated Project with the BPM Project Panel ccccccessesesteteteseeteteeeeees 1 9 Recent Projects Panelnrenonn irine eoni iA EA E Dies gelabec ousted A eiai 1 10 Part II Performing Administrative Tasks Using Oracle Business Process Composer 2 Performing Administrativ
97. 2 Click Simulate from the toolbar of the Project Welcome Page From the drop down list select the name of the simulation definition containing the simulation model you want to edit Click the Edit icon next to the simulation model you want to edit The process displays in the simulation canvas This canvas is similar to the process editor canvas You can toggle back and forth between the process designer and simulation canvases using the drop down list in the process editor toolbar Simulating Process Behavior 8 11 Running Simulations Note This drop down list only appears after you have defined at least one simulation model for a process 4 Hover the mouse over the flow object whose simulation information you want to configure then click the Edit icon of the flow object where you want to define resources The simulation definition pane appears as shown in Figure 8 8 Figure 8 8 The Simulation Model Editor Showing the Resource Definition Panel Service Task User Task User Task1 Duration Resources Cost per hour Queue Info Outgoing Flows Distribution Type Normal y Mean 0 S days Standard Deviation 0 days 5 Edit the simulation parameters for the flow object by clicking the tab and editing the appropriate parameters See Start Event Parameters and Activity Parameters for information on the parameters you can configure for specific flow objects 6 After editing the parameters click outside
98. 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Verbal Rules and Business Phrases How to Edit Globals In the Business Rules Editor selecting the Globals tab shows you a table listing the globals in the dictionary To edit a global variable select the appropriate row and variables You can edit the Name Description and Value fields For the Value field you can use the expression builder to set the value Working with Verbal Rules and Business Phrases Verbal rules work hand in hand with business phrases to provide a flexible way author rules using natural language statements to express rule logic in domain specific sentences that are similar to spoken language Business phrases provide the logic behind conditions that are used in the composition of the verbal rule You can write verbal rule tests and actions using derived business phrases as well as user defined business phrases Derived business phrases are automatically created using facts globals and other information in the dictionary while user defined phrases can be explicitly authored to augment derived phrases Further user defined phrases can either be pre created or created as required while composing the verbal rule As you write a verbal rule you can use suggested business phrases or instantiate your own on the fly and provide their implementation details later Alternatively you can create the business phrases you require for your v
99. 2 shows the interactive activities that are available in the Oracle Business Process Composer component palette Table A 2 Interactive Activities Pattern Description Complex Uses a complex routing flow that is defined within the human task Management Uses the management chain pattern where the assignee is set to the management chain pattern for the process participant belonging to the group or role assigned to the swimlane FYI Bases assignment on the participant role or group defined in the swimlane Similar to the user interactive activity but the FYI activity does not wait until completion before continuing A 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Adding User Interaction to Your Process Pattern Description Group Uses the group vote pattern The assignee for the task is automatically set to the role or group associated with the lane This interactive activity can only be added to swimlanes that are assigned to roles or groups Initiator The initiator pattern is used to create a process instance Introduction to the Manual Task The manual task represents a task performed by process participants that is outside the scope of Oracle BPM Manual tasks are used as placeholders within your process to show work that is not managed by the BPMN service engine at runtime Additionally manual tasks do not appear in the Process Workspace application Note Manual tasks
100. Adding dynamic behavior to a web form including showing or hiding elements or enabling or displaying elements For example you can add form rules that show or hide certain form controls or entire sections based on the state of other form controls Displaying form fields in a context sensitive manner reduces clutter and makes it easier for users to navigate your forms e Performing complex calculations For example you can compute the total invoice price on an order form from values of other form fields such as item quantity and price e Performing complex validations e Populating a dynamic drop down list The following sections describe the basic functionary of Javascript within form rules See Web Form Rules Examples for information about specific use cases of form rules Form Rule Javascript Syntax In Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM a form rule is expressed in JavaScript code Form rules are saved and can be run after you save your BPM project Form rules generally have the following form if condition true actions Working with Web Form Rules 11 1 Introduction to Form Rules else false actions You can create more advanced form rules primarily for the purpose of looping over repeating items Following are some basic characteristics of JavaScript that you should be aware of when writing form rules e Case sensitivity Javascript commands are case sensitive For example var
101. Adjust object coordinates from being relative to a parent container to being relative to the upper left corner of the drawing page D 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT e Adjust object coordinates to represent the upper left corner of the object e Recreate sequence flow routing e Create missing elements and attributes e Removing elements e Move element and attribute values from a vendor specific namespace to the XPDL namespace Overview of Transformation Logic This section includes instructions on handling some of the common requirements The examples can help you create your own transformation rules to handle any other requirements you may encounter When importing XPDL files using BPM Studio the import process uses special files located in the following folder ORACLE_HOME gt soa plugins jdeveloper extensions oracle bpm converter The file XSLFilePaths xml serves as map between various vendor formats and the appropriate XSL file to use for the transformation Following is a sample entry in this file lt XSLFilePath Vendor Bizagi Process Modeler gt BizagiPatch xsl lt XSLFilePath gt The Vendor attribute must match the value of the XML element Package PackageHeader Vendor in the source file Following is an example fragment from a Bizagi XPDL file that matches the line above lt xml version 1 0 encoding utf 8 gt lt Package xmlns xsd h
102. Alternatively a sub step can be linked to a BPMN process BPMN processes define process flows that outline the IT requirements for implementing a process Within a Value Chain Model you can also define key performance indicators KPIs KPIs are metrics that allow you to track important business information for an organization For more information about using KPIs to track business data see Tracking Business Data in Your Application Value Chain Models are not required to have a start or an end step In fact they are not required to have any step at all they can be blank Each link within a Value Chain Model can be linked to the following e Another Value Chain Model This can be a Value Chain Model within the current BA project e ABPMN process This process must be within a Business Process Management BPM project that you have permission to edit Note You can only link to a BA or BPM project within the space containing the current project Introduction to Strategy Models Strategy Models help to define the corporate objectives and goals of an organization and create a strategy for achieving them Strategy Models allow you to break a goal down into a series of actionable steps They allow you to map high level goals down Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 3 Introduction to Business Architecture to low level business processes and tasks performed and implemented by an IT organi
103. Assignment Participant assignment is the process of mapping human task participants to the people in your organization that use your application This is done by mapping each participant to one of the following e Users You can assign individual users to act upon tasks For example you may assign users jlondon or jstein to a particular task Users are defined in an identity store configured with the SOA Infrastructure These users can be in the embedded LDAP of Oracle WebLogic Server Oracle Internet Directory or a third party LDAP directory As with users groups are defined in the identity store of the SOA Infrastructure 12 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the Human Task Editor e Groups You can assign groups to act upon tasks Groups contain individual users who can claim and act upon a task For example users jcooper and fkafka may be members of the group LoanAgentGroup that you assign to act upon the task e Application Roles You can assign users who are members of application roles to claim and act upon tasks See How to Assign Users_ Groups_ and Roles to a Participant for procedures on assigning users groups or roles to a human task participant Introduction to Duration Duration defines how long a human task can remain idle before some other action is performed Duration can be defined globally for the human task or for each human task participant See How
104. Attribute Name subProcessChildPositionRelative Value true gt lt xpd122 ExtendedAttribute Name activitiesObjectPin Value CENTER gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl template gt The logic for each XPDL format can be the same or different depending on the requirements Testing and Debugging XSLT Oracle highly recommends that you create and test your custom XSLT using a programming IDE Interactive Development Environment such as Oracle JDeveloper that supports validation of the XSLT and interactive execution so that you can view the output XPDL and fix issues easily To view a demonstration explaining how to edit and debug XSLT in Oracle JDeveloper open the following link in your browser http www oracle com technetwork developer tools jdev xml viewlet swf 089240 htmlht tp www oracle com technetwork developer tools jdev xml viewlet swf 089240 html Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 17 Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT D 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer
105. Attributes gt Methods eX Attribute name Type No data to display Q Previous gt Next A Finish Cancel Click the new icon to add an attribute Enter the name and then click Change Type if you want to change the type from the default String Click Finish to create your new business object or continue to the next step if you want to add a method Click Next The Methods dialog appears Click the new icon to add a new method Click Finish The new complex data type appears in the Project Welcome Page under Business Components as shown in Figure 14 2 Creating a New Exception To create a new exception 1 2 From the Project Welcome Page click Business Components Click the New icon then select New Business Exception to open the New Business Exception dialog as shown in Figure 14 5 Figure 14 5 New Business Exception Dialog New Business Exception Name Parent Module BusinessData iv op Type string GQ Change type Enter a name for the new business exception Select a parent module from the drop down list You must select a parent module when creating a new complex data type If no module currently exists you must create a new one To create a new module 14 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Complex Data Types 5 6 a Click the icon b Enter a name for the new module then click OK Click Change Type if you want to change
106. Business Process Composer Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View Figure 7 4 BPM Process editor Component Palette E BPMN bd Activity Interactive Gateway Catch Event Throw Event Measurement o Less Use the component palette to drag and drop artifacts to the process editor window Note The component palette is greyed out until you enter edit mode for the project The component palette separates BPMN elements into the following groups e Activity e Interactive e Gateway e Catch Event e Throw Event e Note e Measurement Business Process Composer provides two separate modes for adding flow objects to a process e Single object mode Enables you to add individual flow objects one at a time This mode is indicated by a 1 within a blue circle as shown in Figure 7 5 Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 7 Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View Figure 7 5 Single Object Entry Mode Note J Measurement D Less e Multiple object mode Enables you to quickly add multiple flow objects of the same type This mode is indicated by an N within a blue circle Click the blue circle shown in Figure 7 5 to toggle between the two entry modes Introduction to the Business Catalog Use this panel to select reusable services from the business catalog Figure 7 6 shows the business catalog Figure 7 6 BPM Process Editor Business Catalog E Business C
107. D orgname visible false firstname visible false lastname visible false clientId visible true Dynamic Options Select control options radios check boxes dropdowns T F can be set dynamically using rules rather than statically using the control s options property However if the control comes from an XSD schema data source rather than one of the standard palette controls then the designer must take care to not set the options to something outside of what is valid for that schema element For example if your XSD has a string enumeration and list valid options as red green and blue then you should not use a rule to dynamically set the options to small medium large If you do then your form will not work correctly in use mode If a user selects the option small they will get a validation error on the form This is because small is not one of the options allowed by your underlying XSD schema Triggers and Dynamic Options This rule is executed when the user clicks the trigger controls with Name search It then dynamically sets options on a dropdown list control with Name coffeeShopList if search clicked coffeeShopList options Koffee Starbucks Willoughbys Dunkin Donuts Now replace the hard coded list of coffee shops with a rule that invokes an http get This must return an X JSON header which containing a JSON object The object is Web Form Rules Exam
108. Deploy Oracle Business Process Composer deploys the project to runtime This may take a few minutes 6 After the deployment is complete click OK The project is deployed to Oracle BPM runtime The project is available from the list of deployed projects in the project browser How to Edit a Deployed Project You cannot use Oracle Business Process Composer to edit deployed Oracle BPM projects To edit a deployed project you must be granted the SOA Designer role and use SOA Composer For more information about editing deployed projects see Using SOA Composer with Oracle Business Rules at Runtime in Designing Business Rules with Oracle Business Process Management How to Generate a Project SAR File You can generate a project as a SOA archive SAR file from Oracle Business Process Composer Your system administrator can use this file to deploy a project using the Oracle Enterprise Manager administration console To generate a project SAR file 1 From the main menu select Deployment then select Generate Project SAR file Business Process Composer validates the project If the project contains errors these are displayed in the project validation tab 2 Provide the required information in the Generate Project SAR File dialog shown in Figure 19 2 Figure 19 2 Generate Project SAT File Dialog Generate project SAR file Project LoanApplication Last Revision ID none New Revision ID C Override default deploy
109. Font Use this property to optionally select the font used when rendering PDFs Web Form Control Properties You can control the behavior and appearance of each web form control by changing its properties Properties are edited using the properties editor which contains tabbed panes grouping the properties by function Web Form Control Properties Settings Tab The settings tab defines the general properties of a control Table B 3 provides an alphabetical list of all the control properties that appear on the settings tab Note Not all of the properties on the settings tab are used by every web form control Table B 3 Control Properties Settings Tab Property Description Control Type Defines the type for this web form control You can change the type of the web form control by selecting the type from the drop down list This property applies to the following web form controls e Selection controls drop down lists radios and check boxes e Most input controls text text area Email phone quantity and number e Date controls Date Time or Date Time This property is populated automatically when you first add a control to a web form You can change this property if you want to switch a control in your form to a different type of control This saves you from having to remove the original control and drag in a new one You cannot change a selection control to an input control or vice vers
110. Gat eway lt BPMNOb ject gt lt Attributes gt lt Attribute Name ExclusiveType Value Data gt lt Attribute Name GatewayType Value Exclusive gt lt Attribute Name MarkerVisible Value false gt lt Attributes gt lt Master gt Attributes can be set to a text numeric or boolean value true and false depending on what the BPMN standard requires Attribute values can also be derived from properties defined in the Visio shape itself The following master map entry for a task shape in the Visio 2010 BPMN stencil sets the BPMN attributes TaskType and Implementation from corresponding shape properties lt Master Name Vis2010 Task Extends Vis2010 Activity gt lt BPMNObject gt Task lt BPMNOb ject gt lt Attributes gt lt Attribute Name TaskType Value Prop BpmnTaskType SrcType visio gt lt Attribute Name Implementation Value Prop BpmnImplementation SrcType visio gt lt Attributes gt lt Master gt The XML attribute srcType tells the converter how to interpret the attribute value Setting srcType to visio indicates that the value is defined in the Visio object s ShapeSheet To view the ShapeSheet of a Visio shape select the shape and choose Window gt Show ShapeSheet The most common properties are defined in the Custom Properties and User defined Cells sections which correspond the Prop and User prefixes respectively Property names can also be derived from the XML tag hierarchy in Visio files
111. I Select the KPI link Click the edit icon for the KPI that you want to edit to display the Edit KPI dialog as shown in Figure 4 7 Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 13 Working with Business Architecture Reports Figure 4 7 Edit KPI Dialog Wy Editing KPI for Objective 1 KPI Name Display Name bDrder Amount Description Order Amount Type External AS Measure Measure Name E Override Measure Name Operation Total Time Range Last 7 Days v Target Target Type Simple iw Target Value 1 000 Allowed Deviation None X Greater than Acceptable Range Danger X Inside Acceptable Range OK w e Less than Acceptable Range Warning v OK Cancel 6 Edit the KPI as necessary then click OK Working with Business Architecture Reports Oracle Business Process Composer also allows you to run reports on a BA project to view how the various components work together Business Architecture allows you to model the processes within your organization using Enterprise Maps Value Chain Models and Strategy Models How to Publish Report Data Before you can generate a Business Architecture report you must publish the report data for your BA project Additionally you must publish any changes you have made to your project before publishing the report data To publish report data You can p
112. Introduction tO ROlES moogti e oett e E E GEE E E wah beeen 7 10 IntroductiOn to SWiIMlaneS erneta i oie EE E E E E 7 11 8 Adding Swimlanes to Your Process ccscsessssssesescseesescsssnsnsseseseesesesescecesesesssesnsnsnesesesneseseseeeeney 7 12 Adding a Swimlane and a Flow Object to Your Process c ccccccesecesetesssesteteeseseeeeteseeeeeenes 7 12 How to Edit Swimlane Properties cccceescecssssssesesesesssssesesesesssssesesessssssseesessssseesssesseeeeees 7 13 Sharing Roles Between Business Process Composer and BPM Studio ccccceceeeeeeeenes 7 13 Working with Flow Elements siy isnie ineei araea a i aa Ei aa a ERES aiast 7 13 How to Add a Flow Object from the Component Palette ccccccceeseeesesteteteseeeeteseeeeeenes 7 14 How to Cut Copy or Delete a Flow Object sssssssssssessesisstessessestetessisnesieneessesnesteneessesneneenet 7 14 How to Paste a Flow Object in a Process cccccesccsceessesssnseseseecenesescecesesesssesneensseseeneeseseeseney 7 14 How to Add a Sequence Flow to a Process s sssssessssessesisstessessestetessisnestertessessententessesseseenee 7 15 How to Delete a Sequence FlOW ccccccsseseesesesssssssesssesssssseesesesesssseesesessssseesessssssseeseseesesenees 7 15 How to Edit the Properties of a Flow Object cece sesssssseesesesesssseesesesssssseesessesesenees 7 15 How to Assign a Custom Icon to a Flow Object oc eeccceeseeeecesssssseesesesssssseesessssssseeseseeeeenees 7 16
113. Introduction to Oracle Business Rules Oracle Business Rules allow process analysts to change policies that are expressed as business rules with little or no assistance from a process developer Applications using Oracle Business Rules support continuous changes that allow the applications to adapt to new government regulations improvements in internal company processes or changes in relationships between customers and suppliers Use business rules to define key decisions and policies for a business including Business policies such as spending policies and approval matrices Constraints such as valid configurations or regulatory requirements Using Oracle Business Rules 17 1 Introduction to Oracle Business Rules e Computations such as discounts or premiums e Reasoning capabilities such as offers based on customer value For example a car rental company might use the following business rule IF Rental_application driver age lt 21 THEN modify Rental_application status Declined An airline might use a business rule such as the following IF Frequent_Flyer total_miles gt 10000 THEN modify Frequent_Flyer status GOLD A financial institution could use a business rule such as IF Application_loan income lt 10000 THEN modify Application_loan deny true These examples represent individual business rules In practice you can use Oracle Business Rules to combine many business rules or to use more c
114. LINKS ireren tes Geese datas Lot a ORL E he elit E ie ah A as S e ee eaae ea aeaee aaar ites Gite al shale ots 6 5 Requirements sss eiieeii Saniser ineto e Sede SEs arki St sabe 8bes Lense ented danced idee Eade dna longd eh santestetbidaleanes 6 5 Process Note sirsie foots asnhsinede oases deene ests cedas heen testbed EASE EAE Ee ARSE AEREE AER TEn Nhe lang lersd hiatus SRE iter shes 6 6 Understanding Activity Level Documentation c ccccccccesescsnsteesesesneeescesenesesssnanenenesesneneneneeeees 6 6 Activity Descriptions eneore RE aee e A A E E EEE A EAE AE EREA 6 7 ANCHLVIEY AKS enen aa e a e test Seto seats A N EA 6 7 Activity Documentation r esenee eeek iea EEE EE E A ERE A EEE REE 6 8 AcHvViV COMMON ts iia e aaeoa ee EAn Ae aa ae EAEE E A E AREARE 6 9 Activity Notere pesemine ath eme esros e eiieeii Bud ae acts ariaren ese iibe otir iaai adnia tesia lected 6 10 General ct ndoiid a niin satin eae Bort seals ahi CM ees lle Buin A ues 6 11 Activity ISSUES iiinn wdc cach natera etkide uh cies Babee dessa all dees otiia dei anite de eena 6 11 TR PNG Dic hci ie et et ahs oh ai sla thd ea fa ble ale eine nla eas ote Erea Ma SNe esd Stalin Sait 6 12 Part IV Modeling and Testing Business Processes 7 Creating and Working with Business Processes vi Introduction to Business Processes dosniai p e aai aeia irae 7 1 Introduction to the Project Toolbar ssssessssessestsssesttsstesstestesssesstensenttsnterstesntestesntesstentennntentestesten t
115. Links tab within the business properties as shown in Figure 6 14 Figure 6 14 Activity Links F RequestQuotation jj Review required documentation P Time General A Samples of customer documentation Links Useri 1second s ago Samples of required documents from customers A RACI Tracking Issues amp Comments When Used Customers often have a rich store of existing documentation that can be referenced from the process Multiple links can be added to an activity and these links are active in the process reports Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report Activity Documentation Activity documentation is rich text documentation that can be added to an activity in the narrative view or in the documentation panel If the documentation exists elsewhere the user should add links so that information is not duplicated If the documentation is more explanatory elsewhere for example in the description fields or as a comment it should be added there In other words add it to the place that is most useful to the user Please note the Documentation Type option which is displayed at the top right hand side of the Documentation tab as shown Figure 6 8 Use the drop down list to choose if you want your documentation to be created for external End User or Internal use For your documentation to appear in the narrative view or process reports you must set this option to End User If the user
116. Month 1 var d today getDate var y today getFullYear var h today getHours var min today getMinutes var todayStr m d y h min Signature value Signed by Name value on todayStr Invalid if Before Today This rule makes the date control invalid if the date entered isn t before today s date var today new Date var bd DOB value split var bd_date new Date bd 0 bd 1 1 bd 2 if bd_date getTime gt today getTime MyMsg value Birth Date must be earlier than today DOB valid false else MyMsg value This is a good Birth Date DOB value DOB valid true Date Less than 14 Days from Today This rule checks that the date entered into a control named AppointmentDate is no more than 14 days greater than today s date var datel DateUtil today var date2 Appointment value datel datel split date2 date2 split var sDate new Date datel 0 datel 1 datel 2 var eDate new Date date2 0 date2 1 date2 2 var DaysApart Math round eDate sDate 86400000 if DaysApart gt 14 Appointment status Date should be within 14 days from today s date else if DaysApart lt 0 Appointment status Date should not be earlier to today s date Web Form Rules Examples C 17 Dates and Times Date Less than 30 Days Ago This rule checks that the date entered into a co
117. ORACLE Oracle Fusion Middleware Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 12c 12 1 3 E39996 03 October 2015 Provides information for process analysts and developers interested in using Oracle Business Process Composer Oracle Fusion Middleware Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 12c 12 1 3 E39996 03 Copyright 2001 2015 Oracle and or its affiliates All rights reserved Primary Author Oracle Corporation This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U S Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U S Government then the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT END USERS Oracle programs including any operating system
118. Open the human task then select Routing Slip 3 Double click on the participant 4 Inthe drop down box next to Build a list of participants using select Names and Expressions 5 Under Participant Names click the Add icon then select one of the following e Add user e Add group e Add application role After selecting one of these options it appears in the table You can change the value if necessary using the drop down list in the table Working with Human Tasks 12 11 Working with Human Tasks In the Data Type column select either By name or By Expression from the drop down list Select a value for the participant a Click the Search icon in the Value column b From the drop down list select either User Groups or Application Roles c Enter the name you want to search then click Search To view a list of all names groups or roles leave the text field empty then click Search d Select the check boxes next to the users groups or roles you want to add e Click OK The name appears in the Value column Selecting Participants using Lane Participants To select participants using lane participants 1 If you are editing a shared project ensure that you are in edit mode Open the human task then select Routing Slip Double click on the participant From the drop down box next to Build a list of participants using select Lane Participants Select one of the following e Pre
119. Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to create this interface from the ground up or you can create a web form based on the existing data structure of a human task See Working with Web Forms for more information Note Although web forms are a resource of a BPM project they can only be created and edited in Oracle Business Process Composer They cannot be viewed or edited in Oracle BPM Studio Business Components Business components represents real world concepts or objects such as a ticket request or employee Business components are complex data types that you use to create the data structures required in your Oracle BPM application You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to create complex data types manually or based on an XML schema See Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures for more information 5 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Oracle BPM Projects Key Performance Indicators KPIs KPIs represent the result of a business measure such as product sales or operational costs evaluated against a target for that measure KPIs can be created for a process or a specific activity within a process See Tracking Business Data in Your Application Business Indicators Business indicators are project data objects you use to store the value of the KPIs Business indicators can be an attribute counter dimension or measure See Tracking Busin
120. Output ccccccccssescsesesneesesesceeseseecenesesesesnsnsseseeceeesessseananssesesesneneneseees 18 1 How to Define the Input Arguments for a Process ccscsesceesesseseteseeceesescsesteneeseseeneseseeeeeenes 18 1 How to Define Data Associations for a Message Start Event ccccceseseseseeteteeseeeeteseseeeenes 18 2 How to Define the Output Arguments for a PLrocess cccseecsseseseecenesesesesteneeseseeneeseseeeenes 18 2 How to Define Data Association for a Message End Event ccccscesseseesssteteeseeeeteseseeeenes 18 2 Using the Send and Receive Tasks to Communicate Between Processes cscsccesteeseseeteteseees 18 3 Using Message Throw and Catch Events to Communicate Between Processes csseesceeees 18 4 Defining Conversations e ee A AEE EEEIEE DE aae Ena E A EEE ea A a ES 18 5 Introduction to Conyersa hoN Szi derivate desieebiase decease vanessa suereeatienbhsteaebsteedeat 18 5 Working with Conversations c cccccccscseseessscsseseseecenesesesssnsneseseeceseesescessesesesssensseseeeesessseeeenes 18 6 Working With SOrvices nhir i E bee ed taba sa S EEE hab see AR bak acdsee EE E a Ee E E 18 7 How to Create New Services in the Business Catalog ccccccccscesesceneescsesnsneteeseeceteseseeeenes 18 7 Deploying a BPM Project Deploying a Project in sites r Eri elated A OERE A ET tEn E lads AEE AAE Oaa E AR aot 19 1 Who Gan Deploy Projects tissieri toes i arrr aeae E Eo dataset AEAEE AKEE EEEE ARRE 19 1 How t
121. Processes for information about creating and working with business processes 2 Create a simulation definition and simulation models The initial simulation model for a process can only be created in the simulation definition editor After you have created at least one simulation model for a process you can create additional simulation models for a process See How to Create a Simulation Definition for information about running the simulation wizard to create simulation definitions and simulation models 3 Configure parameters to define the simulated behavior of your processes See Simulation Parameters for information about the different parameters you can define for a simulation definition and simulation model See How to Edit a Simulation Modelfor information about how to configure parameters for the flow objects within your process 4 Run the simulation After creating and configuring a simulation definition and simulation model you can run your simulation See Running Simulations for more information 5 Analyze the results of the simulation After running a simulation you can analyze the results of the simulation and make adjustments to the parameters to determine how to improve the performance of your process See Analyzing the Results of a Simulation for more information Working with Simulation Definitions Simulation definitions define the simulated behavior of your BPM project as a whole Within a simulation defini
122. Reusable Processes Reusable Subprocesses for more information Data objects of the parent process are not automatically available to the reusable process Data objects must be passed to and from the child process using argument mapping of the call activity Introduction to the Send Task The send task sends a message to a system or process outside the current process After this message is sent the task is complete and the running of the process continues to the next task in the process flow The send task is frequently paired with the receive task to invoke a process or service and receive a response in return The send and receive tasks are used to invoke processes and services asynchronously If you are invoking a process or service synchronously use the service task Note The send and receive tasks perform functions similar to the throw and catch message events However you cannot use the send task to invoke a process that is initiated with a message start event Figure A 26 shows the default notation for the send task A 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Communicating With Other Processes and Services Figure A 26 The Send Task For information on implementing the send task to invoke a process or service see Using Send and Receive Tasks to Define a Synchronous Operation in a BPMN Process in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio For informat
123. Simulation Definition for more information To associate a simulation model to a simulation definition 1 2 Click Simulations from the Project Welcome Page Click the name of the simulation definition where you want to associate a simulation model New simulation models are created from the simulation definition editor After creating a simulation model for a process it can be shared with multiple simulation definitions Click the Associate Model Simulation icon in the Model pane to display the Associate Model dialog Select a process from the drop down list then select a simulation model or click the Add icon to create a new model as shown in Figure 8 7 Figure 8 7 Associating a simulation model to a simulation definition Associate Model Process Processi Model simulationModelt e cfa Ea 5 Click OK 6 The simulation model appears in the list Working with Simulation Models Simulation models allow you to simulate the behavior of an individual process They allow you to define how a process behaves as part of a simulation definition You can define multiple simulation models for each process creating different simulations based on different combinations of resource allocation and activity behavior 8 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Simulation Models How to Create a New Simulation Model You can create multiple simulation model
124. Specify the Default Value This is the value used for the business parameter if no other value is defined 7 Click Add Business Parameter Defining Organization Units An organization unit represents departments or divisions within an organization Organization units can contain child organization units creating a hierarchy that corresponds to your organization To create an organization unit 1 Access the Project Welcome page 2 Click Organization then select the Organization Units tab 3 Click the Add icon to create a new organization unit as shown in Figure 5 6 Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 15 Generating Process Reports for Your Project 4 5 6 Figure 5 6 Organization Organization Units 43 Organization Roles Business Parameters Organization Units Organization Units 4x Name m No data to display Name Description Enter a Name for the new organization unit Enter a Description This field is optional Click Create Generating Process Reports for Your Project You can generate reports that list each process in your project and show detailed information about each process Detailed Business Process Business Requirements Issues and Comments Data Objects Process vs Data Data vs Process Human Tasks vs Process Service vs Process User Tasks Process image RACI responsible accountable consulted and informed To generate a process report 1 2 Open your proje
125. State County Zip Code By default when you drag the tab control into a form there are three individual tabs To add or remove a tab click the tab and then click the Add or Delete icon Additional tabs are added to the right of the tab from which you clicked the add icon To rearrange the tab order drag one tab on top of another tab The tab you dragged moves to the right of the tab upon which it was dropped You can drag in other controls including other group controls into any individual tabs Users see only those controls in the currently selected tab To move a group of tabs to another area of a form click the area to the right of the tab drag the entire group to the desired location Panels The panels control creates columns within a web form You can add multiple columns to a form by dragging in as many panels as necessary By default a panel s width is set to 49 When you drag two panels into your form the second panel is automatically aligned with the first panel Panels have a 1px border to make their boundaries visible Therefore in a two column layout you cannot make both widths 50 Since panels are group controls you can drag other controls inside them If you want to rearrange the order of your panels you should remember that the drag and drop restriction that prevents you from dropping a control below a group control If you have three columns and want the middle column at the far right you must drag the midd
126. Status L AUTO_REJECTED AUTO_APPROVED L AUTO_APPROVED L 9 10 i 4 gt h ReadMe Credit Decision Table Ready Erea When you open the spreadsheet the macros are disabled by default If you enable the macros a new tab called Oracle Business Rules appears This tab allows you to add or delete rules merge or split cells and add or remove values from value sets You can also disable or enable highlighting use a simple or advanced mode and hide or show the Readme sheet You can edit with the macros disabled though you cannot e Choose values from drop lists for restricted cells e Edit free form cells e Copy and paste a range of cells to add a rule or Value Set e Delete a range of cells to delete a rule or Value Set e Split or merge cells e Create Value Sets automatically e Validate the structure of Decision Tables or Value Sets Using the predefined macros you can e Add and delete rules e Split or merge cells e Add or delete Value Sets e Editable cells include Description for Rules Conditions Actions Condition and Action nodes Action state Parameterized options for Action parameters 17 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Decision Tables e Non editable cells include Condition expressions Action expressions Action parameters If you try to edit these cells you will get a
127. Subprocess gt lt Conditions gt lt Condition Name Activity Type Value Prop BpmnActivityType SrcType visio Equals Sub Process gt lt Conditions gt lt Master gt If a Visio master name or shape name is not matched by any entry in VisioUserMap xml or VisioMasterMap xml the BPMN object type is determined by examining the shape attributes The basic rules are e Ifa shape is a connector usually a line used to connect other shapes it is imported as a SequenceF low e A rectangle shape that contains text but has no border and no fill color is imported as a Text Annotation e A shape that is a circle or an ellipse is imported as an event e A rectangle that encloses other shapes is imported as an expanded Sub Process if no sequence flows cross the boundary of the shape If a sequence flow connects to a shape inside the boundary of the rectangle it is treated as a BPMN Group symbol but since Oracle BPM does not support the Group symbol it will be ignored e Any shape that does no match the above rules is imported as a Task D 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process Note Be careful when using the Visio Group command to combine shapes This is sometimes convenient when moving and rearranging shapes in Visio but confuses the converter since a group of shapes is treated as a single object during import and does not have a master
128. Web Forms Designer This editor allows you to localize components of the web form and web form controls Only languages that have been added using the project s Language setting are available To configure language support select the target language in the editor and add translation strings for the form s elements e Business Objects Opens the Form Business Objects dialog Add business objects from the catalog to be available in your form Once selected business objects appear in the Data Sources part of the component palette To use a business object in a form drag it from the component palette to the form Introduction to the Property Editor Use the property editor to define the properties of a web form or web form control When you click on a control in your form the Properties area displays the control s properties so you can view and edit them The properties editor contains tabbed panes that display the properties of the web form or web form control grouped by function Figure 10 2 shows an example of the properties editor Figure 10 2 Web Form Designer Properties Editor PROPERTIES Settings Style Description Edit the form to change this descr Element Name TravelRequestForm iJ Save W Save PDF Printable lY Decorated V DATA SOURCES See How to Edit the Properties of a Web Form for procedures about editing a web form and web form control properties See Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference for information
129. Working with Business Catalog CoMpomenttS ccccccceccccsesesesescscseseseescscsssesesescsesesesesesessneseseseees 7 16 How to Assign a Business Catalog Component to a Flow Object cccccsesteteteeceeeteseseenenes 7 16 How to Create New Human Tasks in the Business Catalog cccccccsesecsesteteteseeeeteseseeeenes 7 17 Working with Draft Processes ccccecccscesesesestsneseseseesssesescecesescseensnesesesesuenesesceceuescscsnansnenesesneneneneees 7 17 How to Mark a Flow Object as Drafteso eieiei deiis seie iei 7 17 Documenting Your Process nen aen iana Sains to aeiee e iE E easa oatesi ain 7 18 Importing and Exporting Process Models 0 ccccccccsssesessesesssssssseesesesssesssesesessssssessesssssssseesesssseseeees 7 18 Importing Process Models into Oracle BPM ccceccseseseesesssssssseesesssssssseesesessssseeseseseseeeees 7 18 Simulating Process Behavior Introduction to Simula tons sser seis n3 00 bk dees e a ed ei eee le ee A ed a 8 1 Simulation Models and Simulation Definitions cccccccccccsessessseseecsecssececeseeseeeseseeseeeeeeseeeees 8 1 Simulation Parameter s 22 asics senate a eee ati de kee h one els Ade eh 8 2 Creating and Running a Simulation 00 0 0 ccc cesssseseeeesenssssseesesesesesssesessssssesesssssssseeseseseseeesees 8 6 Working with Simulation Definitions 0cc cece ceeesescscsesesesescscsssesesescscsssesesesesessseseseseees 8 6 How to Create a Simulation Definition ccccccccc
130. Working with Business Processes for more information Activity Guide Editor Use the Activity Guide editor view create and edit milestones within an activity guide You can access the Activity Guide editor by clicking the Activity Guide link in the Quickstart menu See Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones Human Task Editor Use the Human Task editor to create and edit human tasks included as part of the business catalog See Working with Human Tasks for more information 5 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Creating and Working with Projects Business Rules Editor Use the business rules editor to create view and edit Business Rules To access the business rules editor open a business rule from the project Welcome page See Using Oracle Business Rules for more information Data Associations Editor Use the data associations editor to define the input and output for flow objects that contain implementations To access the data associations editor right click a flow object within your business process and select Data Associations See Working with Data Objects for information about using data associations Expression Editor Use the expression editor to define the expressions used within data associations and conditional sequence flows See Using Expressions to Control Data for information on using expressions and accessing the expression editor Introduction to th
131. Working with Data Objects and Data Associations 13 3 Working with Data Objects Process Data Objects Process data objects allow you to define data objects that are used only within a single process Process data objects can be used only within the process where they are defined When designing a process based application if you know that a data object is required only within a single process it is better to define it as a process data object in order to conserve system resources Project Data Objects Project data objects allow you to share data between processes For example within an Oracle BPM application both a purchase order process and an approval request process may track the data of the employee that created the request The data created or modified in one process can be accessed by the other Project data objects can be used to ensure that all processes within an application have access to the same data However each process must assign and update the value of its data Although project data objects allow you to define data objects that are used by all processes in a project they are not global data objects Each process within your project uses its own version of the data object Project data objects are not used to share data between processes To share data between processes you must create data associations For more information about data associations see Introduction to Data Associations Another benefit of defi
132. XPDL Import Using XSLT Special Attributes The XPDL importer looks for optional attributes defined using XPDL s extensibility feature that serve as instructions to the importer for handling special cases that are difficult to code as XSLT These attributes must be located in the Package Extended Attributes section as follows lt Package gt Table D 9 Extended Attributes and Valid Values lt Extended Attributes gt Name attribute name Value value gt lt ExtendedAttribute lt Extended Attributes gt lt Package gt Attribute Name Valid Values Default Values Description redrawConnecti true false false Ignore sequence flow path ons attributes and create new paths programmatically activitiesObjectP Upperleft Upperleft Indicates that the X Y coordinates in Lowerleft of an activity flow node correspond to either the upper left Center corner of the rectangular bounds of the symbol the lower left corner or the center of the symbol lanesRelativeTo true false false Indicates that the X Y coordinates Pools of lane objects are relative to their parent pool activitiesRelativ true false false Indicates that the X Y coordinates eToLanes of activities are relative to their parent lane activitiesRelativ true false false Indicates that the X Y coordinates of eToPools activities are relative to their parent lane NOTE activitiesRelativeToLanes and activitiesRelativeToPools ca
133. a You can switch a check box to a drop down list but you cannot use this property to change a check box to a text control This property is also useful for verifying what kind of controls are in your form You assign new labels to your controls after dragging them in This property confirms what kind of controls are in your form regardless of the labels Controls generated from schema elements have a Display As property instead of a Control Type property Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference B 3 Web Form Control Properties Property Description CSS Class Defines the control s XHTML markup class name You can use this CSS class to reference the control in any CSS when customizing themes Use the built in CSS class name f page break to add a page break to the printed view of the form s PDF or tiff by adding it to the control that should be at the top of a new page Date Format Defines the date format used in the form This property applies only to Date controls and the Date portion of the Date Time control It supports European date formatting Dates entered into the form are translated according to the chosen format and are reformatted to match the selected format e A date entered into a form field is reformatted to match the selected Date Format e A date entered into a form field is translated according to the selected format For example if you choose a European format of DD MM YYYY and
134. a E E Th eles SU Oo MA C 15 Calculate Net Worthissa tied tiie sels nokia Meee aaa wares Hahn he aah tdi stb Hah Melon alt Oe he Malt at C 15 Dates and TIMES ina aaae Haha te Mapai aan oe wales ah on he estat ota lates ele alee Oe ok Mais ts C 16 DUration 22 cch aie inhn iii oi ele ott odie iinet du testis a ede Wa eds C 16 Today s Date and Times 55 5 siete eleven svete tect e aa ahha da eli EER EE E E Sok dares Wed C 16 Date Time Stamp essere ieai i a aa Ae vega EE E cechvts eles C 17 Invalid if Before NO AY nestor eei AE ah cha do E E EE EE Sok doses Wed C 17 Date Less than 14 Days from Todaya sriain iea eii ai EEE E E aE e C 17 Date Less than 30 Days ABO ipei grop orae a REEE E EEE EEEE EE EE EES EE EERS C 18 Central Timezone adjusted for Daylight Savings 0 0 ccccccsseeeesnstesesesneneeseececesesceesenenesesssnenenesees C 18 Hours gt 4 and lt 6 Apart opni gartier a eE E EEE E a REEE EE GE EE Enie C 19 ET E e 2st etvets E A EA E C 19 T nants Roles anid US6ts sccssztecesssetedesishissidesssncbscicu E A A dake casehiieesda a aeaa iaaa aaa C 19 Repeat Item Added tatter nu s Nae e o Ee tuet ieee tbat la a ata ea EREA aS C 20 Repeat Item Added Collapse Other Items neisiou inona ineeie KAES Aa KESKE REENE Erase eaaa C 21 A Eeo e EE asc livncstasespinivbbre E EEE E acsiie TAE C 21 form load sisirin e locate ean e p Dees A eA E AE EEE EA EREE AE RE RERA EEE C 22 formUinloa dist ie a tae tia voada R E EL A T ton RE e ad a E E a Ne
135. a class The Oracle Business Rules runtime or a developer writing in the Oracle Rule Language RL uses the RL Language assert function to add an instance of a fact to the Oracle Business Rules Engine 17 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Facts Note Oracle Rule Language RL is the native language for Oracle Business Rules Using the Business Rules Editor you can view facts as shown in Figure 17 16 Figure 17 16 Business Rules Editor Facts Rulesets E Value Sets Globals gP Business Phrases Tests Q Explorer NK Decision Functions gf Links g Translations F Show Built in Data Model Elements RL Description Qualifier Pattern SuperClass Kind Source Dictionary System Name c Type fea Object XML businessCatalog BusinessData RuleInput xsd CreditRules _ xs complexType name RulelnputType Ins ka Object XML businessCatalog BusinessData RuleInput xsd CreditRules RuleOutputType 2 Object XML businessCatalog BusinessData RuleOutput xsd CreditRules _ xs complexType name RuleOutputType com_oracle_xmins a Object XML _businessCatalog BusinessData RuleOutput xsd CreditRules Fact types can be based on the following e XML Facts XML Facts are imported from existing sources by specifying XML Schema In BPM Studio you can add aliases to imported XML Facts or use XML Facts with RL Facts to change the data model according t
136. a dropdown list of all tenants on this form server if tenant value length gt 0 Check if a tenant already exists if frevvo isUniqueRoleId role value tenant value true ErrMsg value The role role value already exists in tenant tenant value Init dropdown with all tenant users eval x frevvo listUsers tenant value Users options x users Init dropdown with all tenant roles eval x frevvo listRoles tenant value Roles options x roles Init dropdown will all tenant roles except admin roles eval x frevvo listRoles tenant value false RolesNA options x roles Verify that a role already exists in the tenant if role value length gt 0 t value frevvo isUniqueRolelId role value tenant value if frevvo isUniqueRoleId role value tenant value false ErrMsg value The role role value already exists in tenant tenant value Added This rule executes when a new item is added to a form Imagine your form contains a repeating section named Employee with name E Note that the name E is set on the control and not on the Section control The Employee section control contain many controls such as Name Phone and so on as well as a dropdown control labeled Manager with named M It also contains a radio control labeled Employee Shift named ES whose options have been set to Day and Evening Oracle Web Forms will execute this ru
137. a e Pash ede oad atte aiaa ba a Met senda ck ction neces C 3 Enabl e Disablea Ouest Obie a isthe Ae Aled iaaa h e a a e dale sila he ioh e o e Eai C 3 Compute Subtotals for Repeating Items c ccc eeeseceeessssseseseseseseseseseesssesesesesesssesesesessessesesssssesesees C 4 Compute an Invoice Total iis iisi sei ietec ds eciasceorwesitiinsedeh Ac Na DEE vee NRR SN nettle C 4 Textarea Max Lengthy osasin eien cess A Ae cesta Sadak ote veces Piva chest R E EAN a C 5 Textarea Newline and Breaks fr 2 ccsv ae eceeeent Neos hei h Ae As ete eres die J es C 5 Dropdown Qpuons sivvesciseine sek etre eds eves chewed ev desi dees a a E EE C 5 Finding a Selected Options Index 4 sscc5 ecivesceesvediciceesecieeii a E a a a C 6 Synchronized Selects u giia Top eo a EE Ea EA E alas tovetats asap EEE E E tveveng EEE R C 7 Clearing Dropdown Options ccccccccsscsescenesesesesssesesesceeeescseensnesesescsenesesesceesescscananssesssesenssesceeeesesssananey C 7 Default Ophion a e e EE Ea EE EE E E E EEE EEEE dea tieteng R C 7 Check Box Options Assigning Color to Check Box Choices cccccssssssesesssesssssesesesesssssesesessesssesesess C 8 Check Box Options Making a Control Visible Invisible Based on Check Box ChoiceS csse C 8 Check Box IinitialiZa tons ic ssiesicoieeideiecdhtiiesbeotis ian aa a a a e a e Aa a A aTa SRi C 9 Displaying Selected Check Box Labels sji siscstsesesesisvectesesessuss seseseitacestieattdchestdevbeve stedeveaseatse
138. a objects expand the complex data object and select the basic data object c Click Insert Into Expression To add an operator to an expression a Select the Operators tab b From the expandable list select the operator you want to add c Click Insert Into Expression Click the Error tab then verify that there are no errors in your expression Click OK Click Apply Changes in the Implementation tab How to Define a Simple Expression in Data Associations Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create and edit expressions for data associations Data associations use expressions to alter the values of data objects passed as inputs and outputs Using Expressions to Control Data 15 5 Working with Expressions To define an expression within a data association input or output 1 Open your process 2 Ensure that the project is in edit mode 3 Right click a flow object within your process then select Data Associations 4 Click Launch Expression Builder 5 Add any required data objects and operators To add a data object to an expression a Select the Data Objects tab b Select a data object from the list If you add a basic data object that is part of a complex data object expand the complex data object and select the basic data object c Click Insert Into Expression To add an operator to an expression a Select the Operators tab b From the expandable list select the operator you want to add
139. about each property Introduction to the Data Source Panel The Data Source panel displays the list of data elements that can be incorporated into your form See Introduction to Data Sources for more information From the data source panel you can generate web form controls based on all the data elements in the payload or you can generate web form controls based on specific data elements These can include business objects that you have previously selected from the catalog using the Form Business Objects dialog accessed from the web form editor toolbar Note Data sources are only available in web forms created based on a human task payload See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method for information Working with Web Forms 10 5 Introduction to the Web Forms Designer Figure 10 3 shows how the data source panel appears in a web form created based on a human task payload Figure 10 3 Data Source Panel DATA SOURCES HumantTaskPaylo 3 el ssNo borrowerName See Introduction to Data Sources for more information about data sources in Oracle BPM See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method for information on creating a web form based on a human task payload See Adding Business Objects to a Web Form for information on loading business objects from a catalog and placing them on a web form Introduction to the Form Canvas The right side of the web form designer is the form canvas
140. access Oracle Business Process Composer Note Oracle Application Server Single Sign On is enabled by default in Oracle BPM Suite OracleAS Single Sign On allows you to use one sign on session to access multiple web based applications If OracleAS Single Sign On is enabled and you have previously signed on to another application the Oracle Business Process Composer sign on screen may not appear To sign on to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 Go to the Oracle Business Process Composer URL 2 Enter your username and password then click Login to display the Application Welcome page Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 1 Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page Note You can only sign on to Oracle Business Process Composer from one browser session Concurrent sessions for the same user are not supported Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page The Oracle Business Process Composer application is designed to allow you to easily create edit and manage BPM projects A BPM project is the core component of an Oracle BPM application which contains all the required resources of the application including business processes See Creating and Working with BPM Projects for more information The Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page is shown in Figure 1 1 Figure 1 1 The Oracle Business Process Composer Applicat
141. activities When process player reaches a call activity it calls the child process and creates a new instance of the process Click the drill down icon to view the child process End events When process player reaches an end event it pauses and displays the drill up icon Clicking this icon causes process player to return to the parent process If the current process has no parent process player returns to the process player home and deletes the process instance Other flow objects When process player reaches another flow object that causes the instance to wait for some operation or external event process player pauses To continue running the process click the Refresh icon located at the top of the process player home Enabling Process Player in Oracle Business Process Composer Before process modelers can use process player to test the processes of a BPM project an administrator must enable process player See Defining SOA Administrator Credentials to Enable Process Playerfor more information Using Process Player to Test the Behavior of Business Processes After the process player feature is enabled you can access process player from the Project Welcome page and use it to test process behavior Process player is accessible from the main menu and the toolbar in the Project Welcome page When project player is enabled and you are editing the project the project toolbar displays an icon for accessing process player How to Map t
142. added to the project For more information about how to add languages to a project see Introduction to the Project Information Panel To translate phrases 1 2 Figure 17 23 Business Rules Editor Translations Open the business rule dictionary where you want to translate phrases Go to the toolbar and click Translations The phrases included in the selected dictionary are listed The languages specified for this project are also listed as shown in Figure 17 23 Ft oe rs amp Rulesets Ej Value Sets Untranslated CreditRules member of fact AmountRange Less than 10 000 Between 10 000 and 100 000 Between 100 000 and 500 000 Greater than or equal to 500 creditRating otherwise GOOD EXCELLENT POOR Evaluatedaim ruleOutDO ruleInDO ProcessPODiscount Update CustomerInPolices 3 17 30 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Globals gf Business Phrases GJ Tests Q Explorer Facts Decision Functions g Links g English Hungarian KITUNO ROSSZ Click on the phrase that you want to translate and enter the translated sling in the appropriate language column Assigning a Rule to a Business Rules Task Assigning a Rule to a Business Rules Task The business rules task is an Oracle BPMN element that enables you to incorporate Oracle Business Rules within a process model When editing a project based on a project template containi
143. adios dropdown check box controls You can also use http post http delete and http put in form rules although you must use URL parameters with them as they do not all support payloads Here is an example that shows the syntax of the http get This form rule invokes the http get which must return a JSON object The method on the servlet can do whatever necessary such as querying a database given the itemName to retrieve the itemPrice In this example the JSON object returned contains a field called price The eval converts and assigns the JSON object to the javascript variable x Then x can be used in the form rule as necessary In this case it is used to set a value to the form field called Price eval x http get http lt webhost gt test json getPrice itemName itemName value Price value x price Another example is where the JSON object returned in the http get response contains an array called clients This array can then be used to set the options in a dropdown list eval x http get http lt webhost gt test json getClients Clients options x clients Here is another example of a servlet that returns a JSON object after authenticating a user and password Working with Web Form Rules 11 7 Introduction to Form Rules Override public void doGet HttpServletRequest request HttpServletResponse response throws ServletException IOException try String u request getParameter use
144. after expiration Highest approval title Defines the title of the highest level in the management chain the escalation reaches Base expiration on Business Calender If selected this option bases the duration of the human task on a business calendar 4 Save the project to save your changes How to Specify the Presentation of a Human Task The presentation of a human task defines the user interface of your application Presentations are associated with a form which define the user interface data structures and connectivity information for a human task Oracle BPM supports two types of forms web forms and ADF task forms For more information about creating editing and using forms see Introduction to Forms in Oracle BPM Specifying the Presentation of a Human Task with an ADF Task Form To specify the presentation of a human task using an ADF task form 1 Open the human task 2 Select the Basic tab 3 Under Presentation select ADF Form 4 Enter the following connectivity information for the ADF form e Hostname Specifies the hostname of the server where the presentation is deployed e HTTP Port Specifies the port of the server where the presentation is deployed e HTTPS Port Specifies the secure port of the server where the presentation is deployed e URI Specifies the Uniform Resource Indicator of the presentation 5 Click OK Working with Human Tasks 12 9 Working with Human Tasks Specifying
145. age to another process or service Figure A 28 shows the default notation for the message throw event Figure A 28 The Message Throw Event The throw message event is used to invoke the following types of processes and services e Other BPMN processes BPMN Flow Object Reference A 15 Communicating With Other Processes and Services e BPEL processes e SOA service adapters e Mediators that are exposed as services Process analysts may add message throw events to a process to define where a process must invoke another process or service However process developers are typically responsible for implementing the connectivity with other processes Additionally they are typically responsible for creating and implementing the services invoked by the message throw event For information about how to implement message throw events see Communicating With Other BPMN Processes and Services Using Message Events in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Message throw events are often used to invoke other BPMN processes by calling the message start event of another process See Introduction to the Message Start Event for more information Message throw events are also frequently used with message catch events to receive a response from the process or service invoked However they are always used asynchronously After the message throw event sends a message to another process or service the token imm
146. also contains a text control with name colorChoice This rule assigns colorChoice the choices selected from colorPalette var choices for var i 0 i lt colorPalette value length i choices choices colorPalette i value colorChoice value choices Notice that similar to repeat controls due to an internal evaluation limitation you must collect the choices in a variable inside the for loop And then assign that control Name value to that variable outside the for loop This rule is another example showing how check box controls are array types if colorPalette value length gt 0 colorChoice value Thank you for choosing colors else colorChoice value Please choose colors Check Box Options Making a Control Visible Invisible Based on Check Box Choices This rule makes visible invisible a control based on which check box options a user selects This form contains a multi select check box named Structures If the user selects the option Detached Garage or House we want to make visible a text field named Details Again since a check box is multi select it is handled as an array The array will contain all selected checked options It is important to note that when a check box is added to the form from the palette and its options are multiple words containing spaces the option array has converted each space character to the _ character We must make the compa
147. alue of the counter business indicators defined for your process This section describes how to create business indicators and counter marks using Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Business Indicators and Counters Business Indicators are project data objects you use to store the value of the KPIs of your process Although Oracle BPM allows you to create business indicators using different types of data objects within Oracle Business Process Composer you can only create business indicators that are used as attributes counters dimensions and measures Counters keep track of the number of times an instance completes a certain activity You must use them with counter marks The counter variable does not store the actual 16 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Business Indicators and Counter Marks value its value is always 1 The value that specifies the number of times an instance completes an activity is updated directly in the Process Analytics databases To monitor the value of a counter business indicator you must create a dashboard based on a counter mark that is configured to track this counter business indicator Introduction to Counter Marks Counter marks allow you to update the value of the counter business indicators defined for your process A counter mark may update multiple counter mark business indicators When a token arrives at an activity that has a count
148. amic Control Initialization e Verify User e Calculate Net Worth e Dates and Times e Tenants_Roles_ Users e Item Added e Item Added Collapse Other Items e Tables e form load e form unload e Unique ID e Item Initialization e ItemAdded by Init Doc Calculate a Total The following example assumes you have a form with three controls and you have assigned them Names N1 N2 and T respectively When a user enters a value in either N1 or N2 you want to set the value of T to the sum of N1 and N2 The rule would be written as if Nl value gt 0 N2 value gt 0 T value Nl value N2 value This rule will automatically run whenever the user types something in N1 or N2 and will set the value of T appropriately You can use any legal JavaScript operators in the expression such as subtraction or multiplication However it is important to ensure that the calculated value is valid in the context of type of T For example if T was of type integer and the computed value of the expression was decimal such as 1 5 then the rule would be attempting to set an invalid value in T This will generate an error The rule will set the value as requested but will mark the field as invalid and take appropriate action such as disabling the submit button displaying the control with a red background and so on C 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Show Hide a Billing Address Also if controls a
149. and output values to repeat tests on those fields and values 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to add test suites and test cases 2 Go to the toolbar and click Tests 3 Click Test Model in the navigation tree In the Test Templates region click the Add icon to create a new test template 4 Enter a Name and Description and then choose a Decision Function How to Run Test Suites or Test Cases When you run a test a new tab is opened and you can see the diagnostic comments exceptions and test results Tests can be run either as a suite multiple test cases or as individual test cases Tests are executed through RL generation To run a test suite or test template 1 Select a Test Suite or Test Template to run and click the Execute icon The Execute icon is enabled only when a test suite or test case or test template is selected from the table and as long as there are no validation warnings in the current dictionary 2 Anew Results tab appears Click it to see the test results For test suite execution the tab shows a summary of the test results by default but you can double click each test case to see its test results For test case execution the tab shows the test results If a test fails the test results show diagnostic comments and output differences or exceptions depending on the cause of the failure Working with Explorer Use the Explorer tab to view business rules dictionary items To vie
150. ange the names of default lanes You can also add additional lanes as necessary e Process Areas Process areas correspond to the business functions of services You can add one or more process areas to a lane Each process area can be linked to a Value Chain Model which provides more details about the specific procedures for each process area You can assign organization units to lanes and process areas You can also add attachments that provide additional information about your model and provide comments that make your processes easier to read 4 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Business Architecture Introduction to Value Chain Models Value Chain Models allow you to specify more detail about your process A Value Chain Model is a series of activities within an organization that perform a specific task Value Chain Models contain a series of value chain steps which represent different stages of the process as shown in Figure 4 2 Figure 4 2 BA Project Value Chain Acme gt BBE Business Arc Editing a TD Saved at 9 49 05 AM Project Home D Student Facilities YOSE B Materials and Services EA Transporation Food Services Services Each value chain step corresponds to a more detailed process performed by a smaller group Each value chain step can be broken down into a separate Value Chain Model creating a hierarchical group of value chain models
151. anted permission can deploy projects directly to runtime This chapter includes the following section e Deploying a Project Deploying a Project You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to deploy a project to the Oracle BPM runtime Deployment is available only within the same environment where the Oracle Business Process Composer application is installed Who Can Deploy Projects Users who are granted project owner permissions can use Oracle Business Process Composer to deploy projects directly to Oracle BPM runtime How to Deploy a Project to Runtime Project owners can deploy projects directly to Oracle BPM runtime To deploy a project to runtime 1 Save any changes to your project 2 Publish your project You do not want to deploy a project that has unpublished changes 3 From the main menu select Deployment then select Deploy Project Oracle Business Process Composer validates the project If there are no errors in the project the deployment process continues 4 Provide the required information in the Deploy Project dialog shown in Figure 19 1 Deploying a BPM Project 19 1 Deploying a Project Figure 19 1 Deploy Project Dialog Deploy Project Last Revision ID none New Revision ID Deployer Username Password Deploy Target E emTests E default Deployment Plan Project LoanApplication Version MeT oe V Override default deployment version Mar
152. anvas See Introduction to the BPMN Component Palette for more information Business Catalog Palette Provides a list of the business catalog elements that you can use within your BPM project See Introduction to the Business Catalog for more information You can open multiple processes within the same project simultaneously in Business Process Composer Each process opens in its own tab within the editor window Introduction to the Process Editor Toolbar The process editor window contains a toolbar enabling access to the Business Process Composer features described in Table 7 2 Table 7 2 Process Editor Menu Menu Item Description Undo Reverts the last change made to your process Redo Reverses the last undo action you performed Cut Cuts the selected items and copies them the clipboard Copy Copies the selected items to the clipboard Paste Pastes the items currently in the clipboard Delete Deletes the selected elements from the process Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 5 Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View Menu Item Description Autolayout Automatically adjusts the layout of your process Toggle grid visibility Shows or hides a grid in the process editor window Snap to grid Centers the flow objects in your process on the nearest grid axis Existing flow objects are automatically centered New flow objects are automatically be centered when added
153. arallel block The Voted Outcomes editor appears as shown in Figure 12 7 Figure 12 7 Voted Outcomes Editor a Type Parallel Label parallel_block1 Voted outcomes PX Outcome Outcome Type Value Any By Percentage 50 APPROVE By Percentage 50 A voted outcome will override the default outcome If the required percentage is reached Outcomes will be evaluated in the order listed in the table Default Outcome REJECT v Immediately trigger voted outcome when required percentage is met Wait until all votes are in before triggering outcome O Share attachments and comments C Limit allocated duration to Days oE Hours OJ Minutes ols OK _cances 4 Click the Add icon the select one of the following outcomes e Approve e Reject 5 In the table enter a value for the outcome 6 Select a value for Default Outcome from the drop down list 7 Click OK Working with Human Tasks 12 13 Assigning a Human Task to a User Task How to Create and Configure the Data Payload for a Human Task Using the human task editor you can define the data types used within the human task This data is used to store the information entered during user interaction To create task data for a human task 1 If you are editing a shared project ensure that you are in edit mode 2 Open the human task 3 Select the Data tab 4 Click the Add button 5 Select an element or type from the list of primitives and components a
154. are displayed for each row in the table allowing you to add and delete rows depending on the Min Max property values It is strongly recommended that column names in a table be unique Rearrange table columns by clicking on the arrow that appears when you click in the column heading of the column that you wish to move Columns move to the right until the last column position in the table is reached Table controls have the following limitations e Table controls cannot be used in a repeat control e Table cell borders are not shown in print view e Table column names cannot be edited from the work area Use the property editor Repeats Repeating controls dynamically display multiple copies of a web form control This is useful when you want to allow users to enter multiple information of the same type for example a phone number A repeat control can dynamically display as many controls as required rather than having to explicitly add extra input controls Repeat controls are used to repeat data elements and sections within a form You can add a repeat control to a web form then drag and drop additional controls into the repeat control in the same way that you add controls to a tab panel or section You can surround an individual control with a repeat control or it can include an entire section control This section control should contain all of the web form controls that must be repeated After adding a control to a repeat control
155. are not managed by Oracle BPM The Oracle BPM runtime does not track the start and completion of the manual task Figure A 15 shows the default notation for the manual task Figure A 15 The Manual Task Manual tasks can only have one default incoming and one default outgoing sequence flow Unlike most BPMN 2 0 flow objects the manual task does not allow you to manipulate data objects Data objects associated with the previous flow element are passed through as is to the next flow element The Manual Task in Context In the context of the Sales Quote example a manual task can be added for printing and signing a copy of a formal contract as shown in Figure A 16 Figure A 16 Example of a Manual Task FJ Finalize Contracts Print and Sign Contract End In this example signing the formal contract is something that you may want to explicitly show as part of your business process However because it is not managed by the BPMN Service Engine a manual task is used Introduction to the Update Task The update task is used to perform an operation on one or more Human Tasks For example you can use the update task to perform actions like reassigning a task to another user Figure A 17 shows the default notation for the update task BPMN Flow Object Reference A 11 Communicating With Other Processes and Services Figure A 17 The Update Task For more information on using the update task see Developing Business Process
156. ared project it opens in view mode If the project isn t locked by another participant you can click this icon to change to the edit mode if you have the correct permissions Editing Mode al Click to save the current project and continue editing Save 4 Click to publish the project data Publish Lz ie Publishing a project makes the changes you have recently made available to other participants mi Click to discard changes made to this project since the last Discard publication Displays the project type In this case the project type is Private Participants pay proj YP Pro YP Close Project Click to close the current project and return to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page Introduction to the Project Information Panel The project information panel displays general information about the project as shown in Figure 4 5 Figure 4 5 BA Project Welcome Page Information Panel Created on Mar 27 by JCOOPER DDH Business Architecture for Education Reports data not published 2 A 11 27 AM by jcooper Shared Project 4 users Click to add description Hide details This pane displays the following information e Title Bar Displays the name creation date and name of the user who created the project Click the icon located below the user name to publish reports data 4 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the BA Proj
157. as a ruleset named Ruleset_1 witha rule_2 then when Oracle Business Rules generates RL Language from the combined linked dictionaries both rules rule_1 and rule_2 are in the single ruleset named Ruleset_1 If you violate this naming convention and do not use distinct names for the rules within a ruleset in a combined dictionary a validation warning is reported similar to the following RUL 05920 Rule Set Ruleset_1 has two Rules with name rule_1 To view linked dictionaries 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to view dictionary links 2 Go to the toolbar and click Links as shown in Figure 17 6 Figure 17 6 Business Rules Editor Links rjc Home cree amp Rulesets Value Sets Globals Business Phrases Tests Q Explorer Facts 4 Decision Functions g Translations Alias Name Package Name Prefix Linked Names No data to display Working with Rulesets Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can edit add and delete rulesets Note that when you create a new business rule dictionary a default ruleset is automatically created Using Oracle Business Rules 17 9 Working with Rulesets How to Add and Edit a Ruleset Using the Business Rules Editor you can edit add or delete rulesets contained in a business rule dictionary To add and edit a ruleset 1 From the Project Welcome page go to the Components pane and select Rules 2 Click the name of the business rule dictionary you want to open
158. asks You can only define conversations for these BPM flow objects Select Implement Inthe Implementation tab click the Browse button next to the Conversation text field Select a conversation from the list then click OK How to View a Collaboration Diagram To view the collaboration diagram for a process click the View Collaboration button in the process editor toolbar 18 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Services Note In the collaboration view you cannot make changes to the process To return to normal process editing click the View Collaboration button again Working with Services Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to create new services in the business catalog These services are based on standard web services The following sections describe how to create services using Oracle Business Process Composer How to Create New Services in the Business Catalog Services based on web services are defined using a Web Services Description Language WSDL file A WSDL file is an XML file used to describe how web services are implemented When creating a new service using Oracle Business Process Composer you can specify a WSDL file stored locally on your machine or one that is available online Process developers are responsible for providing a WSDL file or a URL location Creating New Services To create a new service 1 2 Open the pro
159. assword p URLDecoder decode password UTF 8 Reusing Dynamic Content Fetching dynamic content from your back end system can be the source of degrading form performance If your form must use the dynamic content multiple times you can improve performance by fetching the content once from the http get and saving the returned JSON string in a hidden text form control You can then later read the text control value and eval it again rather than having to call your back end system multiple times 11 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Form Rules For example add a hidden text control to your form named jsonUserData Add a single line to the form rule that retrieves the user data from your back end system through the http get jsonUserDate value x In other form rules that also require the user data rather than calling http get to your back end system again add the following line to your form rule var val jsonUserDate value eval x val This has the affect of setting x to the same string as if you had again fetched content from your back end system Using Data and Built in Methods in a Form Rule You can access built in data and methods within your web form rules Built in Data Oracle BPM provides certain data to your form rules This includes information about the person currently using your form the tenant and form information You retrieve this da
160. ata object Data objects are defined based on simple types that are similar to those found in most programming languages Data objects can also be defined based on complex data types In Oracle BPM a business object is a complex data type Complex data types allow you to group together related data For example if you are creating an application that must store information about an employee you may have to create a complex data type that stores the name address salary and other information about the employee Complex data types are similar to the concept of classes used in object oriented programming languages like Java For more information about complex data types see Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures How to Define the Data Used by an Oracle BPM Application Defining how data is stored and manipulated is part of the overall design and development of an Oracle BPM application The following high level task outlines the typical process for defining the data used within an Oracle BPM application To Define the Data Used by Your Oracle BPM Application 1 Define the complex data types required by your project Working with Data Objects and Data Associations 13 1 Introduction to Data Objects The first step in defining the data used within an Oracle BPM application is to define the required complex data types Complex data types allow you to define the data structures used within your application For more information
161. atalog 2 E Services dp ae vrite External References E Human Tasks amp CaptureLoanTask a CreditCheckTask amp ReviewLoanTask amp UndervaiterTask Business Rules DecisionFunction1 These services are grouped as follows e Services e External references e Human tasks e Business rules 7 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Business Processes Note You cannot create external references using Oracle Business Process Composer Create external references using Oracle BPM Studio Share projects containing references using the Oracle BPM repository or include them as part of a project template You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to create services based on web services However you must create other services based on adapters and other service oriented architecture SOA components in Oracle BPM Studio You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to assign reusable services from the business catalog to the corresponding flow objects See The Business Catalog for more information Working with Business Processes You create business processes within an Oracle BPM project You can add one or more processes to your project The following sections describe how to create open and delete business processes How to Create a New Business Process To create a new business process 1 Go to the Project Welcome Page 2 If you are editing a
162. ate Instance property set to true e User task The user task implemented with the initiator pattern Similar to other start events the none start event cannot have incoming sequence flows It can only have default out going sequence flows Note None events are always used to define the beginning of subprocesses The None Start Event in Context Figure A 3 shows an example of the none start event within the Sales Quote example project In this example the none start event defines the start of the process Additionally since the process contains a user task implemented with the initiator pattern the none start event triggers a process instance Figure A 3 The None Start Event within the Sales Quote Example Process o Start Initialize Quote g Data Associations The none start event does not accept process input arguments Introduction to the Message Start Event The message start event triggers a process instance when a message is received This message can be sent from another BPMN or BPEL process or from a service A 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Defining the Start and End Point of a Process Messages are types of data used to exchange information between processes Just as data objects are used to define the data used within a project messages are used to define the data used between processes or between a process and a service Figure A 4 shows the default notation of t
163. ated from a data source 1 Open your web form 2 Expand the Data Sources panel 3 Click the Show Form Controls icon Each generated web form control is highlighted in the web form canvas How to Edit the Properties of a Web Form You can edit the properties of a web form to configure general settings and style for the web form To edit the properties of a web form You can edit the properties of a web form to configure settings for the form as well as general style properties See Web Form Properties for information on the properties supported by Oracle BPM 1 Open the web form whose properties you want to edit 2 Click the web form header at the top of the form canvas The properties tabs for the web form appear in the properties editor 3 Edit the properties for the web form in the properties editor Working with Web Forms 10 27 Working with Web Forms How to Edit the Properties of Web Form Controls You can edit the properties of a web form control to configure how the control appears in your web form To edit the properties of a web form control You can edit the properties of individual form controls to configure its behavior and style See Web Form Control Properties for information on the properties available for each form control 1 Open the web form containing the control you want to edit 2 Inthe form canvas select the control When you select a control in the form canvas it is highlighted 3 In
164. ation definition Defines the name of the simulation definition e Duration Defines the period the simulation runs This interval is specified in months days hours minutes and seconds e Start time Defines the start time for the simulation This time is used only for logging It is not used for scheduling purposes e Let in flight instances finish before simulation ends If selected simulation ends only when the specified number of instances completes If deselected simulation stops after the simulation duration is completed At that point all incomplete instances are shown in either in process or queue status You must define these parameters when creating a simulation definition However you can redefine them later if necessary Simulation Model Parameters The following parameters define the general behavior of a simulation model e Model name Defines the name of the simulation model e Specify number of process instances to be created Specifies the number of simulated instances that are created during simulation e Interactive tasks Defines the distribution type used for interactive tasks 8 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Simulations The available distribution types are Constant Uniform Exponential Normal These are identical to the distribution methods defined for specific activities within a process When you change distribution type or other para
165. ator precedence in an expression by using parenthesis In Oracle BPM the operator precedence is e Addition Subtraction e Multiplication Division Remainder e Plus and Minus e Less than Greater Than Less Than or Equal to Greater Than or Equal to e Equal Not Equal e Not e Conditional And e Conditional Or 15 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Expressions Working with Expressions Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create and edit expressions for conditional sequence flows and for data associations The following sections describe how to define expressions using Business Process Composer How to Define a Simple Expression for a Conditional Sequence Flow Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create and edit expressions for conditional sequence flows Conditional sequence flows use expression to determine the flow of your process To define an expression for a conditional sequence flow 1 2 8 9 Open your process Ensure that the project is in edit mode Click the edit icon for the conditional sequence flow you want to edit Click Implementation Click Edit The expression editor window displays Add any required data objects and operators To add a data object to an expression a Select the Data Objects tab b Select a data object from the list If you add a basic data object that is part of a complex dat
166. automatically when the user reaches the of rows specified B 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Web Form Control Properties Web Form Control Properties Style Tab Use the Style tab to define display specific properties of the currently selected control Table B 4 provides an alphabetical list all of the properties available on the Style tab Note Not all of the properties listed below are available for every web form control Table B 4 Properties Style Tab Property BG Color Description Enables you to specify the color that appears behind the control Enter any valid CSS color name or its hexadecimal RGB equivalent For example if you want a red background you can type the word RED or aa2211 Bold Causes the control s label to be bold Button Color Selects the color of a button control Center Date Picker Causes the content of the control to be centered Applies to Message controls Enables an date picker control which pops up an interactive calendar Applies to Date controls Expand Collapse Enables an expand collapse control Applies to Section controls Italic Displays the controls label in italics Item Width Enables you to change the layout of the options from vertical one radio or check box button below the next to horizontal This is useful to save vertical space on long forms It is also useful to improve ease
167. ay As property is not available for the following controls when based on a data type e Message e Repeat e Date Time or Date Time e Boolean Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Form First Method You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to create a web form that is not based on pre existing data See Introduction to Web Forms for information about the use cases for creating web forms To use the form first use case you create a web form directly from the Project Home Page After creating the web form you use the web form designer to rearrange the form controls as required To create and edit a web form with no previously defined data 1 Create a new web form using the Project Welcome Page a Ensure that you are editing the project b From the Project Welcome Page select Web Forms c Click the New Web Form icon then enter a name d Click Create 2 Add controls to a web form 10 20 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method After creating a new web form you can add form controls as necessary to define how users interact with your application See How to Add Controls to a Web Form for more information Edit the web form and web form control properties You can edit the properties of your web form and its controls to determine their behavior and appearance See How to Edit the Properties of a Web Form for more in
168. ay of week of 14th Calculate 2nd Sunday in March of this year dst_start setDate 14 day day dst_end getDay day of the week of 7th Calculate first Sunday in November of this year dst_end setDate 7 day Does today fall inside of DST period if today gt dst_start amp amp today lt dst_end DST 0 Adjus today se Date for Central Timezone Hours today getHours Central DST ct ct var m today getMonth 1 var d today getDate var da today getDay var y today getFullYear var h today getHours var min today getMinutes if min lt 10 min O min C 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Tenants Roles and Users var timezone CDT CST var dom Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday var todayStr dom da m tdt tyt Oeh t er min t to timezone DST DateTime value todayStr Hours gt 4 and lt 6 Apart Times This rule makes sure the end time is at least 4 hours great then the start time but no more then 6 hours later then the start time Also start time must be on or after 1 00 The times must be entered in military units TS is the name of the Time Start control and TE is the name of the Time End control e Use Text controls for the start and end times e Use this pattern in the control to ensure valid military times 1 00 or grea
169. bjects of the same type Note If you position the cursor over a sequence flow Oracle Business Process Composer automatically creates incoming and outgoing sequence flows for the new flow object How to Cut Copy or Delete a Flow Object Within the process editor window you can cut copy or delete flow objects To cut copy or delete a flow object 1 2 Select the flow object or sequence flow that you want to cut copy or delete Select Cut Copy or Delete from the process editor toolbar Note When you cut or delete a flow object that contains incoming and outgoing sequence flow Oracle Business Process Composer automatically connects it to the outgoing sequence flow However you may have to manually reconfigure the surrounding flow objects How to Paste a Flow Object in a Process You can paste the flow object that you previously cut or copied 7 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Flow Elements To paste a flow object in a process 1 Right click in the area of the process editor canvas where you want to paste a flow object 2 Select Paste How to Add a Sequence Flow to a Process Sequence flows define the order or sequence which the work is performed within a process For more information see Controlling Process Flow Using Sequence Flows To add sequence flows to your process 1 Open your process 2 Move the cursor over the flow obje
170. can use the Error Message property to let users know this explicitly if they try to enter a different area code Help Specifies detailed help about a specific control If help text is provided an icon appears next to the control on your form When the user clicks the icon the help text you supplied in the Help property is displayed in a floating box Hide Label Determines whether the control s label is displayed on your form Check to hide the label on your form clear to show the control s label Hint Enables you to create a tool tip that displays in your form when the user mouses over the control Label Defines the label of the currently selected web form control This label is displayed in your form beside or above the control You can hide the label in the form by enabling the Hide Label property When you add a control to a web form it is assigned an arbitrary and unique name After creating a control you can change this to the text you want to appear to the end user of your web form You can a control s label either on the form itself by clicking the control and selecting the label or by overlaying the arbitrary name in the Properties Label field Message controls are the only controls without labels they are used for static text so a label is not required in addition to the static text You can use plain text or arbitrary XHMTL for the label name Labels Enables you to change the control s label
171. ccccccssssssesssssseesescssesescecesesescsnasneseseseesesesescecesesssnsuansneseseeneneneeees 2 7 What Happens When You Enable Process Player ccccsscscescscesesesesteneesesesneneesceeeeeseseeeenanes 2 7 How to Disable Process Player isisisi iinet erre ii esaea iee enia ee eaa aa 2 8 Administering Business Architecture Reports ee sssssesisrtsssssertisssesttssseestentesstsntessteteesntentesnterttn tt 2 8 How to View Reports sts sticer ienroesenis ie ioio falas sass ase Sethe ee aches eate resibu iako otiia ded tadis desha Shei e oeras 2 8 How to Delete a Report orty oste aein rare dla ethan eaaa eia aaa aa Ee 2 8 Part III Creating and Working With BA and BPM Projects 3 Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects Introduction to Project Sharing and Collaboration cccceesescecesssssssesesssssssseesesesssssseeseseesessesees 3 1 Private and Public Projects ecn ae aa tt diss a A aA A a E 3 1 Fd Mode a etn oi ied itt te es eerie aie a a e aai 3 1 Project Roles esis nanpi a dictate ate ea E ines a iss Sis elev Neda Be Be A ieee a A 3 1 Creating and Working with Projects ccccccsessesssseseesescesessscsceneesesssesnesssesceeecesssssnansnenesesneeneneeeses 3 2 How to Open a Project Using the Application Welcome Page cccccccceeseeteeeseeteteeseees 3 2 How to Share a Project with Other Users c ccccccceescssesescssststeseseseeseseseseecesessseansnenesesesneneneeees 3 2 Managing Project Changes cccccessssssssss
172. ccessessssscesceccceseeeseessecsecesecseceseeseceaeeeseeeeeeseeeees 8 7 What Happens When You Create a Simulation Definition 0 0 0 0 ccc ce ceessseseeseeeseneeeesees 8 8 How to Edit a Simulation Definition cccccccsssscessesssecceececccescecseeseecsecesecseceseeeeceaseeseeeeeeseeeees 8 9 How to Associate a Simulation Model to a Simulation Definition ccececeeseeeeeeeeeees 8 10 Working with Simulation Models ccccccdsciecsciscecsesscstectssesitcansssetebeaneasesinssenssacusstesstandbsssevbesabacseroesteas 8 10 How to Create a New Simulation Model ccccccscsscessssscesseesceccsescesceececseeeeecseesaecsscsaecseeaeenees 8 11 How to Edit a Simulation Model ccccccccscssccsscesecsscesseeeceeseecesceescsseseceeseeeeecseeseecsscsaecaecasenees 8 11 Ruining SUNA tons feiss ciataedssseearetattaaateet eas AE EEEE Da AES EEn E EE EAEE E AEE EAA ET RA N TES 8 12 How t Runa Simulations issii asana aranan aae a iaa ie a aeaa a a a 8 12 Analyzing the Results of a Simulation s ssssssssssssesssssesessessssrississessetensesnesnenteenesnesnentennisnesnentenneseesnes 8 13 How to Analyze the Results of a Simulation Using a Chart sss sessssessesisessssissesiersessesseseeee 8 13 Using Process Player Introduction to Proc ss Playerin aTa rnr Rae oa KEERA R RE A A a A aa aA 9 1 How Process Player Handles the Flow Objects of Your ProcessS ss sesssrssssssrrtessserstssserstes 9 2 Enabling Process Player in Oracle Bu
173. ce Indicators KPIs Use Oracle Business Process Composer to create edit and delete KPIs For more information about working with KPIs see Working with Key Performance Indicators KPIs How to Create a KPI You can create KPIs within a BA project on e Strategy Model Objective Strategy or Value Chain Model e Value Chain Model Value Chain Step To create a KPI 1 Open a BA project 2 Open a Strategy Model or Value Chain Model 3 Right click on a Strategy Model object Objective Strategy or Value Chain ora Value Chain Model object Value Chain Step then select KPIs 4 In the KPI tab click Add KPI to display the New KPI dialog 4 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page 6 Enter the following information e Name Enter a name for the KPI This name cannot be changed e Display Name Enter a display name This is the name that users see in BAM dashboards Description Enter a description This field is optional Type Specify the type of KPI Choose External Manual or Rollup For more information about creating KPIs see Tracking Business Data in Your Application Click OK to create the KPI How to Edit the Properties of a KPI After creating a KPI you can edit its properties To edit the properties of a KPI 1 Open a BA project Open a Strategy Model or Value Chain Model Right click the object that contains the KP
174. ce and all of the business architecture and BPM projects it contained After deleting a BPM space its contents cannot be recovered Managing Projects Use the Oracle Business Process Composer administrative view to manage projects Figure 2 3 Administrative View Projects Administration _ Projects Administration View v Name 1 LoanApplication 2 TravelRequestApp l gt X S Spaces Projects Player Reports A Detach Space Type Description Created Status Actions Acme BPM Project WEBLOGIC Mar 25 D Acme BPM Project WEBLOGIC Mar 25 D How to Release the Lock on a Shared Project Administrators can release the locks on shared projects that have been locked by another user To release the lock on a shared project 1 Sign in to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges Access the Administrative View Select the Project Inthe Actions column click Unlock project for the project whose lock you want to release Performing Administrative Tasks 2 5 Defining SOA Administrator Credentials to Enable Process Player Note If you release the lock of a project that has unpublished changes those changes are lost and cannot be recovered 5 Click Yes How to Delete a Project Administrators can delete projects Note Administrators cannot perform tasks on private projects Only the project owner has access to private projects To delete a shar
175. cedence Indicates the order of evaluation of an arithmetic expression Table 15 3 Unary Operators Operator Name Description Plus Has no effect in the value of the numeric operand Use it to indicate explicitly that a certain value is positive Minus Negates an arithmetic expression Using Expressions to Control Data 15 3 Introduction to Expressions Operator Name Description ki Not Logical complement operator Negates the value of a boolean expression Table 15 4 Equality and Relational Operators Operator Name Description or Equal Returns true is the first operand equals the second operand l Not Equal Returns true is the first operand is not equal to the second operand gt Greater Than Returns true if the first operand is greater than the second operand gt Greater Thanor Returns true if the first operand is greater than or equal Equal to to the second operand lt Less Than Returns true if the first operand is less than the second operand lt Less Than or Returns true if the first operand is less than or equal to Equal to the second operand Table 15 5 Conditional Operators Operator Name Description and Conditional And Returns true if both operands evaluate to true or Conditional Or Returns true if either operand evaluates to true Operator Precedence Operator precedence indicates the order in which the compiler evaluates them You can change oper
176. ces e BPMN Flow Object Reference e Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference e Web Form Rules Examples e Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM A BPMN Flow Object Reference This appendix provides a detailed description of the Business Process Model and Notation 2 0 BPMN 2 0 flow objects that are supported in Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM It describes Oracle BPM s implementation of the BPMN 2 0 standard For information about the BPMN standard including the formal specification see http www bpmn org The BPMN 2 0 flow objects described in this appendix are organized by the different types of tasks your business process must perform This appendix includes the following sections e Defining the Start and End Point of a Process e Adding User Interaction to Your Process e Communicating With Other Processes and Services e Adding Business Logic Using Oracle Business Rules e Controlling Process Flow Using Sequence Flows e Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways e Controlling Process Flow Using Intermediate Events e Using Subprocesses in Oracle BPM e Changing the Value of Data Objects in Your Process Defining the Start and End Point of a Process Start events are BPMN flow objects that define the starting point of a process End events in contrast define the end point of a process This section describes the BPMN 2 0 flow objects that define the start and end of a process Intr
177. cess End events mark the end of a process path When you have only one end event in your process and the token reaches the end event the process is stopped when the end event is reached Note Message end events can only be used to terminate processes initiated by a message start event Additionally if you have multiple message end events associated with a message start event each of these message end events must have the same quantity and type of output arguments When using multiple end events it is possible for different tokens to take different paths within a process In typical cases all parallel paths must reach an end event before the process is completed However in the following special cases a process instance can be stopped before all process paths have completed e Error end event When an error end event is reached all process activity is stopped Like the error throw event the error end event stops the flow of a process See Introduction to the Error End Event for more information e Terminate end event The terminate end event causes all work on a process to stop immediately There is no error handling or other clean up of the running process See Introduction to the Terminate End Event for more information Defining How a Process Instance is Triggered Oracle BPM supports the following ways of triggering a process instance e Using a message signal or timer start event See the following sectio
178. cess Attributes and Values Attribute Values isExpanded true false isATransaction true false LoopType Standard Multlinstance isForCompensation true false AdHoc true false IsCollapsed true false SubprocessType Embedded Reusable Reference ExpandedWidth number ExpandedHeight number ModelReference text CalledElement text TriggeredByEvent true false LoopMaximum number LoopCounter number LoopCondition text MultilnstanceCondition text MultilnstancelIsSequential true false Event attributes and values Table D 3 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN events Table D 3 Event Attributes and Values Attribute Values EventType Start Intermediate End D 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process Attribute Values Trigger Escalate None Message Timer Conditional Signal Multiple Error Cancel Compensation Link Terminate EventDirection Throw Catch IsInterrupting true false CancelActivity true false TimeCycle text TimeDate text Gateway atiributes and values Table D 4 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN gateways Table D 4 Gateway Attributes and Values Attribute Values GatewayType Parallel Inclusive Exclusive Complex ExclusiveType Event Data MarkerVisible true false Sequence
179. cess analysts You can use the BPM Project panel to create a new empty project or create new projects containing a process See Creating a New Empty Project with the BA Project Panel and Creating a New Populated Project with the BA Project Panel for more information How to Validate a Project Validating a project allows you to check your project and processes for any errors Oracle Business Process Composer displays these errors in the error browser Oracle Business Process Composer has an error browser for the project and one for each process Figure 5 3 shows an example of the types of errors displayed in the project error browser Figure 5 3 The Project Error Browser eject QE ee There were 7 validation errors in last SalesQuoteRevised project validation View Export GQ Source Node Message Description RequestQuote gt CatchEvent Node CatchEvent has no implementation defined RequestQuote gt CatchEventi Node CatchEvent1 has no implementation defined defined going Default Sequence Flow ion Process gt BoundaryEvent Error not defined in Event BoundaryEvent Process gt BoundaryEvent1 Node BoundaryEvent1 has no implementation defined To validate a project 1 Open your project 2 Ensure that you are editing the project 3 From the main menu select Validate Project After validating your project any errors found are displayed in the error browser for the project or process Note You
180. chema is automatically used to define the human task payload 10 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the Web Forms Designer See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Form First Method for procedural information about this use case e Data first In this use case you create a web form based on an existing human task payload Oracle BPM generates data sources based on the payload You can add web form controls to a form based on these data sources One advantage of the data first model is that it allows you to reuse a schema across multiple forms After adding form controls from a data source use the form designer to rearrange them within the form to define the necessary look and feel of the user interface See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method for procedural information about this use cases Introduction to the Web Forms Designer Web forms define the user interface of your process based application Oracle Business Process Composer provides a web form editor for creating web forms Using the web forms editor you can e Add web form controls to a web form e Customize the appearance and layout of a web form e Create form rules that define the behavior of the controls on a web form Figure 10 1 shows an example of the web form designer Figure 10 1 Oracle Business Process Composer Web Form Designer PALETTE TravelRequestForm zz 8 R Gi
181. ck a test case in the Test Model tree to see the Input and Output documents for the test case This is where you can edit values to specify the input and the expected output In the Test Case editor you define the inputs and expected output values for a Test Case The values here can be simple values or expressions that use globals functions and so on The test input and output Fact trees are auto initialized based on the inputs and outputs specified for the Decision Function The input and output Fact trees are also auto synchronized with any changes to the Decision Function if you add delete modify inputs or outputs or fact types if you add delete or modify properties The auto synchronization flags and highlights invalid Facts or Property values that were changed in a Decision Function or Fact type These flags in the test input and output help you to identify and fix issues in your test definitions 7 Click Edit to make all of the nodes in the tree editable 8 If you edit a field in the tree click Show Values to show only those values 9 Check the Flag Rules not Firing as Error check box if un fired rules are treated as errors from the execution When you have finished setting up your test suites and cases you can run them 17 28 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Explorer Creating Test Templates To create a test template Test templates allow you to reuse input
182. ck box located at the top right hand corner of the view as shown in Figure 7 2 to view activities as icons Figure 7 2 Process Editor Narrative View Options i gal W Expand all documentation Show icons Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View The process editor allows you to quickly create and edit BPMN processes The process editor appears as a tabbed pane in the Business Process Composer application and is divided into four areas as shown in Figure 7 3 7 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View Figure 7 3 Process Editor Graphical View LoanOfficer LoanProcessor Underwriter Automatically Rejected Note Loan Rejected oF Relects by Underwriter x x Manual Approval Approved by Underwriter Rotling Underwriter Loan Underwriter Outcome Disburfe Loan Futfilled Review Process Editor Toolbar Provides quick access to menu items related to process design See Introduction to the Process Editor Toolbar for more information Process Editor Canvas Provides a work area for creating your process flow See Introduction to the Process Editor Canvas for more information BPMN Component Palette Enables you to quickly access the flow objects sequence flows and other elements that comprise a BPMN process You can drag and drop these elements from the BPMN component palette onto the process editor c
183. created in Oracle BAM when the BPM project is deployed Oracle BAM Process Analytics collate the runtime data and stores it in Oracle BAM data objects These KPIs can be attached to a KPI watch list in Oracle BAM or they can be used as part of BA roll up KPIs Actual value calculations are performed in Oracle BAM based on business process data objects Types of Key Performance Indicators Oracle BPM supports different types of KPIs e External KPI Defines values based on data that is imported into Oracle BAM Data is imported into the ORACLE_BUSINESSARCHITECTRURE_ENTITY_DATA data object This imported data is used to calculate the actual value of the KPI within a given date range This calculated value is then compared to the threshold defined for the KPI e Manual KPI Allows users to enter explicit values at design time Business Architecture and Oracle BAM do not perform calculations on the value of the KPI The value is compared to the threshold for this KPI e Roll up KPI Defines a parent child relationship between two entities A roll up KPI is composed of multiple child KPIs The value of the parent is calculated based on the values of the child KPIs These values are compared to the threshold defined for the roll up KPI Working with Business Indicators and Counter Marks Business Indicators are project data objects you use to store the value of the KPIs of your process Counter marks allow you to update the v
184. ct From the Project Main menu select Process Report 5 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Generating Process Reports for Your Project The Process Report dialog is displayed as shown in Figure 5 7 Figure 5 7 Process Report Dialog Process Report Select enn Detailed Business Process K Show Documentation Show Business Properties Select output file type HTML O PoF O xml O HTML Zip OK Cancel 3 Select the following report details then click OK e Select report type e Show Documentation Select to show descriptions e Show Business Properties e Select output file type For more information about these reports see Documenting BPM Projects Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 17 Generating Process Reports for Your Project 5 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 6 Documenting BPM Projects Oracle Business Process Composer processes documentation from the project level process level and activity level This chapter describes each feature in detail None of the documentation fields are required and users can use any some or none of the fields This chapter includes the following sections e Understanding Project Level Documentation e Understanding Process Level Documentation e Understanding Activity Level Documentation Understanding Project Level Documentation Both project and r
185. ct click Close Project in the upper right hand corner of the project home page If you are sharing a project a confirmation popup appears containing a Release Lock check box Select this check box to release the lock and make the project available to edit by other project participants Alternately you can select the space name located at the top right corner of the project welcome page to return to the application welcome page Working with Project Snapshots A project snapshot is a read only copy of a project at a particular moment Since snapshots are read only they cannot be modified or opened for editing You can view the contents of a project snapshot as well as export and deploy a project based on a snapshot How to Create a New Project Snapshot You can create a new project snapshot from the Project Welcome Page However you can only create a snapshot from the last published project To create a new project snapshot Users with owner and editor permissions on a project can create new snapshots 1 Go to the Project Welcome Page Recent Activity panel then click Snapshots to open the Snapshots dialog as shown in Figure 3 1 Figure 3 1 Snapshots Dialog Add New Snapshot a Snapshots Snapshots are created from the latest published project X Name Snapshot No data to display Description 2 Click New 3 Enter a name for your snapshot then click Create Snapshot The snapshot appears in the
186. ct for BPM Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 7 Introduction to Project Panels e Recent Projects Panel Lists the projects you have accessed Creating a New Empty Project with the BA Project Panel You can use the BA Project panel to create a new empty project To create a new empty project 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Click the icon located in the top right hand corner of the panel to display a popup where you enter the following information e Name Required After the project is created you cannot change the name e Description Optional Descriptions are one or two expansions of the title to help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles e Space Required Select the space where the new project is to be stored To create a new space select New Space from the drop down list 3 Click Save Creating a New Populated Project with the BA Project Panel You can use the BA Project panel to create new projects containing an enterprise map strategy model or value chain model To create a project containing either an enterprise map strategy model or value chain model 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Click either the Enterprise Map Strategy Model or Value Chain Model link listed in the panel to display a popup where you enter the following information e Model Name Required Enter the name of the enterprise map strategy model or value chain m
187. ct where you want to create the outgoing sequence flow 3 Click the Add Sequence flow button This button only appears for flow objects that do not have outgoing sequence flows 4 Move the cursor to the flow object you want to connect to then left click How to Delete a Sequence Flow You can delete a sequence flow from a BPMN process To delete a sequence flow from a process 1 In the process editor canvas right click the sequence flow you want to delete 2 Select Delete What You Need to Know About Deleting a Sequence Flow When you delete a sequence flow from a process any implementation details you may have configured for the sequence flow are lost How to Edit the Properties of a Flow Object You can edit the basic properties of a sequence flow To edit the properties of a flow object 1 Right click on the flow object 2 Select Properties 3 Edit the properties of the flow object 4 When you are finished editing the properties click the down arrow located at the top right hand corner of the Properties pane Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 15 Working with Business Catalog Components How to Assign a Custom Icon to a Flow Object Use Oracle Business Process Composer to select a custom icon to replace the default BPMN icon of a flow object You can select from a list of custom icons provided by Oracle BPM To assign a custom icon to a flow object 1 Right click the flow object then s
188. d B 3 Review Loan Application x 4 Review Outcome If Need More Details go to step 2 Capture Loan Request Otherwise go to step 5 Credit Check Request 5 Credit Check Request R Credit Check Recnanse Graphical Narrative You can use the narrative view to perform the following tasks e Add activities to a process by clicking the Add icon in the activity directly above where you want to add a new one You can add documentation about the activity if required Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 3 Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View e Delete a selected activity by clicking its Delete T icon and confirming the deletion e Move an activity to a different position in the process flow e Assign roles to a selected activity by clicking the Change Role drop down to either add a new role or change the current role to a different role e View and edit documentation Moving an Activity To move an activity 1 Select the activity you want to move 2 Click the Move icon The Drop Activity now appears on the left hand side of the activities 3 Click the Drop Activity icon in the location where you want to move the original activity Narrative View Options You can customize how the narrative view is displayed Click the Expand all documentation check box located at the top right hand corner of the view as shown in Figure 7 2 to show all documentation Click the Show Icons che
189. d for any item It will compute the subtotal for each item for which the quantity is greater than 0 and fill in the subtotal field for that item with the computed value If a particular item does not have a quantity the subtotal is not computed Compute an Invoice Total The following form rule is an example of working with repeating items It assumes you have a control named Total with Name T You want to set the value of Total to be the total invoice price which is the sum of all the computed subtotals above This rule is written as var tot 0 for var i 0 i lt S value length i tot tot S i value T value tot This rule runs whenever a subtotal is updated for example when it is updated through the rule above It adds the values of all the subtotals to arrive at an invoice total You must use a temporary variable to compute the total If you write the rule as T value 0 for var i 0 i lt S value length i T value T value S i value it will not work correctly This is due to internal limitations in the way rules are evaluated Note that this rule is working with controls inside a repeat control To handle the case of a item being deleted from the repeat you require the following addition assuming that the repeat control is named ExpenseRepeat Table controls are repeats with a different layout The same applies to the table controls If your table is named Expense then the repeat i
190. d Manual Approval Needed Manual Approval Needed The Business Rules Editor page provides the tools for you to view rulesets and the data model including Using Oracle Business Rules 17 3 Working with Business Rule Dictionaries e Value Sets e Globals e Business Phrases e Explorer e Facts e Decision Functions e Links e Translations To edit elements such as the value sets and globals contained within the opened business rule dictionary ensure that the project is in edit mode The Business Rules Editor page also provides the tools for you to perform the following actions e Comparing and Merging Oracle Business Rules Dictionaries e Viewing and Editing Dictionary Settings e Synchronizing Business Objects These are accessed from the Actions menu shown in Figure 17 2 Figure 17 2 Business Rules Editor Actions Actions v tk Diff Merge Zt Import From Excel a Export To Excel 9 Dictionary Settings Sync Business Objects Introduction to Decision Points Oracle Business Rules SDK Rules SDK provides APIs for writing applications that access create modify and run rules in Oracle Business Rules dictionaries and all the contents of a dictionary The Rules SDK provides the Decision Point API to access and run rules or Decision Tables from a Java application Working with Business Rule Dictionaries A business rule dictionary is an Oracle Business Rules container for facts functions globals value sets
191. d receive tasks See Communicating With Other Processes and Services for more information Business Catalog Components that Can Be Edited or Created Table 5 1 lists the components of the business catalog and shows which components can be created or edited using Oracle Business Process Composer Table 5 1 Business Catalog Components in Business Process Composer Business Catalog Can be created Can be edited Component Business Rules Yes Yes Human Tasks Yes Yes Business Objects Yes Yes Services Yes No External References Yes No Errors Yes Yes Introduction to the Oracle BPM Repository The Oracle BPM repository is based on Process Asset Manager PAM which serves as the design time repository to which projects are saved and shared between Oracle Business Process Composer and Oracle Business Process Management Studio Your system administrator installs and configures the Oracle BPM repository when installing Oracle Business Process Composer See Creating and Working with Projects for more information about opening projects in the Oracle BPM repository 5 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the Project Welcome Page Introduction to the Project Welcome Page The Project Welcome Page provides access to information about a BPM project and access to common project related features Figure 5 1 shows the Project Welcome Page for the Travel Request Applica
192. deleted added or modified To process facts and rules the Rete algorithm creates and uses an input node for each fact definition and an output node for each rule The Rete algorithm provides the following benefits e Independence from rule order Rules can be added and removed without affecting other rules e Optimization across multiple rules Rules with common conditions share nodes in the Rete network e High performance inference cycles Each rule firing typically changes just a few facts and the cost of updating the Rete network is proportional to the number of changed facts not to the total number of facts or rules The Non Rete algorithm NRE is an alternative to the Rete algorithm that consumes less memory than the Rete algorithm For many business rules use cases it also results in improved performance The core of NRE algorithm is a new rule condition evaluation approach 17 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Business Rule Dictionaries Use the Choices area to specify phrase suggestions that appear when you are using Verbal Rules You can choose to see auto suggestions only business phrases only or both Use the Data Model area to specify the global qualifier pattern also for Verbal Rules The pattern must contain two fragments member fact For example member of fact To view or edit dictionary settings 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you wa
193. different dictionaries and merge into a fourth at design time in Oracle Business Process Composer In the Business Rules Editor you can compare a base version which you must be editing with two independently changed versions relative to the base and then merge selected changes into the base version which must be saved as a new version To compare and merge business rules dictionaries When you want to compare dictionaries you open the newer dictionary first in the Business Rules Editor then use the Dictionary Version dialog to select the older dictionary to compare with Anything missing from the newer dictionary is flagged as a deletion from the newer version Using Oracle Business Rules 17 7 Working with Dictionary Links When you want to merge dictionaries you open the older dictionary first in the Business Rules Editor then use the Dictionary Version dialog to select the newer dictionary to merge with Anything missing from the old dictionary is flagged as an addition in the latest version 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to compare and merge dictionaries 2 Go to the toolbar and click Actions Diff Merge as shown in Figure 17 5 Figure 17 5 Business Rules Editor Actions Diff Merge Dictionary Version Select Dictionary File System Ka 3 Click Browse to select the appropriate dictionary based on whether you want to compare or merge dictionaries 4 Click OK All differences betw
194. dit a value set select the appropriate row and click the edit icon Depending on the type of the value set Range Enum or LOV this displays a corresponding Edit value set page You can create a range value set by clicking Add in the menu bar and selecting a type This adds a new row in the value sets table Adding a value automatically adds an end point for a range value and a value for an LOV value based on the data type You can modify the newly added value end point or value Note that the alias is modified when an end point or value is changed To delete a value set select a row and click Delete To edit a value set 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to edit the value set 2 Go to the toolbar and select Value Sets This displays a table listing the value sets in the dictionary 3 Select the appropriate value set row and click the edit value set icon 4 Use the Value Set Editor to edit the appropriate fields in the value set 5 Click OK to confirm the changes Working with Global Variables Using Business Rules Editor you can add edit or delete global variables to a business rule dictionary You can use global definitions to share information among several rules and functions For example if a 10 discount is used in several rules you can create and use a global Gold Discount so that the appropriate discount is applied to all the rules using the global How to Add a Global Variable Using the Business Ru
195. doing this lt center gt Click on the lt img src frevvo images icons add gif gt icon to addmore phone numbers to the list lt br gt lt center gt When you edit the label or any properties of a control inside a repeat control your changes are applied to every instance of the control inside the repeat control If you delete a control inside the repeat control all instances of the control are deleted Like panel controls repeat controls are hidden when testing or using forms Only the controls within the repeat control are visible There are some key differences between repeat controls and the other grouping controls e You cannot add button message or image controls e You cannot drag in message image link tab or table controls e A repeat control can contain only one web form control You cannot add tab controls panels or other repeat controls To add multiple controls to a repeat control you can add multiple controls to a section control then add the section to a repeat control If you must add more controls to the section you must drag the section out of the repeat control add the additional controls then drag the section control back into the repeat control However you can add a section control to a panel control without having to remove the section out of the repeat control When adding a repeat data element that is part of a data source Oracle Business Process Composer automatically generates a repeating
196. dth property you may use standard CSS relative values for example 5 5em 5ex or 5px Note that control widths are ignored on the iPhone and the iPad even if you have explicitly specified them B 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer C Web Form Rules Examples This appendix provides multiple examples and use cases for using web form rules within a web form For general information about form rules see Working with Web Form Rules This appendix includes the following sections e Calculate a Total e Show Hide a Billing Address e Show Hide Message e Enable Disable a Question e Compute Subtotals for ing Items e Compute an Invoice Total e Textarea Max Length e Textarea Newline and Break e Dropdown Options e Finding a Selected Options Index e Synchronized Selects e Clearing Dropdown Options e Default Option e Check Box Options Assigning Color to Check Box Choices e Check Box Options Making a Control Visible Invisible Based on Check Box Choices e Check Box Initialization e Displaying Selected Check Box Labels e ing Check Boxes e Display a Message Control Inside a Control e String Concatenation e Visible Invisible e Visible Invisible Section Web Form Rules Examples C 1 Calculate a Total Select Tab e Next Tab e Expand Collapse Section e Multiple Choice e Dynamic Options e Triggers and Dynamic Options e Value Change and Dynamic Options e Dyn
197. e 14 7 15 Using Expressions to Control Data T toduct m to EXpressions srie aes a r E eE E Ea a A ARESE Sehi eae 15 1 Introduction to the Expression Editor seesssssessssssssttssesestesstesstsrteestenteesntententertessseestesstessten tt 15 1 Ty pesiot EX Pression Sirr iae aera eS EARE ade aaa eee Me Mare th oped 15 2 Simple EXpPressiOns hanni r sanaaa Ea aE a a A NAA E sagak 15 3 Working with Expressions iis cise suisse ee tiniescivetinns a E AEAT a aaay 15 5 How to Define a Simple Expression for a Conditional Sequence FloW cccceceeeeeenes 15 5 How to Define a Simple Expression in Data Associations cccccccceseesesesteeeeceeeteseseeenes 15 5 16 Tracking Business Data in Your Application Working with Key Performance Indicators KPIS cccccccssesssesssnsteseseenetesescecesescsesnansnesesesneneneseees 16 1 Introduction to Key Performance Indicators ccccccceeseseeseteseeceteseeeecesesesescsneeseseeceseeseeeanenes 16 1 Working with Business Indicators and Counter Marks ccccccsessssesesesseteescecesesescsnanenesesesneneneseees 16 2 Introduction to Business Indicators and Counters ccscccccecceseseseecenesesesesneneeseeceeeeseseenenes 16 2 Introduction to Counter Marks 0 ccccccssssesesesesssssesesesesssssesesessssssesssesessssesesessssseessseseeseeesees 16 3 How to Add a New Counter Mark to a Process cccccssesesseteesesseseseeeeceesesesnsneeseseeceeesesseeenanes 16 3 How to Delete a C
198. e 18 1 Using the Send and Receive Tasks to Communicate Between Processes OOH OO O19 0 0 Cpe Oey 0 0 O The following steps outline a possible scenario when using the send and receive tasks to communicate between processes 1 Process A is invoked 2 A token of Process A reaches the send task 3 The send task invokes Process B This is defined by the implementation for the send task 4 The token of process A proceeds to the next flow object in the process 5 The receive task initiates a process instance of Process B The receive task must have the Create Instance property defined See Starting a Process with the Receive Task 6 The newly created token proceeds through process B 7 Depending on the specific behavior of your process the following scenarios may occur a Ifthe token of Process A reaches a receive task paired with a send task from Process B the token of Process A waits until a response is received After the response is received the token of Process A continues to the next flow object b If the token of Process B reaches a send task paired with a receive task in Process A Process B sends a response to Process A The token of Process B continues to the next flow object 8 Both processes continue running You can use subsequent send and receive pairs to define subsequent communication between the two processes Communicating with Other Processes and Services 18 3 Using Messa
199. e 7 2 Introduction to the Narrative VieWinsersnneistaniiint aia aN ains 7 2 Working with the Narrative View siirsin danone re isora Eaa PES Ana Ene RenaS S RAe E ioanen 7 3 Moving an ACtIVILY eir eane nare eE a Eo Ee A e RETE A EEA ES S REER ER PA EREE EER E 7 4 Narrative View Options e nien ae eee aea a T ae E E EAEE E rA ESA A A AO EEEE R RERA A 7 4 Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View se sssssrssssesesttsrterstesssessesntesstestessneestesnsessesee 7 4 Introduction to the Process Editor Toolbar ccccccccccesessescsteeseseeceeseecesesessseanensneseseeneneneseees 7 5 Introduction to the Process Editor Canvas cccccscesccssesesesssnsneessseesesescececesessseansnsneseseeneneneaees 7 6 Introduction to the BPMN Component Palette ccccccccccccsssteteseseeseeseececesescsesnensneseseeeseneeees 7 6 Introduction to the Business Catalog c cccscccscscssescsceesesssssnseseseseeeseseececesesssnansnsneseseseneneeeees 7 8 Working with Business Processes iiet oiei i ipoe iee erberi onip iae raiat aaiae asan oet 7 9 How to Create a New Business Process scscscsessesssescscenesescsssnsneseseseeneseseececesessseansnsneseseeneneneaees 7 9 How to Open a Business Process yis esenre ssir osi ie ei S a 7 9 How to Delete a Business Process i sc ccisacccesciiitscesseevetacheeveveta i S i iiaii 7 10 Using Swimlanes to Organize Your PLrocess ccsesesessesesceseseseecenesesesesnseseseeceeeeseseensesesesesneneneneees 7 10
200. e Click to remove button Removing Organizational Controls from a Web Form To remove an organizational control from a web form 1 Open the web form containing the organizational control you want to delete 2 Click on the organizational control you want to delete When you select an organizational control the control and all of the controls it contains are selected 3 Click the Delete button Note When you delete an organizational control all the controls it contains are also deleted How to Test a Web Form While designing a web form you can test its behavior directly in the web form editor Each time you supply a value in a control the form sends an asynchronous request to the server to validate the data You do not have to complete the entire form before discovering data was entered incorrectly try to type letters in a number control for example and you ll immediately see an error message If your form includes rules that are associated with a particular control the server applies these rules as soon as users enter data in the control For example perhaps your form has a rule that enables the Guest Name control when you select the Yes radio button in the Are You Bringing a Guest In this case the Guest Name control is enabled immediately while you are still completing the form To test a web form 1 Open your web form Working with Web Forms 10 29 Working with Web Forms 2 Click the Test Form butt
201. e Sales Quote example In this example the Sales Quote service task is used to save information about the sales quote to a database Figure A 10 The None End Event Within the Sales Quote Example Finalize Contracts Save Quote Because no other work can be performed when the token reaches the end of a process a none end event is used After all process tokens reach the none end event the process instance completes Introduction to the Error End Event The end error event is used when the end of a process is the result of an error condition Errors end events are typically used with the error boundary event The error boundary event is used to change the process flow based on a specific error This flow usually ends using an error end event See Introduction to the Error Catch Event for more information on using the error intermediate event Figure A 11 shows the default notation for the error end event Figure A 11 The Error End Event For information implementing the error end event see the Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio BPMN Flow Object Reference A 7 Adding User Interaction to Your Process Introduction to the Message End Event The message end event is used to send a message to another process or service when the process is completed The message end event is always used with either a message start event or message catch event Note When creating a process that
202. e Supporting Browsers and Editors Oracle Business Process Composer contains additional editors for viewing and editing other project components These appear in the lower portion of the application window Note These editors are not displayed by default They appear after performing actions related to each window However to display them manually click the Restore Pane icon in the lower right corner of Oracle Business Process Composer Project and Process Validation Browser The project and process browsers display any validation errors for each individual process or the whole project See How to Validate a Project for more information about validating projects Documentation Editor Use the documentation editor to create and edit documentation for your processes See Documenting Your Process for more information Creating and Working with Projects You can create and validate a new project and view the change history and project properties The following sections provide information on how to create and use Oracle BPM projects For more information about sharing projects saving projects discarding changes and other general functions see Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 9 Creating and Working with Projects How to Create a New Project New BPM projects are created from the Application Welcome page These projects contain only basic business processes created by pro
203. e Tasks Accessing the Oracle Business Process Composer Administrator VieW cccscsesesssieseseeneteeseees 2 1 How to Grant Administrator Privileges to a Business Process Composer UsSe 0s0000 2 2 How to Access the Administration View ccccccsesccesesescsssnsesesessesesessececesesssesnssneseseseeneneseees 2 3 Managing Business Process Composer Space scscssseescssesssescensnesesesesneesescececesesesnsnensnesesneeneneseees 2 3 Configuring Access to a BPM Space cecsscsesessesesescesssescscssesesssnensneseseseesesesescecesesssnanansneseseseensnessees 2 3 Removing Users from a BPM Space c cssesesessesesesessssescscesesesssnansneseseseesesesescecesesssnsnansnsseseseeneneeees 2 4 How to Delete a BPM Space and Its Content cccccccscescesesneeseseeceneseseecenesescsnansneseseseeneseneseees 2 4 Managing Projects s c ccccccacecssesscneethscsessdeesdasscsenestesncnsecassducncesnsusdensesusnssdadnenbidienesensatsctensdenetepseasesgetedieneaee 2 5 How to Release the Lock on a Shared Project ccccccccccesesssesssseesesseneeseececeseseseananeneseseeneneneseees 2 5 How to Delete a Project 22 oriire evn n a aaaea e AoE aa a E rE AE a A o EEEE RESES 2 6 How to Configure Sharing for a Project ccccccccssssescscsesescsssnsneseseseeesesescecesesssnsnansnesesesneneneaees 2 6 Defining SOA Administrator Credentials to Enable Process Player cccccccesssesesesteteseseeeeteeeeees 2 6 How to Enable Process Player c
204. e a new Oracle Business Process Composer space 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Click the New Space button as shown in Figure 1 4 Figure 1 4 The New Space Dialog A Name Save jan All y esy E 3 Enter a name then click Save Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 5 Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page How to Share a Space with Other Users or Groups After creating an Oracle Business Process Composer space you share the space with other users or groups Sharing an Oracle Business Process Composer space also shares all of the Business Architecture and BPM projects within the space To share an Oracle Business Process Composer space 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Move the mouse over the space you want to share then click the Edit Space button 3 Click Participants 4 Click Choose 5 In the drop down list select whether you want to search in users groups or both 6 Enter the name of the user or group in the text field then click Search Click Search without entering a name in the text field to return a list of all users or groups 7 Click the check box next to the name of the users or groups you want to add You can click Select All to select all the users in the search results 8 Click OK 9 Select a role from the drop down list This role determines the changes a user or group can make to a product 10 Click Share The
205. e appears on the left side of the web form editor as shown in Figure 10 1 You can add a form control to a web form by dragging the control from the palette to the form canvas See Introduction to Web Form Controls for a description of the web form controls that are available in Oracle BPM See How to Add Controls to a Web Form for information dragging controls to a web form Introduction to the Web Form Editor Toolbar The web form editor contains a toolbar that provides access to form related features The web form editor toolbar contains the following buttons e Edit rules Click to access the rules editor This button toggles between Edit rules and Edit form e Edit form Click to access the form editor This button toggles between the form rules editor and the web form editor e Test web form Opens the form in a browser window In this window you can view how the web form appears to end users You can also test the behavior of form rules e Refresh Refreshes the external data source human task payload of the form If you make changes to the human task payload you must refresh the data source of the web form This button is only applicable to web forms created using the data first method See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method for more information e Localization Opens the resource bundle editor 10 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the
206. e is dynamic The most 12 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Human Tasks common scenario for this is management chain escalation which is done by specifying that the list is based on a management chain within the specification of this pattern When you create a human task it contains a default simple participant You can use the human task editor to change the participant type or add additional participants See How to Change the Default Participant for more information Routing Types Figure 12 1 shows a basic routing that contains only one participant Figure 12 1 Basic Routing with a Single Participant emmm mm mm m g i_Participant 1_ Stage1 In addition to participant types human tasks support more complex types of routing that give you more control These routing types are e Sequential In sequential routing different participants act on a task sequentially Figure 12 2 shows an example of sequential routing In this example Participant_1 is the first participant in the routing flow After Participant_1 finishes acting on a task the task is passed to Particpant_2 After Participant_2 finishes acting on the task the human task is completed Figure 12 2 Example of Sequential Task Routing o a o Stage1 e Parallel In parallel routing participants act on a task simultaneously Figure 12 3 shows an example of parallel routing In this example both Participan
207. e most common business logic with dates and times Oracle Web Forms dates can be set in the user s local timezone by using the built in date time and date time methods such as frevvo currentDateTime form Some of the samples below use the javascript Date object Since business rules run on the form server these dates will be in the timezone where the form server was installed There are techniques below to convert to different timezones as necessary The Date Time control must be initialized using array syntax from a business rule For example to initialize a Date Time control named DtTm to January 1st 2012 at 4 20 am DtTm value 5 15 2012 4 20 Rules initializing dates and time will not work in a form load rule unless you specify a timezone on the form s Url using the _formTz URL parameter This is because the form server must know the timezone in which to return the date and time If you do not specify a __formTz the methods will return null and the control values will remain blank For example to specify Eastern time amp _formTz America NewYork Duration This form initializes the hospital discharge date using a rule and when the user enters the admission date a 2nd rule calculates the number of days the patient stayed in the hospital Calculate Hospital Stay Duration if A value amp amp D value var da A value split var Ams new Date da 2 da 0 1 da 1 da D value split var Dms n
208. e partition This allows process player to run a process using the same environment as a normally deployed BPM project To enable the process player feature in Oracle Business Process Composer you must first provide the service oriented architecture SOA administrator credentials Oracle Business Process Composer uses the SOA administrator credentials to e Deploy a version of the project at runtime e Perform tasks on the process instance as different users After you provide the SOA administrator credentials any user who has edit privileges on a project can run process player When starting process player Oracle Business Process Composer deploys the project to runtime using these credentials When the current user wants to perform an activity or task as another user Oracle Business Process Composer also uses these credentials How to Enable Process Player Before Oracle Business Process Composer users can access process player you must enable it by providing the SOA administrator credentials as shown in Figure 2 4 Figure 2 4 Administrative View Player a gt 5 XSF Spaces Projects Player Reports D Player Administration Enter SOA Administrator Credentials User name Password Repeat password 4 Save To enable process player 1 Sign in to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges 2 From the Application Welcome page select the Administrative View 3 Select Playe
209. e pin is placed in the extreme upper left corner of the card the position will be different than when the pin is directly in the center of the card Using the BPMN example in Figure D 1 an XPDL tool that uses the center of an activity as the local pin location have task coordinates as follows D 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT Task 1 220 50 Task 2 220 250 Task 3 370 350 The X coordinates are shifted to the right by 45 units task boxes are 90 units wide and the Y coordinates are in the vertical center of each lane which are 00 units high When an XPDL tool uses the center of activities as the basis for their position on the page after importing into BPM they are shifted down and to the right by half their width and height because the importer is expecting all coordinates to represent the position of the upper left corner To correct this you must set the following attribute activitiesObjectPin CENTER The XSLT code for this is lt xsl template match Package ExtendedAttributes gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl copy of select gt lt ExtendedAttribute Name activitiesObjectPin Value CENTER gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xslicopy gt lt xsl template gt Removing Invisible Elements Oracle BPM considers all graphical elements of the source XPDL file to be visible elements even if their visibility is set to false The
210. e s Change Implements a solution for a Loan Officer to receive a loan application and manage all approvals within a particular Loans department in an organization The Credit Rating process is used for checking credit Click to edit description Hide details Click the link to edit the description Introduction to the Recent Activity Panel The recent activity browser provides a history of the published changes made to the current BPM project See How to View the History of Changes Made to a Project for information about viewing recent project activity Snapshots Snapshots are created from the latest published project Click the Snapshots link to open the Snapshot dialog where you can create and view the snapshots for this BPM project Snapshots allow you to create backups of your projects and view the changes made to a project over time Snapshots provide a record of the changes made to a project during the development life cycle For more information about snapshots see Working with Project Snapshots Introduction to the Project Component Panel Use the project component pane to view and create the following project components e Processes e Rules e Human tasks e Web forms e Business components Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 7 Introduction to the Project Welcome Page e Simulations e Business Indicators e KPIs Listed to the right hand side of each of the project components is the number of com
211. e script task is used when you want to show this change explicitly within your business process or when you must change the values of data objects outside of another flow object It is often used to set initial values of data objects at the beginning of a process Figure A 49 shows the default notation for the script task BPMN Flow Object Reference A 29 Changing the Value of Data Objects in Your Process Figure A 49 The Script Task z Script tasks are added to a process by process developers who are responsible for defining the behavior of data objects within a process and process based application The Script Task in Context Figure A 50 shows two examples of the script task used at the beginning of the Sales Quote example The Sales Quote example uses a script task to set initial values for data objects when the process instance is created and to set values for several business indicators Figure A 50 The Script Task within the Sales Quote Example oma Start T Initialize Quote Enter Quote Set mae Indicators Project data objects are data objects that you define in a project All processes within a project have access to the data object defined though the value changes according to the process using them In addition the engine stores the value of those marked as business indicators to the process analytics databases if the project is configured to use them Figure A 51 shows the data associations used to set initial
212. e way is by adding a 1 to the variable id id 1 1 ensures that id equals the current value plus one rather than the current value with a 1 appended For example if the current value was 4 and you didn t write id 1 the result would be 41 rather than 5 You might encounter a situation in a form rule in which money controls perform a string concatenation rather than an addition To correct this e Open the form with the form rule in the designer change the money controls to text controls and then save the form e Open the form change the text controls back to money controls and then save the form again Dates and Times To initialize a date control the data must be in the correct format Here are some examples of correct date formats e di value 2012 01 13 yyyy mm dd e d2 value 01 13 2014 mm dd yyyy e d3 value jan 13 2014 using string for month In general it is not recommended to rely on either the browser s locale or the server s locale when writing date time time of day and date time literals in rules An example date and time rule follows if form load date value 2014 02 29 timeofday value 13 10 02 datetime value 2014 02 29T18 10 022 Working with Web Form Rules 11 5 Introduction to Form Rules This rule will initialize a date control in a form with 02 29 2014 a time control with 1 10 PM and a date and time control with 02 29 2014 in the date portion and 1 10 PM in t
213. easurement marks For more information about documenting your process see Understanding Process Level Documentation and Understanding Activity Level Documentation Importing and Exporting Process Models Use Oracle Business Process Composer to import and export external process models created in other programs Use the BPM Process Model Converter wizard to import external process models and convert them to BPMN Importing Process Models into Oracle BPM Use the BPM Process Model Converter wizard to import external process models and convert them to BPMN Oracle BPM supports importing and converting process models in the following formats as shown in Figure 7 10 Oracle Tutor docx Visio vdx Oracle Workflow wft BPMN 2 0 bpmn XPDL xpdl 7 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Importing and Exporting Process Models Figure 7 10 BPM Process Model Converter Wizard Import External Process Models Select Source File Type Oracle Tutor docx Visio vdx Oracle Workflow w t BPMN 2 0 bpmn XPDL xpdl Select File to Import J Browse Back Next Finish Cancel You may have to modify Visio and XPDL processes before conversion to ensure that they are converted accurately See Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM for more information Note If the original file contains properties and artifacts that are not supported by BPMN the unsupported element
214. ecifies an initial height for your form as it is loading into the browser It does not dictate the actual height In general you do not have to edit the form s height property since the form can resize dynamically However if your form is very small it can improve the appearance as your form loads if you set height to the actual height of your form Controls Determines whether the options you define for check box and radio controls are displayed vertically or horizontally Layout Select a layout The layout changes the appearance of your form Layouts include e Nouveau takes advantage of newer browsers supporting modern CSS and is extremely well suited to forms or flows running on mobile devices e Compact This is very similar to the Nouveau layout except for the reduction of vertical space between controls e Tight Vertical and horizontal space is dramatically reduced Controls are positioned up against each other B 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Web Form Control Properties Property Description Style Apply a style to your form by selecting a choice from the Style drop down Styles are mainly concerned with colors but you can also specify other properties such as font name size and color Choices include Blue Neutral Green or Aqua You can create custom styles Customized styles also appear in the drop down list along with the pre defined options Print
215. ecifies that a control is required The Submit button is disabled and the form cannot be submitted until all required fields contains a valid value Required controls are marked with a yellow gradient You cannot mark grouping controls tabs sections panels and s required However sections can be marked required If a Section has the required property checked required controls within it show a yellow background in design and Use mode If the Section has required unchecked required controls within it do not show the yellow background color in design and Use mode The yellow background color appears only when one of the required controls in the section is filled making it mandatory to fill other required controls within the section Input controls that are direct children directly inside of controls also cannot be marked required nor should they be since the minimum and maximum properties define this You may however make controls required when they are inside sections tabs and panels You cannot edit the required property for controls that have been generated from an uploaded schema since the schema already specifies this through the minOccurs attribute If a control from a schema appears as required and you don t want it to be required edit the XSD and set minOccurs 0 Re upload the XSD Then the control no longer appears required This property is useful when using rules to hide or show sections depending on something else in t
216. ect Welcome Page e Lock Displays the time and name of the user who is currently editing the project and has locked the project e Type Displays the project type If the project is shared it displays a link to the Team dialog where you can change the roles of team members e More Information Click to display more general information Click Hide Details to hide the additional information e Description Displays the project description Descriptions are one or two sentence expansions of the title to help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles Click the link to edit the description Introduction to the Recent Activity Panel The recent activity browser provides a history of the major changes made to the current BA project Snapshots Snapshots are created from the latest published project Click the Snapshots link to open the Snapshot dialog where you can create and view the snapshots for this BPM project Snapshots allow you to create backups of your projects and view the changes made to a project over time Snapshots provide a record of the changes made to a project during the development life cycle For more information about snapshots see Working with Project Snapshots Introduction to the Project Component Pane Use the project component pane to view and create the following project components e Enterprise Maps e Strategy Models e Value Chain Models Listed to the right hand side of each of t
217. ect from type int to type string you must verify that all of the expressions that use the data objects still function correctly After deleting a data object you must ensure that all references to it are removed This includes any data associations and expressions that use the data object If you do not remove references to the deleted data object the project does not validate Introduction to Data Associations Data associations determine how information stored in data objects is handled These are the contexts in which data associations can be used e To and from another process or service invoked from a BPMN process e To and from a Human Task service e To and from an Oracle Business Rule e To and from a script task This BPMN flow object is used to pass data objects through data associations Table Table 13 2 lists the flow objects where you can define data associations It also lists the objects implemented Table 13 2 Flow Objects that Accept Data Associations Flow Objects Implementation Message start and end Services and other BPMN processes events Message throw and catch Services and other BPMN processes events Send and receive tasks Services and other BPMN processes Script tasks Do not contain an implementation are used to pass data objects through data associations User tasks Oracle Human Tasks Business rule tasks Oracle Business Rules Service Tasks Services and BPMN processes Data associat
218. ection boxes including the Left Value expression icon drop down list for an operator and Right Value expression icon to modify the condition 3 In the THEN area for the rule next to the rule action click Add Action Using Oracle Business Rules 17 11 Working with Decision Tables Adding a Verbal Rule To add a verbal rule 1 Click the Advanced Property Editor icon located to the right of the rule name to edit the name for this new rule as shown in Figure 17 9 Figure 17 9 Business Rules Editor Rulesets New Verbal Rule LoanRuleSety BY Rules gt By Type Verbal Rule1 3 Y Y t X X n Search By Alias Enter search terms to get results and filter them further by pressing Right Arrow gt amp LoanApprovalDecisionTable Add Test amp Verbal Rule 1 THEN Add Action 2 Inthe IF area click Add Test specify tests by entering business phrases 3 In the THEN area for the rule click Add Action to add the required action for this rule Working with Decision Tables A Decision Table displays multiple related rules in a single spreadsheet style view In Business Rules Editor a Decision Table presents a collection of related business rules with condition rows rules and actions presented in a tabular form that is easy to understand Business users can compare cells and their values at a glance and can use Decision Table rule analysis features by clicking icons and selecting values in Business Rules Edito
219. ed In a multi national corporation there might be several Operations projects for different countries or divisions The project description helps the user choose the appropriate project to open Where Used Detailed Business Process Report The project description also provides the appropriate context for a report on a project Reports are often saved and distributed to viewers who do not have access to Oracle Business Process Composer therefore it is important to provide detailed information on the project for which the report was created Role Description A role may require more explanation as it can be an acronym that is not commonly used Description Location Within the Narrative View below the role You can add edit or delete the description When Used The role description is used when a role requires more explanation Where Used Detailed Business Process Report Participants Table as shown in Figure 6 3 Figure 6 3 Detailed Business Process Report Participants Participants Role Role Escalation Process Owner Process Reviewer Sales Manager Sales Representative The sales representative manages the customer account Understanding Process Level Documentation Several kinds of documentation are available at the process level including descriptions links requirements and notes The following process level documentation is available e Process description e Process documentation 6 2 Developing Busine
220. ed The project continues to be locked and you can continue editing e To release the lock on the project click Save and Release in the process editor toolbar All unsaved changes for each project component are saved If project sharing is enabled other Oracle Business Process Composer and Oracle BPM Studio users who have permissions can begin editing the project However these changes are not available to other participants until they are published Caution If the project has not been published before you save and release then it asks for whether you want to publish If you do not publish before you release your changes are lost To publish changes If you want to make your changes available to other participants you must publish them To do this you click the publish icon located on the Project toolbar Published changes are recorded in the Recent Activity pane in the Project Welcome page How to Discard Changes to a Project While editing project elements you can revert your changes and return to the most recent published version of a project To discard changes made to the current project 1 From the Project toolbar click the discard changes icon 2 Click OK to confirm discarding changes to the current project Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects 3 3 Working with Project Snapshots Note After discarding your changes they cannot be recovered How to Close a Project To close a proje
221. ed by Init Doc albumOnly index value 0 To initialize repeat items already on your form in the Form Designer by default either enter your initial default values directly into the in the Form Designer or add this rule if form load for var i 0 i lt albumOnly value length i albumOnly i value 0 This rule takes into account a repeat where min gt 1 If min is 0 or 1 you can simplify this further by removing the from loop and simply have albumOnly 0 value 0 inside the if form load ItemAdded by Init Doc ItemAdded also executes when Oracle Web Forms adds items found in an init doc You may want to only initialize items added when the user clicks on the form and not those added from an initial document This form contains a Mailing Label that repeats Each label requires a unique ID assigned However after the form is submitted the assigned IDs are saved in the database through the form s Doc URI When the form loads it adds items automatically from rows in the database They already have assigned IDs We only have to assign new IDs in the sequence when the user manually adds a new Mailing Label by clicking the button on the form MLrepeat is the name of the Mailing Label repeat MLmid is the name of the ID field in the form if MLrepeat itemAdded var index MLrepeat itemIndex This rule is fired both when the user clicks and when frevvo adds items found in the init doc
222. ed project 1 Sign in to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges 2 Access the Administrative View 3 Select Project 4 Under the Actions column click Delete project in the row of the project you want to delete Note Administrators cannot delete locked projects To delete a project you must unlock it then delete it 5 Click Yes to confirm that you want to delete the project After deleting a project it is removed from the Oracle BPM repository How to Configure Sharing for a Project To configure which users and groups have access to a project you must configure sharing on the Oracle Business Process Composer space containing the project You cannot configure sharing on a specific project See Configuring Access to a BPM Space for more information Defining SOA Administrator Credentials to Enable Process Player Process player enables you to test the behavior of a business process at design time using Oracle Business Process Composer You can test a process as different user IDs without having to deploy the BPM project and test the processes using Oracle Business Process Workspace See Using Process Player for more information 2 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Defining SOA Administrator Credentials to Enable Process Player When testing a business process process player deploys a version of the BPM project to runtime using a special runtim
223. ediately moves to the next flow object of the process If your process receives a response synchronously use the service task to invoke the process or service See Introduction to the Service Task for more information Note The send and receive tasks perform functions similar to the throw and catch message events However you cannot use the message throw event to invoke a process that is initiated with a message receive task Introduction to the Message Catch Event The message catch intermediate event allows you to receive a message from another process or service Figure A 29 shows the default notation for the message catch event Figure A 29 The Message Catch Event The message catch event is frequently used with the message throw event to communicate with another BPMN process See Using Message Throw and Catch Events to Communicate Between Processes for information on how message throw events with message catch event For information about how to implement message throw events see Communicating With Other BPMN Processes and Services Using Message Events in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio A 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Adding Business Logic Using Oracle Business Rules Adding Business Logic Using Oracle Business Rules This section describes how to use the business rule task to incorporate Oracle Business Rules within your busi
224. ee Introduction to Business Processes for more information on the different types of processes supported by Oracle BPM Subprocesses contain none start and end events by default These are the required start and end events and cannot be changed Event subprocesses contain a message start and none end event by default However you can change the start event to reflect the type of event you are handling Using Multiple Start Events in a Process You can define multiple start points in a BPMN process Multiple start points allow you to specify multiple ways of creating a process instance depending on which start event is used Figure A 1 shows an example process that contains both a message start and timer start event Figure A 1 Using Multiple Start Events within a Process Start on Quote Message Receipt B Ca Initialize Quote Process Quote Upon Message End Start on Timer Initialize Quote Process Quote Timer This process can be invoked using a message event when called from another process or service It can also be started based on a time interval invoking the timer start event if the process instance must be created automatically A 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Defining the Start and End Point of a Process Using multiple start events allows you to have multiple ways of starting a process without having to create two separate processes Using Multiple End Events in a Pro
225. een the two dictionaries are flagged with change icons 5 Accept or reject the changes Differences can be accepted or rejected at any level in the dictionary by clicking on the appropriate change icon Alternatively you can accept or reject all Working with Dictionary Links Using a dictionary with links to another dictionary is useful for data model sharing e Data Model Sharing Share portions of a data model within a project When you link to a dictionary in another project it is copied to the local project For example consider a project where you would like to share some Oracle Business Rules functions You can create a dictionary that contains the functions and name it DictCommon Then you can create two dictionaries DictApp1 and DictApp2 and link them both to DictCommon Both can use the same Oracle Business Rules functions and when you want to change one of the functions you only change the version in DictCommon Both dictionaries uses the updated function the next time RL Language is generated from either DictApp1 or DictApp2 In Oracle Business Rules a fully qualified dictionary name is called a DictionaryFOQN and this consists of two components e Dictionary Package The package name e Dictionary Name The dictionary name A dictionary refers to a linked dictionary using its Dict ionaryFQN and an alias Oracle Business Rules uses the Dict ionaryFON to find a linked dictionary The following are the naming constraints
226. egin with a none start event and end with a none end event Embedded subprocesses cannot contain swimlanes Embedded subprocesses also behave similar to activities They can have incoming and outgoing sequence flows They also contain data associations that define the data objects used within the embedded subprocesses Embedded subprocesses can also contain timer message and error boundary events If necessary your process can contain nested embedded subprocesses However use nested embedded subprocesses only when necessary to make your process more readable Embedded Subprocesses and Sequence Flows The flow objects within an embedded subprocess cannot have sequence flows that connect to flow objects outside the subprocess Similar to other flow objects embedded subprocesses have incoming and outgoing sequence flows Embedded Subprocesses in Context Figure A 48 shows an example of a embedded subprocess In this example an embedded subprocess is used to group the service task used to process a sales quote Figure A 48 Example of an Embedded Subprocess Receive Quote From Supplier R F Start Jusvecats ar Query Quote ExclusiveGateway Query Quote send R To Suppli ave Gos end Response To Supplier oO A 28 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Changing the Value of Data Objects in Your Process Looping Embedded Subprocesses You can configure a subprocess to numerous ti
227. elect Properties 2 Click Change then select the icon you want to use 3 Click outside the properties window to apply your changes Working with Business Catalog Components The following sections provide information about working with the business catalog in Oracle Business Process Composer See The Business Catalog for more information about the business catalog How to Assign a Business Catalog Component to a Flow Object Use Oracle Business Process Composer to configure implementation details for a flow object by assigning business catalog components to it You can assign business catalog components to these flow objects e Business rule task e Service task e User task e Message events and the receive task To assign a business catalog component to a flow object 1 Open your process 2 Right click on the flow object where you want to add the business catalog component 3 Select Implementation 4 Select Browse then select the business catalog component from the list 5 Click OK 6 Click Apply Changes Note You must click Apply Changes to save any changes you make to the implementation of a flow object Even if you save the project implementation changes are not saved until you click Apply Changes 7 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Draft Processes How to Create New Human Tasks in the Business Catalog You can create new human tasks within t
228. eleted process elsewhere in your project For example if the deleted process was invoked from another process through a message throw event you must ensure that you have reconfigured the invoking process so it is no longer referring to the deleted process An error is displayed during validation if any remaining references to the deleted process still exist Using Swimlanes to Organize Your Process Swimlanes help you organize your process They appear as horizontal lines across the process editor All flow objects must be placed in a swimlane Roles are assigned to swimlanes and determine which members of your business organization are responsible for performing the work of your process based application Introduction to Roles The key to design a business process is to determine the people and roles required to complete each of the tasks that require user interaction Within your process roles are used to decide who is responsible for performing the work that is performed within your business processes Roles allow you to define functional categories that represent job functions or responsibilities within your organization The roles defined in your process are also referred to as logical roles When your Oracle BPM project is deployed to the runtime environment these roles are mapped to LDAP roles that correspond to the users in your real world organization Roles are assigned to the horizontal swimlanes that display the roles responsib
229. ensessseenenesescecenesesssnansnsneseseeeeeseseeeenes 5 12 Creating Project Milestones sininen erii eiiie 5 13 Adding Milestones to User Tasks ccccccesessscssssssssesesesesssssesesesssssssesesessssssesesessssseeseseeseseeees 5 13 Defining Project Roles Business Parameters and Organization Units sssssssssesissessestesseseesses 5 13 Defining Project Roles v e cccsa2 tee teeters eaten tite lithe bin aint ieea aa 5 13 Defining Business Parameters yssiron eet ekipin AeA ED AEN UEA SESER ERES 5 14 Defining Organization UNits siseeiitnscniiaee cnsavnnaient nin ai denarii 5 15 6 Generating Process Reports for Your Project cccceeeseeseesseseseesesssssssssesesesssssseesessssssseeeeseeseseeees 5 16 Documenting BPM Projects Understanding Project Level Documentation cccccccceccceesesesnsnesesesnsneesescececesesssnanensseseseeeneneeees 6 1 Project Description pi sni e estes ta sated toa es coed ape en dc toed eased Leases attendees 6 1 Role D scription sss snien iinn etd toes e sea tha dein heater leaded 6 2 Understanding Process Level Documentation cccccccesccesssescenenesesesesneesescececesesssnasnenessseeeneneesees 6 2 Process DeSCHIP TOM ioc 5 ies cecescscntieadechdnedenteenssecencechsnsnenenensussenenshpnaadaaneasasadaduanents teanstenssedenstesgeebisenesens 6 3 Process DOCUMENEALION 0 0 0 ccccccceeseseteteteteseeeesetesesesesesesessseseseseseseseseseseesesssaseseesssesssesesesenasasenees 6 4 Frocess
230. ent Introduction to the Error Start Event The error start event is used as the start event of an inline handler Using inline handlers you can define a separate process flow to handle errors that occur within your process Figure A 8 shows the default notation for the none end event Figure A 8 The Error Start Event Note Error start events can only be used within inline handlers They cannot be used within normal process flows You can define multiple inline handlers to handle error conditions However you cannot define multiple inline handlers that use the same exception A 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Defining the Start and End Point of a Process Introduction to the None End Event The none end event is used to mark the end of a process path When a token reaches a none end event it is consumed If there are no other tokens within the process instance the instance is complete The none event is used when your process is not required to perform any action after it completes It can also be used as a placeholder by process analysts to be changed later during implementation by a process developer Figure A 9 shows the default notation for the none end event Figure A 9 The None End Event O The none end event is always used to mark the end of a subprocess and event subprocess The None End Event in Context Figure A 10 shows an example of the none end event within th
231. ent pairs to define subsequent communication between the two processes Defining Conversations Conversations group the message exchange between two or more processes The message exchange between processes is called collaboration Within a project you can define multiple conversations that you can reuse amongst the processes in that project The following sections describe how to edit conversations using Oracle Business Process Composer For complete information see Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Introduction to Conversations Conversations group the message exchange between two or more processes The message exchange between processes is called collaboration Within a project you can define multiple conversations that you can reuse amongst the processes in that project Collaboration diagrams allow you to view the process flow together with the interactions your process has with other participants in the conversation Your BPM project defines a conversation by default If you do not want to define multiple conversations you must use this default conversation to gather all the message exchanges amongst the processes in your project You can only define one default conversation per project However you can modify your project to use a different default conversation than the one it uses by default The different types of conversations allow you to specify the different types of interaction your
232. enter 10 05 2009 the date value is translated as May 10 2009 If you choose a US format of MM DD YYY the date value is translated as October 5 2009 e Ifyou choose a format of MM DD YYYY using either or as the separator either separator is valid for that format but is translated to the selected separator e Users can still enter dates such as Feb 3 2001 They are translated into the specified format Decorator If decorators are turned on for the form when you drag an input control from the palette it shows a default decorator icon on the left side of the control The default depends on the type of control being dragged in You can change the decorator for individual controls by selecting one from the dropdown list The Textarea control is the only input control that does not have a decorator Display As Enables you to change the way your control looks on your form For example to change a text control to a drop down select drop down from the list of allowable controls This changes the control s appearance but does not affect how the control handles data If you must modify the control s validation behavior you must update the schema The Display As property is not available for the following schema controls Message Upload Image Video Link Date Time Date Time This property applies only to controls generated from XSD schema elements If the control was dragged in from the palette it has a Control Type
233. ents can only have incoming sequence flows from the event based gateway They cannot have sequence flows from other parts of the process Although the event based gateway allows you to plan that multiple events may occur in your process within the process instance only one event is triggered When the first event in the event based gateway is triggered the path that comes after that event is followed When you add an event based gateway to a process by default it is created with a timer and message catch event Note If you delete an event based gateway any outgoing sequence flows are also deleted The associated events are not deleted A 24 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Controlling Process Flow Using Intermediate Events Starting a Process with an Event Based Gateway You can also use an event based gateway at the beginning of a process to create a new process instance This is similar to having multiple start events within a process To allow an event based gateway to create a new process instance you must ensure the following e You have enabled the Initiate property of the event based gateway e There are no incoming sequence flows to the event based gateway Although the event based gateway can be used to create a new process instance it does not accept data input from another process Any data that must be passed to the process instance must be configured using the target events
234. equired true again If the HearingAid section contains many child controls this rule becomes very long and tedious to write We can simplify this by using the required property for sections In the designer default all controls that must be answered inside Hearing Aid to required Default the HearingAid section to not required and not visible Your rule can be much simpler By Web Form Rules Examples C 11 Select Tab setting HearingAid required false all the inner controls recursively also become required false if useAid value no Hide HearingAid visible false HearingAid required false else Show HearingAid visible true HearingAid required true Select Tab This rule makes a specific tab the selected tab based on the choice of a radio control The radio is named SelectTab and has three options person auto home The tabs are named personTab autoTab and homeTab Tabs also can be select based on trigger controls or other input controls using the same method if SelectTab value length gt 0 autoTab selected false homeTab selected false personTab selected false if SelectTab value Auto autoTab selected true else if SelectTab value Home homeTab selected true else personTab selected true Next Tab This form contains a trigger control at the bottom of each tab labeled Next When Next is clicked the trigger rule executes and makes the next tab the selected
235. er mark defined the Oracle BPM Service Engine updates the value of its associated counters in the Process Analytics databases Each time the Oracle BPM Service Engine updates a counter business indicator it adds one unit to the current value Note The actual value of the counter variable is stored in the Process Analytics databases You must not use the counter variable in your process to perform any calculations because its default value never changes The value of the counter variable is always equal to 1 You can use counter marks for the following e Auditing The number of activities the instance completed combined with other performance measurements are important information for auditing the process e Identifying performance issues You can use a counter to identify performance issues within your process Your process might be taking longer than expected because the instances are following a different path than expected or because the loop in an activity is running more times than it should You can identify these situations by comparing the actual number of completed activities to the number expected e Identifying the process path the instance followed You can mark different paths using different counter business indicators When the instance reaches the end of the process the path the instance followed has the greatest number of completed activities Typically you define one counter business indicator for each of the proc
236. er the section is inside your repeat you may not add anything else to the section so build the section first in this case You also may never drop a panel tab or another repeat control inside a repeat control To add controls from the component palette 1 Open the web form where you want to add controls 2 In the component palette click the control you want to add then drag it to the form canvas As you begin to drag a control from the component palette the position cursor changes depending on its position in the form canvas 3 Release the mouse button to add the new control Creating Multi Column Forms You can create forms with multiple columns All control widths are specified in columns The width is selected by clicking ona grid in the style tab When dropping controls from the palette on an empty canvas or above or below an existing control the newly dropped control is 12 columns wide If you drag a control from the palette and drop it to the left or right of a control the newly dropped control will take the width of the control you dropped on The width of a control that is already in your form must be adjusted manually by the designer if the position of the control is changed To create a multi column form Drag and drop panels from the palette and then drop additional controls inside of the panels Panels can be dropped to the left or right of other panels A newly dropped panel dropped to the left right of anot
237. erbal rule first and then complete the verbal rule For more information about business phrases and how they work with verbal rules as well as sample scenarios see the Working with Rulesets and Rules chapter in Designing Business Rules with Oracle Business Process Management How to Create Business Phrases In the Business Rules Editor selecting the Globals tab shows you a table listing the globals in the dictionary To edit a global variable select the appropriate row and variables You can edit the Name Description and Value fields For the Value field you can use the expression builder to set the value To create a Business Phrase 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to add a Business Phrase 2 Go to the toolbar and click Business Phrases 3 Click the Add Phrase icon to add a Test business phrase Alternatively you can create either a Test or Action business phrase from the dropdown 4 Enter the business phrase details as shown in Figure 17 19 Using Oracle Business Rules 17 23 Working with Verbal Rules and Business Phrases Figure 17 19 Business Rule Editor Business Phrases p Globais A E Tests Q Explorer I Facts Decision Functions gP Links g Translations Actions v Make Draft Phrase calculate premi k of threshold amp jte premium as percent calculat of threshold Parameters x Name Parameter Type Data Type Value Set percent Ca vawe x double v v
238. es A 19 Introd uctiGnta Gateways aiccscariesatdesssdiacadieesasanareds AEE EE EEEn Eaa EAER Ea EREA AEE Aa EURE AEREE A 19 Introduction to the Exclusive Gateway cccccccsessseeseeceeesesescenenesesesesneenesesceeesesesesnanenesesesneneneseees A 20 xii Introduction to the Inclusive Gateway ccccccscccsesesseteesesceseseseecesesesesesnsesesesceeesesescensneneseseseneneseees A 21 Introduction to the Parallel Gateway ccccccesessesneteseseeceseseseecenesesesesnsnesesesceeesessseaanesenesesneneneseees A 22 Introduction to the Complex Gateway cccccccsessesseteeseeceseseseeceesesesesnsenesesceeeseseseansnsnesesesneneneseees A 23 Introduction to the Event Based Gateway cscccssesssseieesesceseseseeceesesesesnseseseeceeesesceeansnesesesnsneneneneees A 23 Controlling Process Flow Using Intermediate Events c ccccsccssesseseteseeceseseseecenesesesesnsneneseeceeeseseseeeenes A 25 Introduction to Intermediate EVe fsS nismsonnan tisnin anaia iisi raaes A 25 Introduction to the Timer Catch EVentt cccceecccssssssesesesesssssesesesssssssesesesssssseesesesssssseessesssasesesees A 25 Introduction to the Error Catch EVenit ccccceeeececssssseesesssesssssesesesssssseesesessssseesssessssseessseseeseseeees A 26 Using Subprocesses in Oracle BPMs ea aaeeeiai aa KESE aE a EAEra eRe SEn EREE Ei a EROA RERE TAREIS A 27 Introduction to Reusable Processes Reusable Subprocesses ccceecsssssssessesssessssseeeseseseseseeees A 27 In
239. es access to the following Table 1 1 The Oracle Business Process Composer Application Toolbar Toolbar element Description Main Menu Click to access the Oracle Business Process Composer s main menu From here you can use the Main Menu to e Import a BPM project e Publish report data for a BA project e Generate reports for a BA project Click to choose how projects are displayed in the project browser Choose either List Grid or Table ip oO D a a a Use to search for a project by name Enter the name of the project then click the Search button You can only search for projects that you have access to view or edit Click to display BA projects in the project list Click to display BPM projects in the project list Click to display projects owned by the current user Click to display projects shared by the current user 0 Oo A H Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Main Menu The application main menu provides access to frequently used commands and functionality This menu is accessible from the Application Welcome page as shown in Figure 1 2 Figure 1 2 The Application Welcome Page Main Menu The main menu provides access to the menu items described in Table 1 2 Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 3 Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page Table 1 2 Main Menu Items Menu item Description Open All
240. es with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Communicating With Other Processes and Services Oracle BPM allows you to define interactions across business processes within a process oriented application The following sections describe the BPMN flow objects used to model communication between processes This section describes how to use these flow objects to create process models using Oracle Business Process Composer For information on how to implement these flow objects within a process based application see Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Introduction to the Service Task The service task allows you to communicate with other processes and services Process analysts can add the service task when they know that a process must invoke an external service or process Process developers can then implement the necessary services You can use the service task to invoke the following e Other BPMN processes e BPEL processes e SOA service adapters e Mediators that are exposed as services See How to Assign a Business Catalog Component to a Flow Object for information for procedures about to assign elements from the business catalog to a service task The service task has similar behavior to the send and receive task pair and the message throw and catch event pair The primary difference is that the service task is used to invoke processes and services synchronously When the service task i
241. esesssesssssesssesssssssesesesssssseesssesssssesesssesssssessessseeseeees 3 3 How to Discard Changes to a Project cccccscssssssesesesssssssesesssssssseesssssssssseesssssssssessesesseeeees 3 3 How to Close ai Projecten iier enna alien aa ea a tao ai iata aai aaas 3 4 Working with Project Snapshots sessssessesssssessissessssssesessessssntnsesntsnsnnensesnesntnnsnsessennesntnnisnesnennsenessennet 3 4 How to Create a New Project Snapshot se sssessssisessssessestessissessententesnesnentensesresnentennesnennenrenness 3 4 How to View Contents of a Project Snapshot s se sessssesssisssessessententessesnestensisnesnentensesnesnenrenness 3 5 How to Return to the Active Version Of a Project cccccssssssssssssesesensnsessesssesssssssesseesesssesees 3 5 How to Delete a Project Snapshot ca ccvciiscesiiieesesvta dessert ie i i i 3 5 How to Export a Project Snapshot ccc cciveccesecisiseeseseveeachecvevets eetsevcde i i i 3 5 How to Deploy a Project SnapShot ccceeecssssssssssesesesesssssesesessssseesessssssssesessessssessessssseeeees 3 6 Importing and Exporting Projects cccesccssseseseesecssssssseeessesssssseesesssssssseesessssssseesssssessessenesesseesens 3 6 How to Import a Project from your Local File System ccccceseesesesssssssesesesesessseseseesssesesess 3 6 How to Export a Project from the Application Welcome Page cccccceesessensieeseeneteeeeees 3 7 How to Export a Project or Project Snap
242. esets ccccccccccseccssssesceccsesescsnsnsneseseseesssescecseesesssnsansseseseesenssescecesesssssnansnesesesuensnesees 17 9 How to Add and Edit a Ruleset ccccccccescseesescecesescsesnenenesesesneseseseeeecesesssesnaeneseseeneeneeeeeanes 17 10 18 19 How to Add General Rules and Verbal Rules to a Ruleset cece ceecceceeseceesssecesessessseeeeses 17 11 Working with Decision Tables cccccccccccsessesesesssteesescececescseenenesesesesnenesesesceeesesescsnansnesesesnensneseeeeees 17 12 How to Add a Decision Table to a Ruleset cccccccscesessssseseseesetesescecesesessensnsnesesesneeseseseeees 17 14 Exporting and Importing Decision Tables to and From Microsoft Excel cccccseeeeees 17 15 Working with Facts pne seee ea Ee e eE e E E AE A A shasta seed e 17 18 Working with V alite Sets m e o paraa are E e Eae aa aa aaa n EE e AEA Devdas 17 20 Howto Adda Valtie Set ci cccisciecoccietiitseacislastesies a A aa Aa E E A E TRS 17 20 How to Edit an Existing Value Setssrri noriet a E EE A a a AEE EEE 17 21 Working with Global Variables cccccccccssssesesesssteteescecesescscsnanesesesesnenenesescecesesesesnansnesesssnensneseeeeees 17 21 How to Add a Global Variable ccccccccccssesescscscsesesescscscsesesescscscssseseecscsessssseeceescessnsneceesees 17 21 How to Edit Glop als rssicon aee i stabevsdie oncbeste E 17 23 Working with Verbal Rules and Business Phrases ccccccsesssesesseteteescecesesesc
243. ess Data in Your Application Simulation Definitions and Models Use simulations to test the performance of your business processes Simulations definitions and models define parameters used in a simulation and are stored as part of a BPM project See Simulating Process Behavior for more information Activity Guides An activity guide is a part of Guided Business Processes that allows you to define milestones for a project Each project contains one activity guide where you can define multiple project milestones Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to create and configure milestones See Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones for more information about creating and using project milestones The Business Catalog You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to create and edit business catalog components The business catalog is a container of reusable shared implementation assets available to all the processes within a BPM Project After creating these elements you can assign them to specific BPMN artifacts Business catalog components are accessible from the component palette The reusable resources in the business catalog are Human Tasks Human tasks define how end users interact with your BPMN processes You can add human tasks to your business process by using the user task You can assign a human task from the business catalog to each user task in your business process See Adding User Interacti
244. ess Process Composer displays a list of reports in a table containing information about each report See the Oracle Business Process Composer context sensitive online help for information about each column in the table How to Delete a Report Use the Administrative View to delete a report To delete a report 1 Sign on to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges Access the administrative View Select Reports Click the Delete Report button in the row of the report you want to delete 2 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Part Ill Creating and Working With BA and BPM Projects This part contains information about creating and working with Business Architecture BA and Business Process Management BPM projects in Oracle Business Process Composer This part contains the following chapter e Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects e Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture e Creating and Working with BPM Projects e Documenting BPM Projects 3 Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects This chapter provides an introduction to project sharing and collaboration and discusses some of the basic functions available to create and manage Business Architecture BA and Business Process Management BPM projects This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Project Sharing and Collaboratio
245. ess paths you want to monitor Then you add counter marks in all the activities that are part of that process path Finally you associate the counter business indicators that correspond to the paths that activity is part of to the counter mark How to Add a New Counter Mark to a Process You can add new counter marks to activities and tasks within your process To add a new counter mark to a process 1 Right click on the task or activity where you want to add a counter mark as shown in Figure 16 1 Tracking Business Data in Your Application 16 3 Working with Business Indicators and Counter Marks Figure 16 1 Process Activity Create Counter Mark Ed Properties E Implement Data Association M amp cut f Copy x Delete Credit Ru Create Counter Mark Refine Activity 2 Select Create Counter Mark The Implementation panel appears at the bottom of the page as shown in Figure 16 2 Figure 16 2 Process Activity Implementation a LoanProcess Credit Check Response gf Documentation Implementation C Business Properties Is Draft Create Instance Implementation a Type fa Process Call lt Validation Conversation Default Advanced Process CreditRatingProcess Q X Target Node Credit Rating Response iv Counter v All Sampling Point Inherit process default v 3 If required create a new counter mark business indicator a Click the Add button b Provide a name for the counter ma
246. ess rule tasks see How to Assign a Business Catalog Component to a Flow Object The Business Rule Task in Context Figure A 31 shows an example of the business rule task within the Sales Quote example BPMN Flow Object Reference A 17 Controlling Process Flow Using Sequence Flows Figure A 31 The Business Rule Task within the Sales Quote Example Process Set Business Indicators Determin Approval Flow aS Is Business Practices Review pes Jo Controlling Process Flow Using Sequence Flows Sequence flows define the order or sequence that work is performed within a process Sequence flows connect the flow objects within your process and determine the path a process token follows through your process This section describes how to use sequence flows to define the behavior of your business process Introduction to Sequence Flows Incoming sequence flows are the sequence flows that lead into a flow object Outgoing sequence flows are the sequence flows that determine the process path out of a flow object Most flow objects contain both incoming and outgoing sequence flows Exceptions to this are start and end events Start events can only contain outgoing sequence flows End events can only contain incoming sequence flows Additionally event subprocesses do not have either incoming or outgoing sequence flows Introduction to Unconditional Sequence Flows Unconditional sequence flows represent the typical path be
247. esssessnssssesesesssssssesessssessesesesesesssesesees A 7 Introduction to the Error End Events ssielet e a a ase aa a iise asi A 7 Introduction to the Message End Event s sssssessssssesttsrtsrsterteesstertesssesttssstestesniesstsntestenttesseentesstertet tt A 8 Introduction to the Terminate End Event ssssssssesssssessesrsssiesessessensiesessisnsntinsesnisnenniesesrenenneesesnenentt A 8 Adding User Interaction to Your Process inssi ian e ae EE aaa EARR RESE AS E RREA Eae A 8 Introduction to Human WorkfloWsssrsoriniaann inani aA A R R A 8 Introduction tothe User Task 0 cicssiiscscetisndnienn ipenn aie e a aA A R A A 9 Introduction to the Manual Task psiinenenaann ienn nnno ae a RnR a i A 11 Introduction to the Update Taskin ioeie riie aR ae eai e ERE Ka AEE AAS A aE A 11 Communicating With Other Processes and Services ss sessssssertssstritsrssesttsstessterteesstettesstetesnteentesneens A 12 Introduction to the Service Task cccccessccccssssssesesscssssssesesssssssssesssesssssssesesesssssseesssessssseesesesssesesesees A 12 Introduction to the Notification Task ccccesesccsssessesesesssssssesesesssssssesesesesssseeseseseseesesesssesesees A 13 Introduction to the Call Activity sinees eiten aiee a neee e aeea eaaet aaia sai ipea ata aiaee A 14 Introduction to the Send Task cccccesessesscssssssesssssssssssesesssssssssesesesssssseesesesssssseesssesesssesseseeseeesees A 14 Introduction to the Receive Task isenidaceisrie
248. ew Date da 2 da 0 1 da 1 if Ams gt Dms Days value Discharge date must be after Admission Date else Days value Dms Ams 1000 60 60 24 days Today s Date and Time Use Oracle Web Forms s built in date and time methods to set your date time and date time controls to the current date and time in the user s local timezone if form load Tm value frevvo currentTime form C 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Dates and Times Dt value frevvo currentDate form DtTm value frevvo currentDateTime form The currentTime currentDate and currentDateTime will not work in a form load rule unless you specify a timezone on the form s Url using the _formTz Url parameter This is because the form server must know the timezone in which to return the date and time If you do not specify a formTz the methods will return null and the control values will remain blank For example amp formTz America New_yYork will set the control values to the current date and time in the eastern timezone Date Time Stamp This rule sets a control named Signature to the value of a control named Name plus a date time stamp Note that it is better to use the Oracle Web Forms built in date and time methods if you want to set the date to the user s local timezone The following method will set the date to the form server s timezone var today new Date var m today get
249. ex Data Type After you define a complex data type it appears in the list of complex data types under business components in the project components panel as shown in Figure 14 2 You can use the complex data type to create new complex data objects that are based on it You can also use the complex data type to define other complex data types How to Edit a Complex Data Type After creating a complex data type you can add or change the type of its attributes and methods or add documentation You can also add exceptions Enum objects and Enum items The components you can add are based on the component you have highlighted in the hierarchy as shown in Figure 14 7 Figure 14 7 Add New Business Component Example Add New Root Module Add New Business Object Add New Attribute Add New Method When you highlight a business component in the hierarchy its details appear on the right hand side of the business components editor You can edit the details or add documentation If you right click on a component in the hierarchy you can select to delete the component move the component or collapse a section of the hierarchy To add a new module a new complex data type or attribute 1 Click the complex data type you just created The business components editor opens as shown in Figure 14 8 14 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Complex Data Types Figure 14 8 Business Component Edit
250. example is one approach however it has some limitations One is that you must guarantee that only one person at a time is filling out your form Here is a simpler method if your unique IDs do not have to be sequential The data named form id is guaranteed to be unique for every new form instance You can just use it as follows if form load InvoiceNum value _data getParameter form id Repeat Item Initialization The rule above was one example of initializing a newly added repeating control with a default list of options This same concept is useful if you want to initialize a repeating control s value When you add a repeat control to your form in the Form Designer you can set a default value in any of those repeating controls visible in the designer However when the user clicks while using the form to add an additional item the default entered in the Form Designer is not automatically used in this new item In order to accomplish this you can add a simple rule as follows This rule initializes the value of one of the fields in the repeat control to a default of 0 RepeatTrack is the name of the repeat control contained the input control named albumOnly This rule executes each time a new RepeatTrack item is added when the user clicks Note ItemAdded and itemIndex are properties of the Repeat control if RepeatTrack itemAdded var index RepeatTrack itemIndex Web Form Rules Examples C 23 ItemAdd
251. f a message control makes that message control visible on the form and sets the Username valid property to false so that Username field displays as invalid to guide the user to make a correction if U value length gt 0 eval x http get http lt webhost gt uniqueUser username U value if x exists M value User U value already exists M visible true U valid false else M visible false Calculate Net Worth This form contains two rules One is adding values entered into a column of assets and a column of liabilities and calculating netWorth The 2nd rule is checking the value of netWorth and displaying an error message and marking netWorth invalid if liabilities exceed assets since the form designer does not want the form to be submitted in that state if netWorth value lt 0 assetsExceedLiabilitiesMsg visible true netWorth valid false Web Form Rules Examples C 15 Dates and Times else assetsExceedLiabilitiesMsg visible false netWorth valid true When a rule sets lt control gt invalid the control background turns red and the submit button greys out just as if the user had entered an invalid value into a phone control Oracle Web Forms treats it exactly the same way This is a good way to dynamically control your form s valid state Dates and Times Working with dates and times is very common in most forms The samples below show you how to create th
252. f details about each person Megan Megan Smith Jim Jim Brown Nancy Nancy Jones Brian Brian Jones Next write a rule that first sets up a javascript array with the contact information for each person The rules then uses the dropdown value to index into the contantInfo array to set the details for the selected person into four other form controls var contactInfo wee name email phone Gell 9 mr Megan name Megan Smith email MSmith mycompany com phone 203 694 2439 Ext 516 C 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Verify User cell 203 337 3242 Jam so name Jim Brown email jim comcast net phone 203 208 2999 ELLPA by Nancy name Nancy Jones email nancy snet net phone 203 208 2991 cell Brian 3 4 name Brian Jones email BJones mycompany com phone 203 748 6502 cell l var repId SalesRep value SalesRepName value contactInfo repId name SalesRepEmail value contactInfo repId email SalesRepPhone value contactInfo repId phone SalesRepCell value contactInfo repId cell Verify User This rule executes when the user enters a value into the Username text field It invokes a URL that returns a JSON object that has a boolean field name exists that is set to true if the user already exists If the user already exists this rule then sets the value o
253. flow attributes and values Table D 5 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN sequence flows Table D 5 Sequence Flow Attributes and Values Attribute Values ConditionType None Expression Default ConditionExpression text Association attributes and values Table D 6 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN data objects Table D 6 Association Attributes and Values Attribute Value Direction None One Both AssociationDirection None One Both Pool attributes and values Table D 7 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN pools Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 9 Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT Table D 7 Pool Attributes and Values Attribute Values BoundaryVisible true false IsHorizontal true false Lane Attributes and Values Table D 8 shows the valid attributes and values for BPMN Lanes Table D 8 Lane Attributes and Values Attribute Values BoundaryVisible true false IsHorizontal true false Handling Extraneous Text When Business Process Composer imports a Visio file it creates a separate process for each pool that it finds in the source file Since BPMN models can also depict a process without a visible pool boundary Visio shapes that are not inside a pool or lane including legends titles and so on are added to a separate process This may result in a BPM process containing only extraneous elements that are not process objects
254. flows you can determine the order in which they are evaluated If none of the outgoing conditional sequence flows evaluate to true then the token moves down the default outgoing sequence flow Therefore you must define a default outgoing sequence flow for the exclusive gateway The exclusive gateway can also merge incoming sequence flows However there is no synchronization with other tokens that may be coming from other paths within the process flow Note If other tokens arrive at an exclusive gateway merge then they are also passed through as is If you are synchronizing tokens or perform evaluations on incoming sequence flows you should use a different type of gateway Introduction to the Inclusive Gateway The inclusive gateway allows you to split your process into two or more paths Unlike the exclusive gateway however a token may flow down one or more of these paths depending on how the outgoing conditional sequence flows are evaluated You must define at least one default sequence flow for the inclusive gateway split You can have multiple outgoing conditional sequence flows for an inclusive gateway split The token proceeds along only those sequence flows that evaluate to true If none of the sequence flows evaluate to true then the token passes along the default sequence flow Figure A 36 shows the default notation for the inclusive gateway split Figure A 36 The Inclusive Gateway Split Figure A 37 shows
255. form rule you have to give them unique names One way to tell if a form rule is breaking because of duplicate names is to look at the log in the Tomcat console If you see a message similar to the following it is probably a duplicate control name problem 16 50 35 390 WARN RuleObserver 455 Error evaluating rule Translate Translate Form Rule Java arrays have no public instance fields or methods named value Translate Translate Form Rule 2 if form load Name value Nancy The phrase Java arrays have no public instance fields or methods means Java is interpreting the controls with the same name as an array not single controls Form Rule Profiling Form rule execution can be profiled to determine how much time each form rule takes to execute This can help you tune and improve performance in forms that use a lot of form rules To turn on profiling set the rule debug profile on the url If your form rules are executing database queries to populate dynamic select controls dropdown radio check box form rule profiling can help you identify if the database queries are taking too long You may see HTTP calls taking a long time to execute Working with Web Form Rules 11 11 Working with Form Rules Working with Form Rules Oracle Business Process Composer provides an editor that allows you to create and edit a form rule The following procedures describe how to create and test form rules How to Create a Form Rule
256. formation Add form rules to a web form You can add form rules to your web form to further customize and control its behavior See Working with Form Rules for more information Test your web form You can use the web form designer to preview how your web form appears to end users See How to Test a Web Form for more information Save your web form To save a web form you must save the entire project See Managing Project Changes for more information Assign your web form to a human task After completing your web form you can assign it to a human task using the human task editor When you assign the web form to a human task the human task editor automatically generates the payload information based on the controls you added to the web form If the human task already has an existing payload defined it is replaced by a new payload defined by the web form See How to Specify the Presentation of a Human Task for information about assigning a web form to a human task Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to create a new web form based on an existing human task payload See Introduction to Web Forms for information about the use cases for creating web forms Human task payloads are created using the human task editor When creating web forms based on a payload the payload becomes read only The following conditions apply You cannot update the payload s
257. fter selecting this option enter the task title in the text box e XPath Defines the task title based on an XPath function e Translation Defines a translated version of the task title The task title defines the title of the human task that is displayed in Process Workspace 4 From the drop down list next to Priority select a priority for the human task Working with Human Tasks 12 7 Working with Human Tasks Valid values are between 1 highest and 5 lowest This value is displayed in Process Workspace 5 Define the outcome for the human task a b Cc Click the magnifying glass icon next to the Outcomes field Select the outcomes you want to configure You must select at least one outcome See Outcome for more information Click OK 6 Save the project to save your changes How to Configure the Deadline Duration for a Human Task Use the task editor to define the duration for To configure the deadline duration for a human task 1 Open the human task 2 Inthe human task editor select the Basic tab 3 From the drop down list under Deadlines select one of the following e Never expire Indicates that the human task has no deadline or expiration e Expire after Indicates that the human task expires after a specified duration When the option is selected you can configure the following Fixed duration Defines the duration of the human task When this option is selected you can
258. g with Human Tasks Figure 12 5 Project Welcome Page Human Tasks Project Home a5 LoanApplication gt Created on Apr 1 by WEBLOGIC gt f Apr 1 by weblogic Private Project Language English Edit More information i Processes 2 Views v Search New GD Rules 1 amp Human Tasks 4 e CaptureLoanTask E Web Forms 2 Human Task 3 Business Components 4 g Simulations 1 lj Business Indicators 0 ReviewLoanTask UnderwriterTask KPIs 0 Human Task Human Task All 14 How to Open a Human Task CreditCheckTask amp El Human Task amp You can open an existing human task for viewing or editing To open an existing human task 1 Open the project containing the human task you want to view or edit 2 From the Project Welcome Page select Human Tasks as shown in Figure 12 5 3 Click the name of the human task you want to open The human task is opened in the human task editor See Introduction to the Human Task Editor for more information How to Configure Basic Task Properties Use the Basic area of the Human Task editor to configure the basic properties of the human task including the task title task priority and outcomes To configure basic task properties 1 Open the human task 2 In the human task editor select Basic 3 From the drop down list next to Task Title select one of the following e Plain text Defines the task title using a text box A
259. ge Throw and Catch Events to Communicate Between Processes Using Message Throw and Catch Events to Communicate Between Processes You can use combinations of throw and catch events to invoke and communicate with other BPMN processes When using a throw event to invoke another process the following conditions must be met e The process being invoked must be an asynchronous process Although you can use a message throw event to invoke a synchronous process there is no mechanism for catching messages synchronously from the process If you invoke a synchronous process use the service task See Introduction to the Service Task for more information e The first time you use a message throw event it must be paired to the message start event of the other process This is required to trigger the process instance After the instance has been triggered you can use subsequent message throw events that are caught by the second process Processes that begin with a message start event and end with a message end event are exposed as services that can be used by other processes and services within an Oracle BPM application Processes invoked from another process are not considered child processes This is important to consider when designing processes that use the terminate end event as a process end point For example a terminate event in the calling process does not stop a processes invoked with a message throw event Figure 18 2 shows t
260. ge UseDocumentSettings false Orientation Landscape Width 16837 Height 11905 gt lt FitTo PagesWide 1 PagesTall 1 gt lt Page gt lt PageLayout gt lt igxpdl Page gt lt igxpdl Pages gt The XPDL importer does not recognize any namespace other than the XPDL namespace and expects to find a Pages element in that namespace To support this requirement create an XSLT template that creates the XPDL Pages element and children by copying the information from the custom namespace elements lt xsl template match xpd121 Package gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl copy of select gt lt xsl if test child igxpdl Pages gt lt xsl element name Pages gt lt xsl for each select igxpdl Pages igxpdl Page gt lt xsl element name Page gt lt xsl attribute name Id gt lt xsl value of select ID gt lt xsl attribute gt lt xsl attribute name Name gt lt xsl value of select Name gt lt xsl attribute gt lt xsl element gt lt xsl for each gt lt xsl element gt lt xsl if gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl template gt The result is a new section in the default namespace as shown below lt Pages gt lt Page Id Pagel Name Update Spreadsheet gt lt Page Id Page2 Name Submit Instructions gt lt Pages gt Supporting Multiple XPDL Versions If you are using a tool that has been upgraded to support newer versions of XPDL you may have models
261. gure 1 5 Figure 1 5 Project List Project in List View LoanApplication r Space Acme Created 2 12 PM p Creator JCOOPER Type BPM Project Table 1 4 Project Views Project view Description Name Displays the name of the project Click to open the project and go to the Project Welcome page Click the space name in the breadcrumb located at the top of the Project Welcome page to return back to the Application Welcome page Click to download the project to your local file system i PR Click to delete the project m When you click this icon a confirmation message appears Click Yes to delete the project or click No to abort the action Locked Unlocked The lock icon displays either locked or unlocked for shared projects to inform users if the project is currently locked by another user Space Displays the name of the space where the project is stored Click to display more details about the space to the right of the project list Created Displays the time and date the project was created Creator Displays the user who created the project Type Displays the type of project BPM project or BA project Introduction to Project Panels The Application Welcome page displays three project panels the BA Project Panel the BPM Project Panel and the Recent Projects panel e BA Project Panel Allows you to create a new project e BPM Project Panel Allows you to create a new proje
262. has multiple end events you must ensure that any tokens that reach a message end event were created by a message start event For example you cannot use a message end event to end a process instance initiated by a timer start event Figure A 12 shows the default notation for the message end event Figure A 12 The Message End Event For information on how to configure process output arguments using message end events see Defining Process Input and Output Introduction to the Terminate End Event The terminate end event is used to immediately stop a process When a terminate end event is reached the process stops immediately There is no error handling or additional cleanup performed Adding User Interaction to Your Process Many business applications require interaction from process participants within your organization This interaction can be as simple as entering information into a form or can involve multiple work flows and multiple users This section describes the BPMN 2 0 flow objects that are used to model how process participants interact with your business processes It contains the following sections e Introduction to Human Workflow e Introduction to the User Task e Introduction to the Manual Task Introduction to Human Workflow Many end to end business processes require manual interaction with the process For example users may be required for approvals exception management or performing activities required
263. he Roles Defined in Your Process to Users in Your Organization Before using process player you must map the roles defined in your process to the users or groups of the organization infrastructure defined in your runtime environment Process player uses the information of your organization to mimic the behavior of your business processes in real world situations To map roles to users in your organization 1 2 Open your project Start process player In the Organization pane select the role of your process you want to map from the drop down list The drop down list displays all the roles defined in your process as shown in Figure 9 2 Using Process Player 9 3 Using Process Player to Test the Behavior of Business Processes 4 5 Figure 9 2 Process Player Organization Pane amp Organization Add Mappings Select Role ProjectPiayerTesting Rolei v Specify Users or Groups Choose Add Mapping Manage Mappings Show Roles All X Delete Role Identity ProjectPlayerTesting Role1 jstein Select the user or group you want to map a Click Choose b Select User or Groups from the drop down list c Enter the name of the user or group you want to search for then click Search To see a list of all users or groups leave the text area blank then click Search d In the table select the user or group you want to map After selecting a user or group it appears at the bottom of the chosen window
264. he basic behavior when using message throw and catch events to invoke a process and receive a response Figure 18 2 Using Message Throw and Catch Events Between Processes Poms throw catch AAS O O OL 0 BL O E 9 0 0 The following steps outline a possible scenario when using the message throw and catch events to communicate between processes 1 Process A is invoked 2 The token of Process A reaches a message throw event that is configured to invoke Process B 3 The message throw event sends a message to the message start event of Process B 4 The token of Process A proceeds to the next flow object 5 The message start event triggers an instance of Process B 18 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Defining Conversations 6 The newly created token proceeds through Process B 7 Depending on the behavior of your process the following scenarios may occur a If the token of Process A reaches a catch event paired with a throw event from Process B the token of Process A waits until the message is received After the message is received the token of Process A continues to the next flow object b If the token of Process B reaches a throw event paired with a catch event in Process A Process B throws a message to Process A The token of Process B continues to the next flow object 8 Both processes continue running You can use subsequent catch and throw ev
265. he business catalog See Working with Human Tasks for more information After creating human tasks you can then assign them to the user tasks within your process See Adding User Interaction to Your Process for information about using human tasks within a BPMN process Working with Draft Processes Oracle BPM allows you to create and deploy draft processes A draft process has one or more flow objects which do not have their implementation defined By deploying a draft process you can test the parts of your process that have been completed without having to wait until all flow objects have been implemented To create a draft process mark one or more flow objects within the process as draft However a draft process must be valid before it can be deployed When a flow object is marked as draft you cannot configure data associations for it If you mark a flow object as draft that has previously had data associations configured these are lost You can define the implementation details of a draft flow object However it is not required A draft flow object with no implementation defined does not generate errors during project validation When a project containing a draft flow object is deployed implementation details for those flow objects are ignored For example if your process contains a user task marked as draft the runtime engine does not create instances of the associated human task How to Mark a Flow Object as Draft To mar
266. he form If you hide the section you may have to set the required property to false Sensitive Controls whether the value saved in the submissions repository is hidden when viewed in the forms in the web submissions user interface The value is not currently encrypted in the database Click the check box if the data users enter into this field contains sensitive data that should not be visible when viewed in the user interface Time Format Specifies the time format used by the control This property applies only to the Time control created by selecting the Time or Date Time option from the Date control drop down It supports standard and military time formats Time entries entered into the form are translated according to the chosen format and are reformatted to match the selected format e A time entry typed into a form field is reformatted to match the selected Time Format e A time entered into a form field is translated according to the selected format For example if you choose a military time format of hh mm ss and enter 2 00 PM the time value is translated as 14 00 00 Visible Specifies whether the control is visible or hidden when users first access your form To dynamically show or hide the control write a Rule that controls its visibility based on the data entered in another control of Rows Defines the initial size of the text area This property applies only to text area controls Scroll bars appear
267. he higher rows run before actions in the following rows The Decision Table actions such as modify can refer to facts matched in the condition cells Certain types of actions in the Actions area include a Parameterized check box This check box specifies that a property from the action can have its value set in the action cell associated with a rule in the Decision Table When the parameterized check box is selected the value you supply for the expression value in the action in the Actions area becomes the default value for the property if a value is not supplied in the action cell For example see Figure 17 11 where the value GOOD is assigned as the default value for the action property loanApprovalStatus Figure 17 11 Action Editor Showing Paramaterized Action with Default Value Action Editor Form modify Y Value modify RuleOutputType Target CurrentDate RuleInputType Name Type Value Parameterized Constant loanApprovalStatus String GOOD Q v Arguments Always Selected V OK Cancel In the Decision Table Actions area you can specify that an action cell do nothing In this case clear the action cell When the action cell check box is cleared this means do not perform this action when the pattern matches for the specified condition values in the Decision Table Therefore for each action cell you can specify whether the rule associated with the action cell should activate the action or do not
268. he message start event Figure A 4 The Message Start Event Similar to other start events the message start event cannot have incoming sequence flows Message start events require a default outgoing sequence flow You can expose a BPMN process as a service that allows other processes and applications to invoke the process To expose a process as a service your process must begin with a message start event Additionally you must define the input arguments to the process which are the data objects passed to the message start event See Defining Process Input and Output for more information The Message Start Event in Context Figure A 5 shows a modified version of the Sales Quote process Here the process begins with a message start event that initiates the process instance Figure A 5 Message Start Event Within the Sales Quote Example Process Modify Qupte Using Process Input and Output Arguments The message start event allows you to specify input and output arguments to a process These arguments define the message that other processes or services must send to the process during invocation See Defining Process Input and Output for information on how to configure process input and output arguments Introduction to the Signal Start Event The signal start event is similar to a message start event in that it is based on communication from another process or service However the message start event responds to a message sent t
269. he project components is the number of components created for this project Located below the list of project components is the number for All Introduction to the Quickstart Menu Use the Quickstart menu to quickly access the following common functionality within Oracle Business Process Composer e Organization Unit Opens the Organization Units dialog which allows you to create and browse the organization units defined for a project e Documentation Opens the Documentation tab within the project properties panel which allows you to view and edit project level documentation Project documentation can be a one or two sentence an expansion of title or information that is required for comprehension Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 7 Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page e Attachments Opens the Attachments tab within the project properties panel which you can use to attach supplementary documents that are important to your BA project From the attachments tab you can view add or delete attachments e Comments Opens the Comments tab within the project properties panel and can be used to add brief comments Comments are permanently attached to a project and should be used when it is important to keep a record Working with Enterprise Maps Create and edit Enterprise Maps from the Project Welcome page You can create an Enterprise Map e for an existing BA project e for anew
270. he time portion Notice the special character Z at the end of the date time value This is equivalent to an offset of UTC 00 00 and indicates that the time of 18 10 02 is given in UTC 18 10 02 UTC is equal to 1 10 PM Eastern Standard time ind UTC Time and date time controls also require correct formatting and an understanding of how web forms manages time zones Web forms converts times into the browser s local time zone before displaying them in the form However if time data is not correctly formatted web forms will make multiple attempts to parse the time but will always display the time with NO time zone conversion Here are examples of correct time formats e tli value 20 30 00 e d2t2 value 20 30 002 e t3 value 20 30 00 04 00 e dtl value 2012 08 23T20 30 00 Writing Conditions One of the most common conditions is a form rule that executes as soon as the user enters a value in the control The test for this condition depends on if the field is a string type or a numeric type String Types text textarea date phone if name value length gt 0 Numeric Types money quantity number if name value null or if name value gt 0 are both common test conditions Many times the condition name value length gt 0 can be dropped altogether and the form rule can be simplified This form rule executes whenever a user enters a value into either the control named firstname or lastname fullname value
271. her panel will take the width of the panel it was dropped on Alternatively drag and drop the first control onto the canvas modify the width to your specification and then drag and drop additional controls to the right of the previously dropped one The controls will wrap around and line up in columns 10 24 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Web Forms How to Add Controls Based on Data Sources After creating a web form based on the payload data of a human task you can automatically generate web form controls for the data elements defined in the payload You can generate form controls from all of the data elements or individual data elements See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method for more information Generating Form Controls for all Data Elements in a Payload To generate form controls for all the data elements in a payload 1 Open the web form you created based on a human task payload 2 In the Data Sources pane click the Add icon to the right of the HumanTaskPayload node in the data elements tree as shown in Figure 10 3 Oracle Business Process Composer generates a web form control for each of the data elements in the payload The controls are added to the web form above the currently selected control See Introduction to Data Sources for information about which web form control is generated for each data type of the payload 3 Edit the layo
272. hical view automatically formats the BPMN process 7 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with the Narrative View Both views contain the same information meaning that you can edit the same process in both views if necessary When editing a process in one pane it is automatically updated in the other The narrative view provides an alternate way of creating and editing business processes However it is not intended to be a replacement for the graphical editor The following BPMN elements are visible in narrative view but cannot be edited e script tasks e business rules tasks The following elements do not appear in the narrative view e Notes e Measurement Working with the Narrative View Use the narrative view to manage activities roles and documentation in a process Access the narrative view in a business process by clicking the Narrative tab at the bottom of the process editor as shown in Figure 7 1 Figure 7 1 Process Editor Narrative View Sy a LoanProcess LoanProcess Description This process includes receiving and processing loan applications Edit Documentation Hmm Page 1 of 2 1 10 of 13 items gt D LoanOfficer Role Description The Loan Officer completes and submits the application 1 Start B 2 Capture Loan Request LoanProcessor Role Description The Loan Processor reviews the loan application to ensure that all fields have been complete
273. his guide describes the Oracle Business Process Composer application Intended Audience This guide is intended for process analysts who use the Business Process Composer application to create and edit the business processes and Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM projects used to created process based applications using the Oracle Business Process Management Suite This manual assumes that you have basic knowledge of business process design and are familiar with Business Process Management Notation BPMN 2 0 Related Documents For more information see the following Oracle resources Oracle Business Process Management See the following for more information about the Oracle BPM Suite Managing and Monitoring Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Designing Business Rules with Oracle Business Process Management Rules Language Reference for Oracle Business Process Management Managing and Monitoring Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Oracle SOA and BPM Suite Conventions Developing SOA Applications with Oracle SOA Suite Developing SOA Applications with Oracle SOA Suite Installing SOA Suite and Business Process Management Suite Quick Start for Developers The following conventions are also used in this manual xvii xviii Convention Meaning Vertical ellipsis points in an example mean that informatio
274. ick Save Creating a Strategy Model from the Application Welcome Page To create a Strategy Model from the Application Welcome page 1 Access the Application Welcome page Click Strategy Model from the BA Project panel Enter a name for the Strategy Model Select the Oracle Business Process Composer space where you want to create the Strategy Model Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 11 Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page 5 Enter a name for the new BA project 6 Click Create How to Edit a Strategy Model To edit a Strategy Model 1 Access the BA Project Welcome Page 2 Go to the Project Component pane and click Strategy Models 3 Click the name of the Strategy Model you want to edit The selected Strategy Model opens in the Strategy Model Editor 4 Drag and drop a Goal Objectives Strategies and Value Chain references to the canvas as shown in Figure 4 3 A goal can be linked to one or more Objectives an Objective can be linked to ore or more Strategies and a Strategy can be linked to one or more Value Chain references Creating Value Chain References To create a Value Chain reference 1 Drag and drop a Value Chain reference to the canvas 2 Right click on the Value Chain reference and select properties 3 In Properties dialog there is a field called Link click on browse button and select an already created Value Chain Model Working with Key Performan
275. ignature after you create the web form In other words you cannot add or remove data objects nor change their type However if you have defined complex data types in the human task payload you can modify them by editing the underlying business object After creating a web form based on a human task payload you cannot add web form controls to a form that require underlying data structures Any additional data required by adding web form controls to the web form using the form editor is not be added to the underlying schema and is not available in the human task payload If you have not created the human task payload based on complex data objects to modify the payload you must disassociate the human task from the web form make Working with Web Forms 10 21 Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method the modifications to the payload and create a new web form based on this new payload To create and edit a new web form based on an existing payload 1 Create a new human task and define its payload a Create anew human task See How to Create New Human Task for more information b Create the payload you want to use as the base for the new web form See How to Create and Configure the Data Payload for a Human Task for more information c Open the human task See How to Open a Human Task for more information d Select the Basic tab e Inthe Presentation area select Web Form then click the Add ico
276. imply by typing them into a test or action and clicking lt Add New Business Phrase gt instead of selecting one from the dropdown list These business phrases are marked draft and the verbal rules which use them are also marked as draft Click Goto Phrase to access the business phrase in the Business Phrases tab Choosing Business Phrases While Creating a Verbal Rule A robust list including both previously user defined and auto generated derived business phrases sorted by relevancy is automatically provided as you author a test or action User defined and derived business phrases are not visually distinguished from one another in the dropdown list You can refine the list if required To display more choices select a business phrase and press the right arrow key The list is populated with business phrases related to the one you selected Working with Decision Functions A decision function is a mechanism for publishing rules and rulesets as a reusable service that can be invoked from multiple business processes It is the only gateway into the business logic held in business rules because neither business rules nor rulesets are accessible from the outside A decision function is a function that is configured declaratively A decision function performs the following operations e Asserts inputs as rule facts into the Oracle Business Rules Engine working memory e Runs rulesets configured in the current decision function and in ne
277. iness Process report e Business Requirements report Activity Comments Activity comments can be added to an activity through the business properties After it is added a comment cannot be edited or deleted Comments Location In the Comments tab within the Business Properties panel as shown in Figure 6 17 Documenting BPM Projects 6 9 Understanding Activity Level Documentation Activity Note Figure 6 17 Activity Comments Graphical Narrative i LoanProcess jj Underwriter Review 3E oP P Timey O General Please inform the Loan Officer when the review has been completed Q Links joooper 2 second s ago ni amp amp RACI V Tracking A Issues amp Comments When Used Activity comments are like notes in that they are brief but unlike notes they are permanently attached to the process and they are displayed in several process reports Use comments when it is important to keep a record Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report e Issues and Comments report An activity note is the equivalent of a sticky note impermanent and to be used more as a reminder They are deleted as soon as the information is used Note Location A note can be dragged from the palette to the activity in the graphical view as shown in Figure 6 18 Figure 6 18 Activity Note Need as x Review Outcome CreditCheck Credit Check Request Response Credit Rules When Used
278. initial default property state for the visible expanded value valid and enabled properties However you can change controls in the initial state in the form designer Edit tab An initial state of a control can be modified several ways One way is by simply tying a value into an input control This sets the default value for the control when the form is first opened in use mode Another way is by expanding or collapsing group controls This sets the initial expanded state The default state for the visible and enabled properties is set through the controls edit property panel The edit property contains check boxes for visible and enabled for controls on which those properties make sense like input controls Form Rules and Repeating Controls If you have a repeating control in a form that itself contains a repeating control you cannot apply a form rule to the inner repeating control since there s no way to tell which of the inner repeating items goes with which outer repeating item Using Dynamic Content in Form Rules Real forms often require dynamic content in dropdown lists Often based on the value entered into one form field the values in other fields or options available in select controls must be dynamic Dynamic Content Form rules enable invocation of http gets that return X JSON headers with JSON objects This allows complete flexibility in assignment of default values populated into form fields such as text controls and select r
279. ion Welcome Page T BA BA Project Business Architecture for Education a amp B33 Enterprise Map D gt space dene See gt 2 Value Chain Model Created Mar 27 Creator JCOOPER epei a helaas S BPM Project Car Loans 4 Space Acme Acme gt P Business Architectu Created Mar 27 Creator JCOOPER Type BPM Project Jumbo Loans 4 Space Acme veated Mar D reator je BPM Project LoanApplication aga paa Use the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page to perform the following types of tasks s 7 el e Create and view Oracle Business Process Composer spaces e Create and manage Business Architecture BA projects e Create and manage BPM projects The Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page is divided into the following sections e Oracle Business Process Composer toolbar e Spaces browser e Project list e BA Project panel e BPM project panel 1 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page e Recent projects panel Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Toolbar The Oracle Business Process Composer toolbar is located across the top of page and provides access to the Oracle Business Process Composer main menu as well as allowing you to configure how BPM and BA projects are displayed in the Project List The toolbar provid
280. ion about using the send and received tasks to communicate between processes see Using the Send and Receive Tasks to Communicate Between Processes Introduction to the Receive Task In contrast to the send task the receive task waits for a message from a system or process outside the current process After this message is received the task is complete and the running of the process continues to the next task in the process flow Figure A 27 shows the default notation for the receive task Figure A 27 The Receive Task 4 For information about implementing the send task to invoke a process or service see Using Send and Receive Tasks to Define a Synchronous Operation in a BPMN Process in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio For information about using the send and receive tasks to communicate between processes see Using the Send and Receive Tasks to Communicate Between Processes Starting a Process with the Receive Task You can use the receive task to trigger the start of a process This is useful when you want to invoke a process from another process using a send task To start a process using the receive task the following conditions must be met e The receive task is preceded by an none start event e Your process does not contain any other start events e The Create Instance property is enabled Introduction to the Message Throw Event The message throw event allows you to send a mess
281. ion to Web Form Controls ccccccsessesssssssssssesesesssssssesesesssssssesssesssssseesssesssssseeseeseseseeeeees 10 7 Input ControlSet aeaoe teeth ned Sees seh Sha te heads nde Shes AE EEAS Sea TEER ON vd dene 10 7 Selection Controls ys 2508 05 85 Fie Es ees AS Bee EN GES a a ESE NO OE at ei ses 10 11 Group CONTOS eutectic estes tii lst ten tk EA AA A eee tetas 10 12 Other Controls aspiran a e a Sateen Sites tessa eee a eee R eid eee taal Geeks 10 16 Introduction to Data Sources inn innn nina ep eea dis dage balled teat eed nea ee ioeacaneadelh Gentes 10 18 Web Form Controls Generated by Payload Data TYPes ccccecsecsseesestensieescecesesesesnenenens 10 18 Modifying Web Form Controls Generated From Data Element cccsesseseeeseseeeees 10 19 Introduction to the Display As Property ccccecccssesssesesnsteesesnenetescececesescsnsneneneseseeneeneseeeenes 10 20 Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Form First Method cccccceseseseeseneneseeees 10 20 Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method cccccccesesecseneneneeeees 10 21 Working with Web Forms sis sfc coc bass ts ed ashe ace tev aiSia Be Gabbe ea eE niie ia ee Perine keea 10 23 How to Add Controls to a Web Form ccccccceccccseseeesescscsesesesescscsssnseseecscsssnsnseececssessnsneceeenes 10 23 Creating Multi Column Formis sensas e a A aa etii ai 10 24 How to Add Controls Based on Data Sources s s ssessssssstessessesse
282. ion to Your Process When a token reaches a user task the corresponding human task is performed The token waits until the human task is completed before continuing to the next flow object See How to Assign a Business Catalog Component to a Flow Object for procedures on how to assign elements from the business catalog to a user task For information about implementing user tasks see Using Human Tasks in the Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Similar to other flow objects the user task may contain incoming and outgoing data associations User tasks may also contain incoming and default outgoing sequence flows The User Task in Context In the Sales Quote example the Enter Quote task shown in Figure A 14 represents entering information about the quote Figure A 14 The Enter Quote User Task oa Start Initialize Quote Enter Quote Set a Indicators After the user enters information about the sales quote the process flow passes through the outgoing sequence flow to the next flow object in the process Using Interactive Activities Oracle BPM Studio allows you to add interactive activities to a process directly from the component palette Interactive activities are short cuts based on the task routing and approval features of Oracle Human Workflow See Getting Started with Human Workflow in Developing SOA Applications with Oracle SOA Suite for more information Table A
283. ions are used to define the input and output arguments from a flow object to an external service or process Figure 13 3 shows the relationship between a flow object its corresponding implementation and external processes or services The arrows represent the input and output arguments to the external process or service These are defined using data associations 13 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Data Associations Figure 13 3 Relationship between a Flow Object Implementation and an External Service or Process External Serivice or Process Flow Object It is important to note that although the inputs and outputs are defined in the data associations for a flow object they define values that are passed to the systems or services being called These systems and services exist outside of the business process as shown in Figure 13 4 Figure 13 4 Data Associations within a process BPMN Process Scope of Process Variables You can use expressions to evaluate and change the input and output values Introduction to the Data Associations Editor The data associations editor allows you to configure the input and output values passed between a flow object and its implementation as shown in Figure 13 5 Figure 13 5 Data Association Editor Validate target ater assigning input data associations _ output data associations Table
284. ipant must complete A milestone is complete when the user successfully runs a specific set of tasks in the milestone Each milestone is a specific set of human workflow tasks Each human workflow task is itself a task flow that may require the collaboration of multiple participants in various roles Depending on the nature of the task flows a participant can save an unfinished task flow and go back to it at a later time How to Configure the Activity Guide Use Oracle Business Process Composer to configure Guided Business Processes and add milestones to them To configure the activity guide for a project 1 2 Open your project From the Quickstart menu select Activity Guide The activity guide editor is displayed Enter a title for the activity guide Configure the following optional properties e Display Mode Determines how milestones and tasks within the Guided Business Process display links If the milestones and tasks use another configuration then the guided business process configuration is ignored Possible values are Always Always displays the milestone and task links for all the milestones in this Guided Business Process When Instantiated Displays the milestone and task links only when one or more of the user tasks in the milestone are instantiated for all the milestones in the Guided Business Process Task Access After the task is completed the Guided Business Process uses this configura
285. it You can see this in Visio by selecting a shape and then choosing Format gt Special from the menu Note If you don t see the menu item Format gt Special select Tools gt Options gt Advanced and check the box Run in developer mode This option may be in a different location depending on your version of Visio If a shape does not have a master which is the case for objects drawn directly from the Drawing toolbar such as plain rectangles and circles the converter looks at the shape Name field which you can also see in the Format gt Special dialog D 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process Oracle Business Process Composer then looks for an entry in VisioUserMap xml and VisioMasterMap xml that matches the shape master name For example if the shape master is Task the converter finds the following map entry lt Master Name task gt lt BPMNObject gt Task lt BPMNObject gt lt Master gt This tells the converter that all shapes with a master of Task should be imported as a BPMN Task symbol Note Master names are not case sensitive so task matches Visio masters task Task and TASK Master map entries can also define additional BPMN properties The following entry maps the Visio master named gateway to the BPMN Gateway symbol but also sets some BPMN attribute values lt Master Name gateway gt lt BPMNOb ject gt
286. item in the control The schema of the repeat control automatically enforces the minimum and maximum requirements Changing a Repeat Control to a Table You can change a repeat control to a table control through the Control Type or Display As properties depending on whether the repeat was dragged and dropped from the palette or added from schema Refer to this documentation for the details When you change a repeat to a table or vice versa and there are referencing rules it is recommended that you check the rules for the correct syntax and section names Other Controls In addition to input selection and group controls Oracle BPM provides other web form controls to define how users interact with a web form Message Control Use the message control to add static text on your form You must provide the text in the control s Message property You can include XHMTL with your text For example you may want two lines with different font sizes or colors 10 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Web Form Controls The browser formats the XHMTL when users access the form For example if you want to create a header in a web form you can use a combination of panels and message controls as shown below lt center style font weight bold gt Connecticut Surgeons LLC lt center gt lt center style line height 1 2em gt 82 Anderson Road lt br gt Branford CT 06180 lt br gt
287. itor e Working with Human Tasks e Assigning a Human Task to a User Task Introduction to Human Tasks Human tasks are a component of Oracle Human Workflow Oracle Human Workflow is a component of the Oracle Service Oriented Architecture Oracle SOA and Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM Suites that provides a runtime environment for managing user interaction with a process based application Human tasks define the user interaction including the user interface and workflow Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create new human tasks and configure its basic properties However for more advanced configuration of human tasks you must use Oracle BPM Studio For more information about configuring human tasks using Oracle BPM Studio see Getting Started with Human Workflow in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Human tasks are defined as services within a BPM project and are stored in the business catalog Human tasks define the following e Participants Specifies the users or groups of users that perform the work of the human task e Approval patterns Specifies the order the work that is performed by the human task e Access privileges Determines who has access to a task e Payload Defines the data structures used by the human task The payload data is passed from the user task of a Business Process Model and Notation BPMN process to the human task e Expi
288. ject information panel displays general information about the project This pane displays the following information e Title Bar Displays the name creation date and name of the user who created the project Click the icon to the right hand side of the name to change the localized name e Creation Displays the creation date and name of the user who created the project 5 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the Project Welcome Page Type Displays the project type Language Use the drop down list to choose the language for this project Click Edit to add language options to the drop down list Note that in order to work with additional languages in the Web Forms Internationalization dialog the languages must be added here first More Information Click to display more general information Click Hide Details to hide the additional information Sampling Point Click Change to select either Generate for All Generate for Interactive s Do not generate or Generate for process es only Description Displays the project description Descriptions are one or two sentence expansions of the title to help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles as shown in Figure 5 2 Figure 5 2 Project Description an Loan Application Created on 9 10 AM by WEBLOGIC 9 10 AM by weblogic Private Project Language English Edit P Generate for Interactiv
289. ject where you want to create a new service From the main menu select New then New Service Provide the following information Name Defines the name of the service as it appears in the business catalog Type Defines the type of service being created WSDL The source of the WSDL used to create the new service can be one of the following URL Specifies the remote URL of the WSDL File Specifies either a WSDL or ZIP file on your local file system If using a ZIP file it can include only WSDL and XSD files The WSDL file should have valid references Port Type Port type specifies the service used A WSDL file exposes one or more port types Callback Type Determines the call back type used for this web service This is only applicable to asynchronous services Transaction Participation Version Communicating with Other Processes and Services 18 7 Working with Services 4 Click OK Creating New Services in the Process Editor To create a new service in the process editor 1 Change the palette from BPMN to business catalog 2 Click the button located near services The New Service dialog appears 3 Provide the required information 4 Click OK 18 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 19 Deploying a BPM Project This chapter describes how to deploy a Business Process Management BPM project from Oracle Business Process Composer Users who have been gr
290. k a flow objects as draft edit the implementation properties as shown in Figure 7 9 Figure 7 9 Activity Properties Implementation Graphical Narrative a LoanProcess Credit Check Request jg Documentation Implementation Business Properties Is Draft Type Process Call Implementation Conversation Default Advanced lt Validation Process CreditRatingProcess Q x Target Node Credit Rating Request I lt Sampling Point Inherit process default v To mark a flow object as draft 1 Open your process 2 Right click on the flow object then select Implementation 3 Select the check box next to Is Draft Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 17 Documenting Your Process 4 Click Apply Changes Documenting Your Process You create documentation for your process using the documentation editor You can add documentation for an entire process or for individual flow objects within a process Using Oracle BPM you can create two different types of documentation e End User Documentation visible to end users of your process based application using Process Workspace Internal Use Case Documentation for process analysts and developers who are collaborating on a business process or who may revise it later You can define use case documentation for each of the activities events and gateways within your process Note You cannot create documentation for sequence flows or m
291. k composite revision as default E consoleTests E consoleTests_withWMG Browse Deploy Cancel The properties in the Deploy Project dialog are described in Table 19 1 Table 19 1 The Deploy Project Dialog Properties Property Description Project Displays the name of the project Version Use to select the version of the project you want to deploy This can be the current version of the project or a project snapshot Last Revision ID Displays the revision ID of the most recent deployed version of the project New Revision ID Specifies a revision ID for the deployed application This ID can must be of the form n0 n1 n2 n3 n4 milestone name milestone number _patch number Override the default deployment version Overrides the default deployment version Deployer Username Password Used for deploying the Oracle BPM project to runtime Specifies the password corresponding to the Deployer Username defined above Mark composite revision as default Defines the current revision as the default revision 19 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Deploying a Project Property Description Deploy target Enables you to select the folder in Oracle MDS where the SOA composite application is deployed Deployment plan Use to select a deployment plan Click Browse to select a deployment plan on your local file system 5 Click
292. lating Process Behavior 8 1 Introduction to Simulations e Simulation definition Simulation definitions define the processes and resources for a specific scenario In a simulation definition you specify the processes included in the simulation by selecting the simulation models associated to those processes A process can have multiple simulation models defined for it If a process has multiple simulation models defined then you must select one of those models to use in the simulation definition Within a BPM project you can define multiple simulation definitions each with its own parameter definitions and simulation models This allows you to compare multiple scenarios e Simulation model Simulation models define the simulated behavior of an individual process model You can have multiple simulation models for each business process allowing you to simulate different scenarios Simulations do not call each individual task within a process For example they do not run the service associated to a service task variables are not assigned values and external resources are not updated Simulation Parameters In addition to the general parameters defined for a simulation definition and a simulation model you can also define simulation parameters for the start events and activities within a BPMN process General Simulation Definition Parameters The following parameters define the general behavior of a simulation definition e Simul
293. le column above whichever control is directly beneath the panel Ina three or four column layout to move one of the middle columns or the right most column to the far left you must drag and drop it above your left most column Although panels have labels you can edit during design the panel labels and panels themselves are not visible to users at runtime or when testing a form Only the controls inside a panels are visible These controls are organized visually according to the width of the panels If you delete a panel any controls you ve dragged inside it are automatically deleted Tables Use the tables layout control to conserve space within a web form This control allows you to arrange the form controls in a grid pattern 10 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Web Form Controls You can edit the table name and column names You can also drag and drop new controls from the palette and set the widths of the columns You can control the minimum and maximum number of rows in the table The Add and Remove icons automatically appear to the left You can also use form rules to calculate values enable or disable fields show or hide fields and so on When you drag the table control into a form by default it has three rows and three columns The columns contain the default names col 0 col 1 and col 2 All of the cells in the table are defined as required The Add and Delete icons
294. le each time a user clicks on the form to add anew item We want to the Employee Shift ES to default to the value Day and to populate the Manager dropdown dynamically with values from the Oracle Web Forms Database Connector Typically a form will have a form load rule to initialize dropdown options for the first item visible on your form if form load var baseURL http www myhost com 8080 database C 20 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Repeat Item Added Collapse Other Items Manager Dropdown eval x http get baseURL Manager var opts default 1st option to blank for var i 0 i lt x resultSet length i if x resultSet i opts it l x resultSet i lastname t x resultSet i firstname item index 0 is on the form by default M 0 options opts ES 0 value Day default the employee shift to Day When a new item is added as a result of a user clicking the icon we save the overhead of going back to the database to retrieve dynamic options if E itemAdded var index E itemIndex which item is this in the list No need to go back to the database for options We already retrieved them in form load rule for item index 0 M index options M 0 options ES index value Day default the employee shift to day Tables are repeats The same rule can be written for a table control The name of
295. le for completing activities and tasks within your process Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to create and edit the required roles within your process and assign them to swimlanes Oracle BPM Studio or Oracle BPM Workspace you can also map roles to specific users using LDAP Oracle BPM Studio also allows you to create more robust organizational models using organizational units calendars and holidays For more information see the Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio and Managing and Monitoring Processes with Oracle Business Process Management 7 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Using Swimlanes to Organize Your Process Roles in Context Process analysts are responsible for determining what roles are required when designing a business process The LoanProcess example shown in Figure 7 7 defines the following roles Figure 7 7 BPM Process Editor Swimlanes Project Home LoanProcess LoanOfficer LoanProcessor Underwriter OBX SE a a a3 fa le Need More Details P Review Review Loan Outcome CreditCheck Credit Check Application Request g x x ___Manual Approval ing Automatically Rejected Loan Rejected Sal Rejected by Underwriter Approved by Underwriter Underwriter Loan Underwriter Outcome Disburge Loan Fulfilled Review Credit Rules e Loan Officer Loan officers are responsib
296. le for creating the loan request and forwarding it to the loan processor e Loan Processor Loan processors are responsible for reviewing the loan application and checking the credit history of the loan applicant before forwarding the application to the underwriter for approval e Underwriter This role represents users who are responsible for reviewing and approving the loan application Additionally they disburse the loan if it is approved Introduction to Swimlanes Swimlanes are the horizontal lines that run across the process editor All flow objects must be placed within a swimlane Swimlanes can also be used to group flow objects based on the roles defined within your process Swimlanes that contain user tasks must have roles assigned to them Swimlanes visually display the role responsible for performing each flow object within your process Additionally you can have multiple swimlanes that are assigned to the same role Swimlanes can make your process more readable when you must use the same role in different parts of the same process When you create a new process Oracle BPM Studio and Oracle Business Process Composer create a default swimlane You can add additional swimlanes to your process as necessary When adding interactive and manual activities to a process you must assign a role to the swimlane Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 11 Using Swimlanes to Organize Your Process Note You cannot
297. le to a local folder The file is now available for you to open and edit using Microsoft Excel Importing Decision Tables from Microsoft Excel To import a decision table from Microsoft Excel 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to import a decision table from Microsoft Excel Go to the toolbar and click Actions Import from Excel to open the Import Decision Tables dialog as shown in Figure 17 15 Figure 17 15 Business Rules Editor Actions Import from Excel Import Decision Table s Diff Merge N Create New N i Overwrite Overwrite Bucketsets Import Cancel Browse to the folder where you saved your worksheet and then select the file with your updated worksheet The Diff Merge radio button is selected by default Browse to the Base Dictionary that you want to compare your file to The base dictionary is required for a 3 way diff merge Clear the Diff Merge radio button and select Create New or Overwrite Click Import The decision table is imported into the Business Rules Editor where you can accept or reject changes Working with Facts In Oracle Business Rules facts are the objects that rules reason on Each fact is an instance of a fact type You must import or create one or more fact types before you can create rules Facts are created and edited in BPM Studio You can view facts in Composer In Oracle Business Rules a fact is an asserted instance of
298. les Editor you can edit add or delete global variables contained in a business rule dictionary To add a new global 1 From the Project Welcome page go to the Components pane and select Rules 2 Click the name of the dictionary you want to open The dictionary appears in the Business Rules Editor as shown in Figure 17 1 Ensure that the project is in edit mode 3 Go to the toolbar and click Globals This displays a table listing the globals in the selected business rule dictionary as shown in Figure 17 18 Using Oracle Business Rules 17 21 Working with Global Variables Figure 17 18 Business Rule Editor Globals Project Home ApprovalRutes i Rulesets E value sets I Business Phrases Tests Q Explorer f Facts Decision Functions Links Translations t X Name Description Value Value Set Type Final Constant x Manual Approval Needed an Caa y y boolean y v vi x Auto Approved false boolean boolean v v 4 Inthe Name field enter a name or accept the default value 5 Inthe Value field enter a value select a value from the list or click the Expression Builder icon to enter an expression For more information about using expressions see Using Expressions to Control Data 6 Optionally in the Value Set field select a value from the list 7 Inthe Type field select the type from the list 8 If the global is a nonfinal then deselect the Final check box When unselected
299. lex gateway splits a process similar to an inclusive gateway However it allows you to define an activation condition that determines if the instance can continue even if not all of the tokens have arrived at the complex gateway merge For example you can configure a complex gateway to continue after two or more tokens have arrived If only two out of the possible conditions in the inclusive gateway evaluate to true the process instance continues to the next activity However because the inclusive gateway immediately evaluates all the conditional sequence flows all of the flow objects in these process paths are also run Figure A 41 shows the default notation for the complex gateway split Figure A 41 The Complex Gateway Split Figure A 42 shows the default notation for the complex gateway merge Figure A 42 The Complex Gateway Merge Introduction to the Event Based Gateway The event based gateway allows you to branch your process flow based on the possibility that an event may occur Depending on the context this may be one of several types of events The event based gateway allows you to anticipate the possibility that several types of events may occur at a specific point in your process It is similar to the exclusive gateway but instead of choosing a path based on expressions the event based gateway chooses a path based on the occurrence of an event within your process For example in an order processing process
300. low data associations 3 From the data objects column on the right select the data object you want to map as an input argument 4 Click and drag the data object to an input text field 13 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 14 Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures This chapter describes how to use complex data types to define the data structures required by your process based business application In Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM a business object is a complex data type You define complex data types as part of the business catalog of a BPM project After defining complex data types you can use that to define complex data objects to store the data within your application This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Complex Data Types e Working with Complex Data Types Introduction to Complex Data Types You can use complex data types to create the data structures required in your Oracle BPM application Complex data types allow you to group related types of data together This can help make your processes more manageable and readable to other users You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to create complex data types manually or based on an XML schema The structure of a complex data type is composed of three components e Modules Modules are containers that allow you to create a hierarchical structure in your complex data t
301. ls are validated e Alter the number of repeats of a repeating control Working with Web Forms 10 19 Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Form First Method e Add additional web form controls that require changes to the underlying data source Introduction to the Display As Property The Display As property is only supported by web form controls generated from a data source Use the Display As property to change the way your control appears on a web form For example a text control can be changed to a dropdown control or vice versa This changes the control s appearance on the form but does not change how the control validates data To modify how the control is validated you must redefine the human task payload data and recreate the web form To see the control s underlying data type and the global element to which it is bound hover over the property tab The expanded Data Source displays the XSD path as a tool tip If you set the Display As property to a select web form control radio dropdown or check box the Label property is enabled By adding strings into the labels property you can restrict the values allowed to be entered into this control when users use your form When the form is submitted the value is equivalent to the selected option label Another way to set the labels is through a rule to dynamically initialize the options when the form loads See Working with Web Form Rules for more information The Displ
302. lso be used in primary rules processing when you want the execution to stop after a specified number of rules fire 7 Enter the service name in the Service Name field if this decision function is to be invoked as a rule service 8 The following controls are not editable from Composer e Name e Rule Firing Limit e Service Name e Invoke as a rule service Is the decision function is to be invoked as a rule service e Check rule flow Verifies the following to generate validation warnings Types required by rules executed by the decision function are either inputs to the decision function or asserted by other rules Types generated by rules executed by the decision function are either inputs to other rules or outputs to the decision function Note that rule flow checking might not identify rule flow issues spanning Java code that is used in rules In such cases the warnings can be ignored by turning off rule flow checking e Stateless Specifies that the decision function is stateless 17 26 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Tests When this check box is selected which indicates stateless operation With stateless operation at runtime the rule session is released after each invocation of the decision function e Rulesets are on stack once If selected Rulesets are not evaluated further once they are popped from the Ruleset stack When this check box is selected which indica
303. m rules can be applied to the Date Time control in all variations Form rules should execute in the form time zone Email The Email form control allows users to enter a valid EMail address The address must conform to the following syntax lt name gt lt name gt lt string gt Money Use the money form control to allow users to enter U S currency Users can enter commas or decimal point If a user does not enter them the form displays these symbols automatically For example if a user types 4000 the form will display the value as 4 000 00 The form also rounds all entries to two decimal places If a user types more than two digits after the decimal place the XML submissions document stores as many digits as the user entered but does not include the dollar symbol decimal point or commas Phone The phone web form control allows users to enter a phone number using any of the following formats XXX XXX XXXX XXX XXX XXXX XXX XXXX OF XXx xxxx To enforce one of the 10 digit formats to require an area code edit the control s Pattern property Quantity The quantity web form control allows users to enter quantities or any whole numbers integers The form displays an error message if users enter decimal points commas or anything other than an integer Number The number web form control allows users to enter decimal numbers Users may enter any number of digits after the decimal place Selection Controls Selection control
304. matting of times are locale specific You still have the option to specify a particular time format that is independent of the locale by using the format field but this is not recommended In addition to Automatic the Time Format control has four standard formats using both military and standard time There are two separators the dot and the colon Examples are shown below Working with Web Forms 10 9 Introduction to Web Form Controls e hh mm 18 30 e hh mm 18 30 e hh mm AM PM 06 30 PM e hh mm AM PM 06 30 PM e hh mm ss 18 30 15 e hh mm ss 18 30 15 e hh mm ss AM PM 06 30 15 PM e hh mm ss AM PM 06 30 15 PM The local time is converted to UTC format in the submissions XML document Here is an example lt Order Time gt 15 42 00Z lt Order Time gt The capital Z after the time is necessary for proper initialization The Date Time Control Use the Date Time control to display two input fields one for the date and another for the time The default Date Time Format is Automatic When Automatic is selected both entry and display formatting of dates and times are locale specific You still have the option to specify a particular date time format that is independent of the locale by using the format field but this is not recommended A property drop down menu allows you to select from nine valid formats for the date of the control and four choices in military and standard time for the time See The Da
305. ment version Deployment Plan Browse Generate Cancel e Select the project version you want to use to generate the SAR file Deploying a BPM Project 19 3 Deploying a Project This can be the current version of the project or a project snapshot e Enter a revision ID e If required select to override the default deployment version 3 Click OK 4 If the project contains no errors click OK to save the SAR file to your local file system How to Generate a Deployment Plan A deployment plan is an XML configuration file that is used when deploying a BPM project from Oracle BPM Studio Oracle Business Process Composer generates any unexpected errors when generating the XML file of the deployment plan Note You should validate your project before creating a deployment plan Oracle Business Process Composer does not perform any validation when generating the deployment plan To generate a deployment plan 1 From the main menu select Deployment 2 Select Generate Deployment Plan 3 Select a location on your local file system then click OK 19 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Part VIII Appendices This part describes flow object references web form and web form control property references examples of web form rules and describes how to prepare processes to import into Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM Part VII contains the following appendi
306. mes within the context of a process flow This is something that a process analyst should consider when designing a process but the implementation is performed by process developers Note Looping cannot be configured using Oracle Business Process Composer You must used Oracle BPM Studio to configure the looping property of an embedded subprocess See Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio for more information Introduction to Event Subprocesses Event Handlers An event subprocess are a type of subprocess that allows you to model possible conditions that happen outside of a normal process flow Event subprocesses are also called event handlers Event subprocesses can have the following start events e Error start e Timer start e Message start When you add an inline handler to your process by default it is created with a message start event You can change the type of start event if necessary Note Inline handlers can only contain one start event However you can have multiple inline handlers within your process Changing the Value of Data Objects in Your Process This section describes how to use the script task to change the values of data objects within your process See Working with Data Objects and Data Associations for general information about data objects Introduction to the Script Task The script task is used to change values of data objects within your process Th
307. message control and static text By signing this consent form in the second message control if Consent itemAdded var index Consent itemIndex ConsentNominationForMsg index value Contest Nomination For ClubName value by NominatorSName value ConsentMsg index value By signing this consent form you hereby agree that it is acceptable to use a photo or video with your image String Concatenation Message controls can be used in business rules to create summary information on your form from values entered into earlier form fields This rule uses javascript variables to concatenate form field values text strings and html to format a nice summary page var totalAssets TotalAutoValue value TotalBankValue value TotalRealEstateValue value BasicSummaryMsg value lt b gt Name lt b gt FirstName value LastName value lt br gt lt b gt Phone lt b gt Phone value lt br gt lt b gt Email lt b gt EmailAddress value if MilitaryOrCivilian value Military Military DetailedSummaryMsg value lt b gt Military Info lt b gt lt br gt Military ID MilitaryID value lt br gt Rank Rank value lt br gt CurrentTitle CurrentTitle value lt br gt Years of Service YearsOfService value lt br gt else if MilitaryOrCivilian value Civilian Civilian DetailedSummaryMsg value
308. meters for a specific activity within a process these values override the general values defined in the simulation model See Activity Parameters for more information e Automatic tasks Defines the number of simulated threads available when performing an automatic task This parameter is identical to the Threads parameter you can define for individual activities within your process See Activity Parameters for more information Resource Parameters Resources define the simulated resources within your organization Resources are defined in a simulation definition and can be shared between each of the process models that are included These resources can be associated with a specific role within your project You can use these parameters together to create a resource profile that determines the expense time and efficiency of a person or group The following resource parameters are supported e Name Defines the name of the resource e Cost per hour Specifies the cost of the resource per hour when performing an activity e Efficiency Specifies how efficient the resource is when performing an activity This parameter is used when selecting the Maximum efficiency policy when defining how organizational resources are allocated See Activity Parameters for more information e Capacity Specifies how many activities can be performed at one time e Availability Specifies the percentage of time this resource is available e Roles Specifies
309. mponent Palette double click the Measurement icon then click and drag one of the following e Measurement mark Snapshot e Start measurement mark e End measurement mark 3 Place the measurement mark near the sequence flow where you want to add a business indicator When the sequence flow turns blue release the mouse measurement mark as shown in Figure 16 4 Figure 16 4 Sequence Flow with Measurement Mark Automatically Rejected Reject x x _ Manual oval Approved by Underwriter Routing i Underwriter f Loan Measure Underwriter Outcome Disbur e Loan Fulfilled ment Loan Rejected by Underwriter Credit Rules Review Automatically Approved 4 Right click the measurement mark and select Implement 5 Inthe Name field enter a name to identify the measurement mark 6 In the Business Indicators section select a business indicator from the list of available business indicators and move it to the Selected list using the arrows between the two lists Note You can measure multiple business indicators in the same measurement mark 16 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Measuring Process Performance Using Measurement Marks Note If you do not select a business indicator the measurement mark only stores the value of the default business indicators If you want to add a business indicator without leaving the Measurement Mark Properties dialog
310. n Activity Links The activity description should be a brief expansion of the activity name Description Location The activity description is located in the following areas e Graphical view in the properties of an activity as shown in Figure 6 12 Figure 6 12 Activity Description Graphical View Name Review Loan Application Description Before requesting a credit check validate that all gt required information and documentation has been obtained from the applicant q Type User Task Y Icon gr Change More Implementation Documentation x gt i e Narrative view below the activity name as shown in Figure 6 13 Figure 6 13 Activity Description Narrative View B 3 Review Loan Application Description Before requesting a credit check validate that all required information and documentation When Used Names of activities tend to be very short The description is an expansion of the name to help with understanding Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report e Human Tasks vs Process report e Services vs Process report Links can be added to activities processes requirements activity documentation and process documentation The description should be short and expand on the title to help a user determine whether the link contains the appropriate document Links Location Documenting BPM Projects 6 7 Understanding Activity Level Documentation In the
311. n Yes If checked the user is a smoker and you wish to ask an additional question in Q The rule would be written as if B 0 value Yes Q enabled true else Q enabled false This rule will automatically run whenever the user selects or deselects B and will enable disable the question in Q Again you could use any legal JavaScript expression to compute the enabled property of Q as long as it evaluates to a boolean true or false value In this example you would typically set the check box B to be initially unchecked and the control Q to be initially disabled Web Form Rules Examples C 3 Compute Subtotals for Repeating Items Compute Subtotals for Repeating Items The following form rule is an example of working with repeating items For example if you have a form with a repeating section representing an Item that the user may purchase Each section has a Price with Name P a Quantity Name Q and a Subtotal Name S There are multiple items on the page and the number of items on any given page is unknown The price field is filled in automatically When the user enters a value in the quantity field for any item you wish to compute the subtotal The rule is written as follows for var i 0 i lt S value length i if Q i value gt 0 S i value Q i value P i value else S i value 0 This rule will automatically run whenever the user enters a value in the quantity fiel
312. n f Enter the name of the web form then select Based on payload g Click Create The web form is created and assigned to the current human task h Click Edit to edit the web form The web form editor displays a blank form Generate web form controls from payload data After creating a web form based on a payload you can use the payload data to generate the corresponding web form controls The payload data appears in the Data Structures pane on the left side of the web form editor See How to Add Controls Based on Data Sources for more information Add additional web form controls You can add additional form controls as necessary to define how users interact with your application See How to Add Controls to a Web Form for more information Note You can add additional controls to refine the look and feel of your web form However any data controls that you add are not reflected in the underlying payload Edit web form and web form control properties You can edit the properties of your web form and its controls to determine their behavior and appearance See How to Edit the Properties of a Web Form for more information Add form rules to a web form 10 22 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Web Forms You can add form rules to your web form to further customize and control its behavior See Working with Form Rules for more information 6 Test your web form A
313. n e Creating and Working with Projects e Working with Project Snapshots e Importing and Exporting Projects Introduction to Project Sharing and Collaboration Oracle Business Process Composer provides features for sharing BA and BPM projects among its users You can control who has access to view or edit projects Private and Public Projects Edit Mode Project Roles BA and BPM projects are defined as either private or public Only the project owner can view or edit private projects The project owner and other users who have the correct permissions can edit and view public projects For information about how to share projects see How to Share a Project with Other Users Shared projects have an edit mode which determines whether you can make changes or not You can determine the current edit mode for a project in the project information pane In Read only mode the project is open for viewing only and some project functionality is unavailable In Edit mode you can make changes to the project Only you can make changes other users can view it but cannot make changes Project roles define who has access to view and make changes to a project There are three types of project roles owner editor and viewer Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects 3 1 Creating and Working with Projects e Owner When a user creates a project they are defined as the owner of the project You can also define another user as the owner
314. n you can edit it from the simulation panel To edit a simulation definition 1 Click Simulations from the Project Welcome Page After clicking Simulations the simulation panel appears as shown in Figure 8 5 2 Click the name of the simulation definition you want to edit The simulation definition editor appears in a tabbed pane as shown in Figure 8 6 Figure 8 6 Simulation Definition Editor Fe one oni TTT stat Time apaza L Let in fight instances finish before simulation ends gt Duration 30m Duration v Models a Resources x Name Cost per Hour Efficiency Capacity Availability 9 Roles LP simtodel LoanProcess a J 25a A namer 1 109 1 100 Process Owner From this editor you can add or remove simulation models from a simulation definition add resources and run simulations 3 Edit the Start Time Duration and End Time as necessary Simulating Process Behavior 8 9 Working with Simulation Models See General Simulation Definition Parameters for more information about these parameters To add resources to a simulation definition click the Add Resource icon then edit the fields of the Resources table as necessary See Resource Parameters for more information about the parameters you can define for a resource How to Associate a Simulation Model to a Simulation Definition Before creating a new simulation model you must create at least one simulation definition See How to Create a
315. n click Delete 4 Click Yes to confirm that you want to delete the project snapshot After you delete a project snapshot it cannot be recovered How to Export a Project Snapshot You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to export a project snapshot Project snapshots are exported as normal BPM projects which you can deploy share with other users and so on To export a project snapshot 1 Open your project 2 View the project snapshot you want to export For more information see How to View Contents of a Project Snapshot Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects 3 5 Importing and Exporting Projects 3 From the main menu select Export then Export Project 4 Choose a location on your local file system and click Save The exported project snapshot is saved as an EXP file on your file system How to Deploy a Project Snapshot You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to deploy a project snapshot directly to runtime This allows you to test or revert back to an older version of a project To deploy a project snapshot 1 Open your project 2 View the project snapshot you want to deploy For more information see How to View Contents of a Project Snapshot 3 From the main menu select Deploy Project 4 Provide the information as described in How to Deploy a Project to Run Time 5 Click Deploy Alternatively a user with an open project may select a snapshot from the Deploy popup The default option is C
316. n control while designing a form all controls within the section are also deleted Optional Sections Optional sections can cause the validity of a form to change dynamically For example consider the following form Figure 10 5 Optional Section Name Your Name Here Address Street Cty State Zip Code The only required field in the form is Name The entire Address section is optional However if the user chooses to enter an address then the entire address is required as indicated by the yellow background when the user tabs to the City field If the user enters a value in the Street field the City State and Zip fields will become invalid until valid values are entered in the three newly required fields Figure 10 6 Optional Section With Incomplete Data Name Your Name Here Address Street 500 East Main Street Qty State Zip Code If the user removes the value from the Street field the form validity is automatically recalculated The Address section is no longer invalid because it is optional The generated XML instance document will also not contain an address element Tabs You can use the tabs group control to create a tabbed view as shown in Figure 10 7 Working with Web Forms 10 13 Introduction to Web Form Controls Figure 10 7 Web Form Containing Multiple Tabs LoanForm Rw SD Borrower Details Borrower Name Marital Status Married Single Date of Birth Phone Social Security Number
317. n error message In Excel there are no shared Value Sets each condition has its own Value Set so you can only export a Value Set if it is modifiable in Excel The Value Sets that are non modifiable include e Linked Dictionary Value Sets e Enums e Internal Value Sets for example boolean Value Sets In the worksheet you can only select values from the drop down for the conditions associated with non modifiable Value Sets A highlighting mechanism informs you which conditions are associated with non modifiable Value Sets Exporting Decision Tables to Microsoft Excel To export decision tables to Microsoft Excel 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to export a decision table to Microsoft Excel 2 Go to the toolbar and click Actions Export to Excel to open the Export Decision Tables dialog as shown in Figure 17 14 Figure 17 14 Business Rules Editor Actions Export to Excel Export Decision Table s x File credit_decisiontable xls x Format xism xLs Name RuleSet Description Credit Decision Table Ruleset1 lt gt MI Read Only Bucket Sets Export Cancel 3 Provide a name for the file and choose to save the file as either an XLS or XLSM file 4 Highlight the decision tables that you want to export Using Oracle Business Rules 17 17 Working with Facts Click the Read Only Bucket Sets Value Sets check box if you want your Value Sets to be read only Click Export to save your fi
318. n not directly related to the example has been omitted Horizontal ellipsis points in statements or commands mean that parts of the statement or command not directly related to the example have been omitted boldface text Boldface type in text indicates a term defined in the text the glossary or in both locations lt gt Angle brackets enclose user supplied names Brackets enclose optional clauses from which you can choose one or none What s New in This Guide This topic introduces the new and changed features of Oracle Business Process Composer for Business Process Management 12c 12 1 3 and provides pointers to additional information Screens shown in this guide may differ from your implementation depending on the skin used Any differences are cosmetic For a list of known issues release notes see the Known Issues for Oracle SOA Products at http www oracle com technetwork middleware docs soa aiafp knownissuesindex 364630 html New and Changed Features for 12c Release 1 12 1 3 For Oracle Business Process Composer Release 12c Release 1 12 1 3 this guide has been updated to include the following new and changed features Support for the navigating to Business Process Management BPM processes through Business Architecture BA projects See Working with Value Chain Models Support for monitoring Key Performance Indicators KPIs within BA projects See Working with Key Performance Indicato
319. n options from a database Rules using form load are triggered when a form first loads and when a workflow is loaded from a task list Rules using itemAdded only execute for repeat items added when the user clicks and for those added from an initial instance document See Document URIs It does not execute for those items that you have added to your form in the Form Designer You can either add defaults directly through the form designer or add a 2nd rule to your form as follows These two rules together initialize the dropdown fields inside a control that is already in the form through the Form Designer as well as those added each time a user clicks on the control to add a new item These controls are initialized based on a value set in another field ist Rule Default Items if form load The form contains two repeat items by default if department value Marketing anagers 0 options Joe Mary Stan Cindy anagers l options Joe Mary Stan Cindy if department value Sales anagers 0 options Lou George Wendy anagers 1l options Lou George Wendy 2nd Rule Items Added if Erepeat itemAdded var index Erepeat itemIndex which item is this in the list ES index value Day default the employee shift to day Use options already selected in form load rule Managers index options Manager 0 options Thi
320. n use the BPM Project panel to create new projects containing a process To create a project containing a process 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Click the Process link listed in the panel to display a popup where you enter the following information e Process Name Required Enter the name of the process e Space Required Select the space where the new project is to be stored To create a new space select New Space from the drop down list e New Project Required After the project is created you cannot change the name e Description Optional Descriptions are one or two expansions of the title to help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles 3 Click Save Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 9 Introduction to Project Panels Recent Projects Panel The Recent Projects panel lists the projects you have accessed during the session When you start your session the message No recent projects is displayed in the panel 1 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Part Il Performing Administrative Tasks Using Oracle Business Process Composer This part describes how to perform administrative tasks using Oracle Business Process Composer This part contains the following chapter e Performing Administrative Tasks 2 Performing Administrative Tasks This chapter describes how to perform administrative tasks using Oracle Bu
321. ness application These include business processes and components of the business catalog including data objects services Business Rules Human Tasks and roles You can create new projects directly in Oracle Business Process Composer BPM projects promote collaboration between process analysts and process developers Oracle Business Process Composer and Oracle BPM Studio users can share projects using the Oracle BPM repository See Introduction to the Oracle BPM Repository for more information You can validate BPM projects and deploy them to runtime using Oracle Business Process Composer See Deploying a BPM Project for more information Introduction to Project Components and Resources Each project contains one or more business processes and may include other resources used by the business processes or application These include reusable resources that allow you to connect your application to other applications and systems or define the user interface of your application Oracle Business Process Composer enables you to create test and deploy a fully functioning BPM application However there are some advanced features that can only be performed using Oracle BPM Studio These include e Configuring advanced human task parameters e Creating and viewing ADF forms e Creating external references Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 1 Introduction to Oracle BPM Projects Creating exceptions Editable Project Resources U
322. ness objects to a web form 1 Edit your web form and click the Business Objects control on the web form editor toolbar myForm pri Drag and drop controls from the palette into the form The Forms Business Objects dialog displays aa a ole 2 Select the business objects to include as data sources by using the controls on the dialog to move them to the Selected panel Form Business Objects Select the Business Objects you want to use Available Selected BusinessData Address BusinessData Car BusinessData Quote BusinessData Person You can find the selected Business Objects in the Data OK 3 Click OK to close the Forms Business Objects dialog 10 26 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Cancel x Working with Web Forms 4 Drag business objects from the Data Sources panel of the palette to your form PALETTE Dropdown amp Form Viewer O Radio fae orm Viewer amp Checkbox TextArea Ba Section 4 Date Repeat EMail sa Tabs wW Money m Panel Phone HS Table Quantity Message i Number Link Z T F Trigger fa Image Signature 1 PageBreak PROPERTIES DATA SOURCES BusinessObjects O Q Car O Person How to Show Which Web Controls Were Created from a Data Source The web forms editor allows you to view which web form controls were automatically generated from a data source To show which web controls were cre
323. ness processes For information about working with Oracle Business Rules using Oracle Business Process Composer see Using Oracle Business Rules Introduction to Oracle Business Rules Business rules are statements that describe business policies or describe key business decisions Introduction to the Business Rule Task The business rule task allows you to incorporate Oracle Business Rules within your process Figure A 30 shows the default notation for the business rule task Figure A 30 The Business Rule Task There are two primary use cases for incorporating Oracle Business Rules within your business process e Using structural rules Structural rules allow you to perform calculations used within your business process For example you can use a business rule to calculate a credit score e Using operative rules Operative rules are used to make changes to the flow of your process A typical use of an operative rule is to perform a check of the rule conditions within the rules catalog Then as part of the output data association assign a value to a data object using an expression In this scenario the business rule task is immediately followed by a gateway that is used to branch the process path according to the value of the data object for information about how an operation rule is used see The Business Rule Task in Context For information on procedures about assigning elements from the business catalog to a busin
324. ng a Time control named Tm a Date control named Dt and a Date Time control named DtTm Tm value frevvo currentTime form Dt value frevvo currentDate form DtTm value frevvo currentDateTime form The currentTime currentDate and currentDateTime does not work in a form load form rule unless you specify a time zone on the form s Url through the _formTz Url parameter This is because the form server must know the time zone in which to return the date and time If you do not specify a _formTz the methods return null and the control values remain blank For example to specify Eastern time amp _formTz America NewYork Use the following methods to work with users and roles e boolean isUniqueUserld String userld String tenantld returns true if this user does not exist in the tenant and false if it does e boolean isUniqueRoleld String roleld String tenantld returns true if this role does not exist in the tenant and false if it does Understanding How Form Rules Work at Runtime When using form rules within a web form it is important to understand how form rules behave at runtime When are Form Rules Executed When you create or edit a form rule Oracle BPM determines the list of controls and properties of those controls that the form rule depends upon The form rule is automatically executed whenever there is a state change that is relevant to the form rule Form rules are also executed sequentially in a top to
325. ng business rules in the business catalog you can assign business rules to business rules task To assign a business rule to a business rules task 1 Open the process containing the business rules task you want to edit 2 Right click the business rules task then select Properties 3 Select the Implementation tab 4 Click Change The displays the business rules browser containing a table of available business rules 5 Double click a rule from the table 6 Click OK Editing Oracle Business Rules at Run Time You can use Business Process Composer to open deployed Oracle BPM projects Opening a deployed project enables you to edit the Oracle Business Rules contained in the project and deploy your changes back to Oracle BPM runtime Note When editing a deployed project you can only edit the Oracle Business Rules for that project You can view other project resources but cannot edit them To open a deployed project 1 From the Project menu select Open a Deployed Project If you are currently editing a project your changes are automatically saved 2 Select Deployed Projects then select the project you want to open from the project list 3 Expand Repository then select the deployed project you want to open 4 Click Ok 5 In the Project Navigator expand Business Rules then expand the rules dictionary where whose Oracle Business Rules you want to edit 6 Click Edit in the rules editor 7 Edit the rules as requi
326. ning project data objects is that after publishing your project you can configure Oracle Business Process Management Workspace views to display the values of the variables This is possible only when using project data objects Working with Data Objects Data objects can also be defined based on complex data types In Oracle BPM a business object is a complex data type Complex data types allow you to group together related data This section describes the procedures for working with data objects including how to create new data objects and edit or delete existing ones How to Create a Data Object The procedures in this section describe how to create a new process or project data object If you must create a data object based on a complex data type you must create the complex data type first For more information about complex data types see Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures To create a data object from the Project Welcome Page 1 Ensure that you are editing your project 2 Go to the Project Welcome Page 3 Open the process for which you want to create a data object 4 Click the Data Objects icon in the toolbar to open the Data Objects dialog Click the name of the project or process then select Add as shown in Figure 13 2 13 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Data Objects Figure 13 2 Process Editor Data Objects dp add J Edt 3 Delete fa LoanA
327. ninio d Aia a a i A 15 Introduction to the Message Throw EVent cccccscsesssseessecesesescenenesesesesneseseseececeseseseananesesesesnenenessees A 15 Introduction to the Message Catch Event cccccscsessesesescsceseseseenenesesesesneseseseecesesesesesnanenesssesnensneseees A 16 Adding Business Logic Using Oracle Business Rules cccccsccccsssesesesseteseeceseseseecenesesesesneeseseeceneseseeeenanes A 17 Introduction to Oracle Business RuIeS ccceecceeseseseeseeesesssssesesesssssssesesesssssesesesssseeesesesaseseeees A 17 Introduction to the Business Rule Task cccccccccsesesseseseeceeeseseseensnesesesnsnesesesescecesescseenanenesesesnensnesees A 17 Controlling Process Flow Using Sequence Flows c ccccccscescssstesseststetesesesceseseseeceesesesesnseneseeceeeneseeeanenes A 18 Introduction to Sequence FLOWS ccccccscscssesesceesesesesnseseseececeseseseensnesesesesneseseseeceeeseseseananssesesesensneseees A 18 Introduction to Unconditional Sequence PlOWS sccceccccceseseensneesesesneneesescecescsssesnsnssesesesneneseseees A 18 Introduction to Conditional Sequence FIOWS c csesessesesceceseseseensnesesesesneeseseececeseseseasnenesesesneneneseees A 18 Introduction to Default Sequence FLOWS c cccccsscsesesteteesceceseseseeneesesesesnesesesesceeessscseananenesesesnensneseees A 19 Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways cscsessscssssssesesescsnsnesssesssneeseseeceescseecanesesesesnansiesesceeeneseeeenan
328. nnot both be set to true subProcessChild true false false Indicates that the X Y coordinates PositionRelative of activities that are inside of a subprocess are relative to the subprocess recalculatePools true false false Forces the importer to calculate the AndLanesPositi X Y coordinate of pools and lanes ons based on the position and height of the pools and lanes that precede it This must be set to true if the source model does not include positional coordinates for pools and lanes Object Coordinates The XPDL specification states that all object coordinates specify the upper left corner of the object s bounding rectangle on a page coordinate system with the origin 0 0 in the upper left corner of the page For the purposes of this example the height of pool 1 in Figure D 1 is 100 units pool 2 is 200 units tall and each lane in Pool 2 is 100 units tall D 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT Figure D 1 Example BPMN Process Using the global coordinate system of the XPDL specification the X Y coordinates of the objects depicted in the diagram are as follows Pool 1 0 0 Pool 2 0 200 Lane 1 40 200 Lane 2 40 300 Task 1 175 15 Task 2 175 215 Task 3 325 315 Ye a A source file specifying these coordinates is imported correctly into BPM with no transformation required since all coordinates are relative
329. ns for more information Introduction to the Message Start Event Introduction to the Signal Start Event Introduction to the Timer Start Event e Using a none start event followed by a receive task The receive task must be configured to create a process instance See Introduction to the Receive Task for more information e Using a none start event followed by a user task defined with the initiator pattern See Introduction to the User Task for more information e Using an event based gateway that is configured to create a new process instance BPMN Flow Object Reference A 3 Defining the Start and End Point of a Process See Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones for more information Introduction to the None Start Event Use the none start event when no instance trigger is specifically defined The none start event can be used as a placeholder when the required start event of a process is unknown not yet defined or implemented later by process developers Figure A 2 shows the default notation for the none start event Figure A 2 The None Start Event Q None start events also specify the beginning of a process where the process instance is created by another flow object In general the none start event does not trigger a new process instance However when used with the following the none start event does trigger a new process instance e Receive task The receive task must have the Cre
330. nsbensuasdertiosrecss C 9 Repeating Check BOXES kiseonik er r e a sistant Er rE En a PEKER AESKA EE Shade AE AREA Ea a AA KEEKEKE C 9 Display a Message Control Inside a Repeat Control c ccc ceccccceeesescscsesesesescsesssnaeseecessssnseseeceeenen C 10 xiii Sting Copeatena tiones eA Tle Wesel 2 aea ETE E Seas LOMB ieee dbase sats Woe el hs Moeestud dieeae C 10 WASIDIG IAViISID Ie ni e soe Fe ele EE ca IN E a BSc et E SSRN AES LH GEIR Sauls 8 kt hte Lads Sys te C 11 Visible Invisible SOC On si ces fete sas Sa es ash Sa oS coho a Ea eS SEI ie EN BES SMa SU ested hts Sout C 11 DOLE CE TAB E ghe ese ek Ne E SEES EG ah Se NE Sale UN EE EE C 12 Next Tabrani miian n e aa tie a AA Sik Ce steed Se eae Nene SE eas A O Oust C 12 Expand Collapse Sections n iir tse as aeaea e A Sta A ohu ass tah A eee need R ESE C 12 Mialtiple Choices iss cise Sores chica sats tee ras adarkes ea saan de aa Bae ata settee eae Ven ede Rag dasa ot C 13 Dynamic Options eia a thas asada eee Sain Se ae Sta Staaf ae ea es Ee Lede Bag ta salt C 13 Triggers and Dynamic OPONSE Sta OE hanna heh eat A ook a Lat A E RA thse std she C 13 Value Change and Dynamic OptionsS cccccsecccecescscesesesesnenenesesesneseseseececesesssnaaneneseseseeseseseecenesesssnaanenes C 14 Dynamic Control Initialization 0 0 0 0 ccc cscsscescseseseseececesescecanesesssesnsneseseseeceseseseecenssesesesuanenesescseenessaeanans C 14 DnA OE 26s ited E sect A in sos ches dash eli Shana A Wieden eh Cae
331. nt to view or edit the dictionary settings 2 Go to the toolbar and click Actions Dictionary Settings as shown in Figure 17 4 3 Make the required changes and then click Save Synchronizing Business Objects If you change one of the business objects you used when you created your business rule dictionary then you must refresh or synchronize the business object in the Business Rules Editor for the changes to take effect To synchronize business objects 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to synchronize business objects 2 Go to the toolbar and click Actions Sync Business Objects as shown in Figure 17 2 The system automatically synchronizes the business objects used in the selected business rules dictionary Comparing and Merging Oracle Business Rules Dictionaries The Diff Dictionary feature allows you to review any differences in the latest revision of a dictionary against any previous revision and be able to roll back any changes since then The differences are viewed from the perspective of the latest revision The Merge Dictionary feature allows you to review any differences between the base version and up to 3 changed versions and be able to resolve or merge the differences among them The differences are viewed from the perspective of the changed versions The Merge Dictionary and Diff Dictionary options are available in the Business Rules Editor as shown in Figure 17 2 You can compare up to three
332. nt types of data for employee like id name and age The relationship between complex data types and complex data objects is analogous to the relationship between classes and instances in the Java programming language Figure 13 1 shows the relationship between basic and complex data objects Figure 13 1 Relationship Between Basic and Complex Data Objects Basic Data Objects price name date decimal string time available available stock bool bool real Complex Data Objects Employee Product id sku string string name type string int age int price decimal brand string Before creating a complex data object you must first define the complex data type that defines the data structure For more information about using complex data types see Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures Introduction to Process and Project Data Objects In addition to specifying a data object s data type you must also select its scope In Oracle BPM the scope refers to from where in the process or project the data object can be accessed In Oracle BPM there are two types of data object scope process and project Process data objects are data objects that are defined for a specific process Similarly project data objects are defined for an entire BPM project Both project and process data objects can be created from both basic and complex types
333. ntrol named EventStartDate is 30 days or less from today if EventStartDate value var datel DateUtil today var date2 EventStartDate value datel datel split date2 date2 split var sDate new Date datel 0 datel 1 datel 2 var eDate new Date date2 0 date2 1 date2 2 var days Math round eDate sDate 86400000 if eval parseInt days gt parseInt 30 EventStartDate valid false EventStartDate status The date entered can only go back a maximum of 30 days from the current date Please try again else EventStartDate valid true Central Timezone adjusted for Daylight Savings This rule adjust today s date in UTC timezone to Central timezone and adjust for daylight savings time This additional conversion is most commonly required for Online users as the javascript Date and Oracle Web Forms DateUtil today both return today s date in UTC timezone Converts UTC to either CST or CDT if form load var today new Date var DST 1 If today falls outside DST period 1 extra hr offset var Central 5 Minimum 5 hr offset from UTC Is it Daylight Savings Time var yr today getFullYear 2nd Sunday in March can t occur after the 14th var dst_start new Date March 14 yr 02 00 00 1st Sunday in November can t occur after the 7th var dst_end new Date November 07 tyrt 02 00 00 var day dst_start getDay d
334. nts for the process To define the output arguments for a process 1 7 Add a message End event to your process Right click on the message End event then select Properties Click the Implementation tab Select Define Interface Click the Add icon Determine the name and type of the argument Click Apply Changes How to Define Data Association for a Message End Event After you have defined the output arguments for your process you must map them to the data objects in your process To define data associations for a message end event 1 2 Select a message End event in your process Right click on the End event and then click Data Associations Drag the data objects from the list on the right hand side to the text boxes listed under Inputs Click Apply 18 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Using the Send and Receive Tasks to Communicate Between Processes Using the Send and Receive Tasks to Communicate Between Processes You can use the send and receive tasks to invoke another BPMN process and receive messages back from it Processes that begin with a receive task and contain a send task are exposed as services that can be used by other process and services within an Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM application Figure 18 1 outlines the basic behavior when using send and receive tasks to invoke a process and receive a response Figur
335. nvokes a process or service the token waits at the service task until a response is returned After the response is received the token continues to the next sequence flow in the process See Using Service Tasks to Invoke Synchronous Operations in Services and BPMN Processes in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio for more information on how to implement the service task with these types of processes and services Figure A 18 shows the default notation for the service task Figure A 18 The Service Task fare A 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Communicating With Other Processes and Services The Service Task in Context Figure A 19 shows an example of the service task used to save the finalized sales quote to a database Figure A 19 The Service Task within the Sales Quote Example Process Finalize Contracts Save Quote Introduction to the Notification Task The notification task is similar to the service task It uses a predefined service to perform different types of notification You can use expressions to determine the users or groups who receive notifications generated by the notification task For more information on implementing the notification task see Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio These different types of notification are e IM Send an instant message to a user or group Figure A 20 sh
336. o Deploy a Project to RUMHMEC c cece cecesesesteneeseseseeneseseseecesesesssnananeneseseeneneseseeeeney 19 1 xi How to Edit a Deployed Project cccccceeesecssssssseesssesssssssesesenssssseesessssssssesessssssseessseeseeeeees 19 3 How to Generate a Project SAR File oo cceeccessessesesesssssssesesenssssseesessssssssesesessssseeseseeeeeees 19 3 How to Generate a Deployment Plan ccccessesssesssssssesesesssssseesesesssssssesessnssseseeseseeseseeees 19 4 Part VIII Appendices A BPMN Flow Object Reference Defining the Start and End Point of a Process ccccsccssesesesteneesesesnesesesescecescscsceanesesesnsenssesceceeesesssnananey A 1 Introduction to Start and End Events ccccsscssessssssssesesssssssssesesesssssssesesessssssseesessssseesssssesessesssess A 1 Defining How a Process Instance is Triggered s ssssesssrrsssisertsseserttssstestentesttsntestettesneentesnterten te A 3 Introduction to the None Start EVent cccccccssecsesesseseescecesesescsnenseseseseessesesceeesessscsnansneseseseeeneseeeees A 4 Introduction to the Message Start Event c cccccccsesesssseescecesesescenssseseseseesesesescecesesesssnansneseseseeseneseeeees A 4 Introduction to the Signal Start Eventis onae e AEE T a A 5 Introduction to the Timer Start Eve t asrorsuranisnnionn anii aiiiar A 6 Introduction to the Error Start Eye tsneressrarisniionsi araia aiiiar A 6 Introduction to the None End Event cccccceeesssssssssssesesscesssss
337. o a specific process In contrast the signal start event is a response to a signal broadcast to multiple processes Signals can be broadcast from a BPMN process using the signal throw event Using a combination of signal throw events and signal start events you can invoke multiple processes simultaneously The signal start and throw events are added to a process by process developers For information on implementing the signal throw event see Introduction to BPMN Flow Object Reference A 5 Defining the Start and End Point of a Process Communicating Between Processes Using Signal Events in the Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Figure A 6 shows the default notation for the signal start event Figure A 6 The Signal Start Event The Signal Start Event in Context The signal start and throw events are added to a process and implemented by process developers Introduction to the Timer Start Event The timer start event triggers the creation of a process instance based on a specific time condition You can configure the timer start event to trigger a process instance based on the following e A specific date and time For example a process could be triggered on December 31 at 11 59 P M e A recurring interval For example a process could be triggered every 10 hours 5 minutes 32 seconds Figure A 7 shows the default notation for the timer start event Figure A 7 The Timer Start Ev
338. o define expressions see Using Expressions to Control Data Introduction to Default Sequence Flows Like conditional sequence flows default sequence flows are used as outgoing sequence flows to exclusive inclusive and conditional gateways Default sequence flows represent the path your process takes out of these gateways when none of the conditions evaluate to true Default sequence flows are represented by an arrow with a tic mark on one end as shown in Figure A 33 Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways Gateways are flow elements that define the flow of your process Gateways determine the path a token takes through a process They define control points within your process by splitting and merging paths This section describes how to use gateways to control process flow and behavior Introduction to Gateways Gateways define control points within your process by splitting and merging paths When possible gateways are used for paths that are exceptions to or deviate from the default path of the process Split Merge Pairs The following gateways require a split merge pair e Parallel gateway e Inclusive gateway e Complex gateway When you add one of these gateways to a BPMN process Oracle BPM Studio automatically creates the split and merge flow objects Although the merge portion of the gateway is required you do not have to ensure that all paths out of the split return to the merge BPMN Flow Object Reference A 19
339. o delete a repeat item its state turns true itemIndex Used by repeat controls When an itemAdded or itemRemoved event fires the value of itemIndex is set For itemRemoved events itemIndex returns 1 For itemAdded events itemIndex gives you the index of the added item form load This property is true when the form is first loading 11 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Form Rules It is useful for setting default values through form rules that must be set before the user starts interacting with the form e form unload This property is true when the users clicks the form s submit button It is useful for setting control values just prior to the form s Doc Actions and Form Actions are executed Examples of identifiers used in form rules are e FirstName value e BillingAddress visible e Email 1 value e Email i visible The latter two are examples of repeating controls repeating controls are discussed in more detail later Note that the case of the properties is important FirstName value is a valid form rule identifier but FirstName Value or FirstName vAlUe are not Strings and Numbers Because Javascript is a loosely typed language there may be situations where you must add field values and the form rule performs string concatenation There are several ways to tell the form rule to perform mathematical calculations instead of string manipulation One simpl
340. o your business requirements e Java Facts Java Facts are imported from existing sources In BPM Studio you can add aliases to Java Facts or use them with RL Facts to target the data model to business requirements Java Facts are also used to import supporting Java classes for use with the rules or Decision Tables that you create e RL Facts RL Facts are the only kind of facts that you can create directly and do not have an external source All other types of Oracle Business Rules facts are imported An RL Fact is similar to a relational database row or a JavaBean with properties An RL Fact contains a set of named typed properties Property values can be primitives such as String another structured fact or a list RL Facts are useful for rapid and independent development and testing of decision logic Input data that ultimately comes from an imported fact type for example an XML Schema can be modeled using RL Facts before the imported schema is available or stable Intermediate decisions that should not be returned to the application for example sub decisions that categorize a customer as GOOD or BAD It is usually best to import the fact types that are used for the input and output data of a decision You can use RL Facts to extend a Java application object model by providing virtual dynamic types e ADF Business Components Facts ADF Business Components Facts allow you to use ADF Business Components as Facts in rules and in Decision
341. ocess player displays a visual representation of a BPMN process showing the path the process instance follows through the process flow This allows process designers to easily create test and revise processes without having to save and deploy the BPM project and view it in Process Workspace Process player displays a BPMN process within the process editor as shown in Figure 9 1 Figure 9 1 Process Player User Interface EE Project Payer 42 process a T Refresh delete Q m A Rolet Role2 As a process instance progresses through a process flow process player displays an animated view of the behavior of your process The outline shows the path the process instance takes through the flow objects and sequence flows of your process The specific path an instance takes through your process depends on the input data you provide for various flow objects See How Process Player Handles the Flow Objects of Your Process for more information When running process player on a business process Oracle Business Process Composer validates the project and deploys the current draft version of the BPM project to a player partition of the Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM Using Process Player 9 1 Introduction to Process Player runtime environment When using process player you do not have to publish or manually deploy the project to view changes while designing a process You can use process player to te
342. odel e Space Required Select the space where the new project is to be stored To create a new space select New Space from the drop down list e New Project Required After the project is created you cannot change the name e Description Optional Descriptions are one or two expansions of the title to help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles 1 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Project Panels Figure 1 6 Application Welcome Page BPM project Panel gt BPM Project S Process Process Name Space ENEs E New Project Description Create 3 Click Save Creating a New Empty Project with the BPM Project Panel You can use the BPM Project panel to create a new empty project To create a new empty project 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Click the icon located in the top right hand corner of the panel to display a popup where you enter the following information e Name Required After the project is created you cannot change the name e Description Optional Descriptions are one or two expansions of the title to help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles e Space Required Select the space where the new project is to be stored To create a new space select New Space from the drop down list 3 Click Save Creating a New Populated Project with the BPM Project Panel You ca
343. oduction to Start and End Events Start events are BPMN flow objects that define the starting point of a process There are different types of start events that determine how process instances are created End events in contrast define the end point of a process There are different types of end events that determine what happens when the process instance is completed BPMN Flow Object Reference A 1 Defining the Start and End Point of a Process Note In Oracle BPM all BPMN processes must have at least one start and one end event Because start events define the beginning of a process they do not have incoming sequence flows Likewise end events cannot have outgoing sequence flows However except for the none end and start events start and end events can have input to and output from other business processes and services Specifying the Start Events for Different Types of Processes When you create a new process Oracle Business Process Composer creates a message start and message end event by default You can change these defaults depending on the type of business process you want to create Table A 1 shows the default start and end events for each type of process Table A 1 Start and End Events for Each Process Type Process Type Default Start and End Event Types Asynchronous service Message start and end event Synchronous service Message start and end event Manual process None start and end event S
344. of the property panel These settings can override the values you have specified for BG Color and Label Color For these values to take effect select None for the Message Type Message Type values include e Default e None e Bordered e Success e Info e Warning e Error Min and Max Repeat Specifies the minimum and maximum times the control can be repeated when inside a Repeat control expressed as positive integers The Min value defines the minimum number of controls that must be added and filled in by the end user If the user does not fill in data for the minimum number of controls the Submit button is not enabled Min and Max Enables you to define the minimum and maximum values expressed as positive integers a user can input in a control These properties appear as part of a Table Control or when your form has an input control inside a control and apply to the input control If you specify a minimum value of 1 and maximum value of 10 users must enter values in at least one input control or they are unable to submit the form They may enter values in up to ten input controls The minimum and maximum properties for the Table Control allow the user to add or delete table rows in a form as required Min and Max properties are not editable for controls generated from an uploaded schema since the schema already specifies this through the minOccurs and maxOccurs attributes B 6 Developing Business P
345. ole descriptions are available at the project level A project description is one or two sentences that help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles A role may require more explanation as it can be an acronym that is not commonly used Project Description A project description is one or two sentences that help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles Description Location e When a project is created as shown in Figure 6 1 Figure 6 1 New Project Description e BPM Project Name Sales Org o Process Description This project contains the high level lt gt Recent Projects Space Ely No Recent Projects Save e Within a project click on More Information to add edit or delete the description as shown in Figure 6 2 Documenting BPM Projects 6 1 Understanding Process Level Documentation Figure 6 2 Project Information an Loan Application Created on 9 10 AM by WEBLOGIC 9 10 AM by weblogic Private Project gt Language English Edit P Generate for Interactive s Change Implements a solution for a Loan Officer to receive a loan application and manage all approvals within a particular Loans department in an organization The Credit Rating process is used for checking credit Click to edit description Hide details When Used When a user displays all projects available in all spaces one or more projects of the same title may be display
346. omplex tests Oracle Business Rules provides multiple approaches to writing rules e IF THEN rules expressed as IF THEN statements There are two ways of modeling IF THEN rules General rules use a pseudo code language to express rule logic Verbal rules use natural language statements to express rule logic e Decision Tables which display multiple related rules in a single spreadsheet style view Business phrases are used to provide a natural language vocabulary for the construction of verbal rules tests and actions They are not used in general rules General rules verbal rules and Decision Tables are grouped in an Oracle Business Rules object called a ruleset See Working with Rulesets You group one or more rulesets and their facts and valuesets in an Oracle Business Rules object called a dictionary For a complete discussion of the concepts behind general and verbal rules Decision Tables and business phrases see the Working with Rulesets and Rules chapter in Designing Business Rules with Oracle Business Process Management Rules Rules follow an IF THEN structure and consist of two parts e IF part A condition or pattern match The rule IF part is composed of conditional expressions and rule conditions that refer to facts For example IF Rental_application driver age lt 21 17 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Oracle Business Process Composer Rules Edit
347. on Save Causes all submissions for this form to be stored in forms submission repository This property is enabled by default If you deselect this check box the form submission is still logged in the submission repository and you are able to view the metadata about the submission time date submitted success failure conditions but no form field data is saved Printable Displays a print icon at the top of your form If you do not want users to print your form disable this check box You can control which form fields are visible in the PDF print view through the printable property in each web form control of your form Save PDF Enables the user to save the file as a PDF This property can only be enabled if the save property is enabled When selected a PDF image of the file is also saved in the forms submission repository Decorated Controls whether newly added controls have their control level decorator property set or unset Does not affect controls already in the form Style Tab The elements listed in Table B 2 are shown on the Properties control Settings tab when a web form is selected in the designer Table B 2 Elements Property Description Width Specifies how wide your form is The default regular width is 600px but the drop down also includes thin 400px and wide 800px The custom option enables the box to the right of the Width drop down in which you can specify a width Height Sp
348. on describes simulation for multiple processes simulation start and duration resource information etc Further information can be edited later by opening the definition from the tree Simulation Definition Duration StartTime 3 10 14 1 44 35PM amp Let in flight instances finish before simulation ends Ki g Finish Cancel gt Next 3 Enter a name for the simulation definition and values for the duration and start time of the simulation definition Select the check box to let in flight instances finish before simulation ends You must define these parameters when creating a simulation definition However you can redefine them later if necessary See General Simulation Definition Parameters for more information about each of these parameters 4 Click Next 5 Create anew simulation model for each process you want to include in the simulation definition Simulation models can be shared across simulation definitions However the first time you create a simulation definition you must create at least one simulation model for each process if you have not created one previously Simulating Process Behavior 8 7 Working with Simulation Definitions You can also create a new model in the simulation definition editor when you add an association between a model and a process For more information see How to Associate a Simulation Model to a Simulation Definition a Click the Add icon to create a ne
349. on in the web form editor toolbar 3 Test your web form by entering a date selecting items from dropdown controls and so on 4 Click the Close x button when you are done testing About Localization in Web Forms Web Forms can be localized to support multiple additional languages In order for a language to be supported it must be added at the project level first See Introduction to the Project Information Panel After a language has been added at the project level translation strings for web form elements can be added in the web form editor See Introduction to the Property Editor 10 30 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 11 Working with Web Form Rules This chapter describes how to create and edit form rules within a web form using Oracle Business Process Composer Form rules are pieces of Java script code that allow you to define how users interact with your web forms This chapter assumes that you are familiar with the basics of Javascript This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Form Rules e Working with Form Rules Introduction to Form Rules Form rules are pieces of server side Javascript code that allow you to define how users interact with your web forms by defining how web form controls are displayed and defining the types of data users can enter You can use form rules to define the behavior of a web form Typical uses of form rules include e
350. on to Your Process for information about using human tasks within a BPMN process Oracle Business Rules Oracle business rules are statements that describe business policies or describe key business decisions Business rules are integrated into a process using the business rules task See Using Oracle Business Rules for information about working with Oracle Business Rules using Oracle Business Process Composer See Introduction to the Business Rule Task for more information about using the business rules task within a BPMN process Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 3 Introduction to Oracle BPM Projects e Business Objects Business objects define the data structures used within your application You can use simple data objects to define complex data objects using Oracle Business Process Composer See Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures for more information e Services Services define how a BPMN process connects other processes systems and services including BPEL processes and databases Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create new services based on web services See Working with Services for more information Within a BPMN process services are implemented by assigning the service to a service task See Introduction to the Service Task for more information e External References References define the interface of your BPMN processes References implement message events send tasks an
351. onfigure the Deadline Duration for a Human Task ccceeeecssessseeeeeeseneeseenees 12 8 How to Specify the Presentation of a Human Task c ccccccscecsseseecenesesesnsneneseseeceneseseeeenenes 12 9 How to Change the Default Participant cccccccecscsesnsneeseseeneeseececesescsnsneneneseseeneneneeeeeanes 12 10 How to Add Participants and Routing to a Human Task ceseensneteseeeeneeeeeeenes 12 10 How to Assign Users Groups and Roles to a Participant cece eceeeeeceeeees 12 11 How to Configure the Outcome for Parallel Routing 0 0 ccc cscs ce cscs teteneeseseeneteeseeeenes 12 13 How to Create and Configure the Data Payload for a Human Task c cccccecsseseeeeees 12 14 Assigning a Human Task to a User Task cccscscesesesseseseseeseescecesenesesesnsnesesesesceseseseeceneseseseansnensseses 12 14 Part VI Handling Data in Your Business Application 13 Working with Data Objects and Data Associations About Handling Data Used by Your Business Processes ccccccsssssesesesessessesesesensssseseseseesseeees 13 1 How to Define the Data Used by an Oracle BPM Application c cccccccesteteesceeeteseeeenenes 13 1 Introduction to Data Objects s es estesi hemere n enee eia ani e eae ar s 13 2 Introduction to Basic and Complex Data Objects se sessssssssstsrtsrsttrttesstertessterttssneestesntesstsn te 13 2 Introduction to Process and Project Data ODjects cccccccssssssesesesesesssesesessssssesesesseseesees 13 3
352. ontrol properties This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Forms in Oracle BPM e Introduction to the Web Forms Designer e Introduction to Web Form Controls e Introduction to Data Sources e Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Form First Method e Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method e Working with Web Forms Introduction to Forms in Oracle BPM Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM provides functionality that defines how end users interact with the applications defined by Business Process Model and Notation BPMN processes There are three components within Oracle BPM that work together to define this user interaction user tasks human tasks and forms e User tasks BPMN flow objects that specify where user interaction is required in process Oracle BPM supports different types of user tasks that determine the approval process required e Human tasks Define how users interact with a process based application They define the user interface data structures and connectivity information See Working with Human Tasks for more information e Forms Define the interface that allow users to interact with your application For business applications created with Oracle BPM these forms are displayed in Oracle Business Process Management Workspace Oracle BPM supports the following types of forms e Web forms Define the user interface for a human task They are ba
353. option For dropdowns added from palette controls and from schema Oracle Web Forms automatically adds a blank option so the dropdown initially shows no choice by default To reset the dropdown set the dropdown control s value to null not the empty string The empty string will not work since the empty string is not a valid option This form resets the dropdown named size whenever the value of the product option changes if product value length gt 0 size value null Default Option When your options are set dynamically as shown below in a business rule you cannot set a default in on the form designer You must set the default in the rule If your options have lt value gt lt label gt where value is different from label make sure you set the lt control gt value to lt value gt not lt label gt and not lt value gt lt label gt if form load var cc R Red B Blue G Green Colors options cc Colors value B Web Form Rules Examples C 7 Check Box Options Assigning Color to Check Box Choices Check Box Options Assigning Color to Check Box Choices Check box controls are different from all other Oracle Web Forms palette controls in that they are multi select Therefore the way to write rules with check box controls are in many ways similar to rules with repeat controls This rule has a check box controls with name colorPalette with the options purple green blue yellow orange The form
354. or The conditional expression compares a business term Rental_application driver age to the number 21 using a less than comparison The rule condition activates the rule whenever a combination of facts makes the conditional expression true In some respects the rule condition is like a query over the available facts in the Rules Engine and for every row returned from the query the rule is activated e THEN part A list of actions The rule THEN part contains the actions that are run when the rule is fired A rule is fired after it is activated and selected among the other rule activations using conflict resolution mechanisms such as priority A rule might perform several kinds of actions An action can add facts modify facts or remove facts An action can run a Java method or perform a function which may modify the status of facts or create facts Rules fire sequentially not in parallel Rule actions often change the set of rule activations and therefore change the next rule to fire Decision Tables A Decision Table is an alternative business rule format that is more compact and intuitive when many rules are required to analyze many combinations of property values You can use a Decision Table to create a set of rules that covers all combinations or where no two combinations conflict For more information about decision tables see Working with Decision Tables and the Working with Rulesets and Rules chapter in Designing
355. or Project Home Business Components i Gp add Xe delete Ruleinput BusinessData bit A Description E loanAmount Doub jij Edit Documentation abe creditRating String EE Ruleoutput Parent No Parent Q ate loanApprovalStatus App Is Abstract pe er 2 If necessary create a new module within the complex data type a Right click on the complex data type then select New Module b Enter a name for the new module then select OK After creating a new module you can create additional sub modules if necessary 3 If necessary create a new complex data type a Right click on a module then select Add New Business Object b Enter a name then click OK The new complex data type appears within the list of complex data types You can create additional complex data types or sub modules within the complex data type if necessary 4 Add anew attribute a Select a complex data type then select Add New Attribute from the menu b Enter a name for the attribute and select a type from the drop down menu 5 Click OK How to Delete a Complex Data Type Module or Attribute You can use the business component editor to delete a complex data type or its modules or attributes To Delete a Complex Data Type Module or Attribute 1 From the Project Welcome Page click Business Components as shown in Figure 14 2 2 Hover the cursor to the right of the complex data type you want
356. ored in a proprietary namespace that should be in the XPDL namespace Considering the following XPDL file header which defines multiple namespaces lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Package Id 1 xsi schemaLocation http www wfmc org 2004 XPDL2 0alpha http www wfmc org Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 15 Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT standards docs TC 1025_bpmnxpdl1_24 xsd xmins http www wfmc org 2004 XPDL2 0alpha xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns xpdl http www wfmc org 2004 XPDL2 0alpha xmins ix http www igrafx com 2007 igrafx document xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xmlns igxpdl http www igrafx com 2008 igrafx xpdl2 gt The body of the XML document uses the default namespace for standard XPDL elements but uses the igxpd1 namespace for defining document pages lt igxpdl Page Name Update Spreadsheet ID Pagel IgnorePools true gt lt PageLayout xmlns i http www igrafx com 2007 igxmldoc xmlns http www igrafx com 2007 igrafx document gt lt Page UseDocumentSettings false Orientation Landscape Width 16837 Height 11905 gt lt FitTo PagesWide 1 PagesTall 1 gt lt Page gt lt PageLayout gt lt igxpdl Page gt lt igxpdl Page Name Submit Instructions ID Page2 IgnorePools true gt lt PageLayout xmlns i http www igrafx com 2007 igxmldoc xmlns http www igrafx com 2007 igrafx document gt lt Pa
357. orm designer allows you to provide identical names to the controls If non uniquely named controls are used in form rules there may unexpected results If you encounter errors in a form you can edit the names of control names to make them unique Note Editing the name of a from xsd schema control has no effect on the xml instance document created when the form is submitted nor on the xml validation Form Rule Identifiers Form rules refer to form controls using the Name property If you have a control where the Name property is defined as MyCont rol you can refer to properties of this control in form rules using the name as an identifier Form rule identifiers must always be of the following form Name lt property gt The following form rule identifier properties are supported e visible Set to false to hide a control and true to make the control visible e value Read or set the value of a control Working with Web Form Rules 11 3 Introduction to Form Rules This property is not applicable to sections tabs and other controls that do not have values displayed to the user enabled Set to false to disable a control so that a user can not change its value and true to enable it This is not applicable to sections and tabs expanded Set to false to collapse a group control sections controls only and true to expand a group control selected Set to true to designate a tab as the selected tab tab controls only
358. oser Part VI Handling Data in Your Business Application This part defines how to handle the data required within a process based business application This part contains the following chapters Working with Data Objects and Data Associations Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures Using Expressions to Control Data Tracking Business Data in Your Application 13 Working with Data Objects and Data Associations This chapter describes how to use data objects to store the data used in a process based business application It also describes how to use data associations to define how data is handled within a business process This chapter includes the following sections e About Handling Data Used by Your Business Processes e Introduction to Data Objects e Working with Data Objects e Introduction to Data Associations About Handling Data Used by Your Business Processes Most business applications require users to create and manipulate data In a sales quote application for example a user enters data related to the quote which includes information about the customer quote and other types of data Additionally an application may have to create and manipulate other data that is only used internally as part of the overall function of the application When creating business processes you must define the data the application uses In Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM data is stored within a d
359. ou are hovering You ll see this icon when you drag the control over the bottom half of an area into which the control can be dropped Drop right Your control will be placed to the right of the control over which pou are hovering You ll see this icon when you drag the control over the right half of another control Drop un der vOut control will be placed will be placed to the left of the control over which you are hovering You ll see this icon when you drag the control over the left half of another control Other important drag and drop rules Working with Web Forms 10 23 Working with Web Forms e If you let go of a control while the Do Not Drop icon is showing your control goes back to where it was either back to the Palette or where it was in your form before you tried to move it e You can drag and drop above below to the left and right of most controls e You can drop controls above and below the Section Tab Table Repeat and Panel group controls e Panels can be dropped to the left or right of other panels however you cannot drop other controls in a similar manner to the left right of panels e You can never drop two different controls into a repeat control for example you cannot drag in a quantity control if your repeat control already contains an EMail control If you require multiple controls inside a repeat control first drag the controls into a section then drop the section into the repeat Aft
360. ounter Mark cccccccsescsesesssssesesesesssssesesesesessesesessessesesesessssessseseseseeesees 16 4 Measuring Process Performance Using Measurement Marks c ccccsccesescseeeseseetsneesesesteeneeeees 16 5 How to Add a Measurement Mark to a Process c cscsesesteteeseeseseseeeecesesesesesneneneseeeeeeeseeeenenes 16 6 Part VII Implementing and Deploying a BPM Project 17 Using Oracle Business Rules Introduction to Oracle Business Rules ccccccescsesesestesesesceseseseseeenesesesesnesesesescecesesescanansseseseseneneseees 17 1 Working with Oracle Business Process Composer Rules Editor c cccccceccesesssesteteteesesneneeseees 17 3 Introduction to Decision Pointsista eea V A AEEA SVE E aah 17 4 Working with Business Rule Dictionaries c cccccccseccssescsescesescstsnensseseseeesesescecesescsesnansnesesesneneneseees 17 4 How to Create a New Business Rule Dictionary cccccceesseseseseecenesesesesneeeseeeseeeseseananes 17 5 Viewing and Editing Dictionary Settings ccccescseesesteteteseeceneseseecenenesesesnsneneseeceeeeseeeanenes 17 6 Synchronizing Business Objects ccccsccceseccesesesceceesescsesnsneseseseeceescseeceesesesesnsnssesesceneesseeanenes 17 7 Comparing and Merging Oracle Business Rules Dictionaries cccccseseteteeceeeteseeeenenes 17 7 Working with Dictionary Links cccccscecesesnseseseseeseseecececesescsnsnansseseseesesesescecesesssssnansnesesesnensnesees 17 8 Working with Rul
361. ows the default notation of the IM notification task Figure A 20 The Instant Message Notification Task fy 2 e Email Sends an email a user or group You can also include email attachments Figure A 21 shows the default notation of the email notification task Figure A 21 The Email Notification Task e SMS Sends an SMS message to a user Figure A 22 shows the default notation of the SMS notification task Figure A 22 The SMS Notification Task R e Voice Sends a voice mail to a user Figure A 23 shows the default notation of the voice mail notification task BPMN Flow Object Reference A 13 Communicating With Other Processes and Services Figure A 23 The Voicemail Notification Task e User Sends a notification to a user based on the available notification types For example if a user has both a voice mail and email configured the notification task sends both Figure A 24 shows the default notation of the User notification task Figure A 24 The User Notification Task Introduction to the Call Activity The call activity allows you to call a reusable process from within the current process The process being called becomes a child process of the calling process When calling a reusable process the call activity of the parent process waits until the child process completes before continuing Figure A 25 shows the default notation for the call activity Figure A 25 The Call Activity See Introduction to
362. ows you to open a project stored in the Oracle BPM repository Import Provides functionality for importing projects and process models into Oracle Business Process Composer Imported projects are stored in the Oracle BPM repository See Working with Project Snapshots for more information Export Allows you to export projects to the local file system See Importing and Exporting Projects for more information Reports Provides functionality to publish report data for a BA project and generate reports for a BA project See Working with Business Architecture Reports for more information Introduction to the Spaces Browser Oracle Business Process Composer spaces group related BA and BPM projects together An Oracle Business Process Composer space contains all of the project and resources for your organization from high level value chain models down to the lower level technical details required by your process based application Oracle Business Process Composer spaces are also used to control permissions on the projects they contain You can specify which users or groups have permission to view or edit BA or BPM projects stored in that space The spaces browser is located on the left hand side of the Application Welcome page and can be used to create view and edit Oracle Business Process Composer spaces as shown in Figure 1 3 You can only view or edit the Oracle Business Process Composer spaces you created or have permission to view
363. oy it to the run time environment using Oracle JDeveloper to be able to view it using process player If the Oracle ADF form is deployed Oracle Business Process Composer is able to access it when deploying to the process player partition After viewing the web form or Oracle ADF form you must manually close the form viewer window to continue running your process e Message send events and send tasks When process player reaches a message send event or a send task within a process it performs these automatically It then continues to the instance of the process being called and pauses at the corresponding message catch event or receive task In both cases you must manually return to the parent process For example if the send and receive pair is creating an instance on a different process of the same project you can return to the process player home select the new instance for this process run the child process then return to the parent process If the send and receive pair calls an external web service you must manually enter the required web service message to continue running the process e Timer events When process player reaches a timer event within a process it pauses and waits until you click the Run icon of the flow object Process player moves to the next flow object in the process 9 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Using Process Player to Test the Behavior of Business Processes Call
364. perform the action How to Add a Decision Table to a Ruleset You add a Decision Table by performing several steps These steps include e Create a Decision Table e Add conditions to the Decision Table e Add actions to the Decision Table e Use Decision Table operations to validate correct and modify the Decision Table 17 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Decision Tables To add a Decision Table A Decision Table displays multiple related rules in a single spreadsheet style view 1 Open the business rule dictionary containing the ruleset where you want to add a Decision Table 2 Go to the toolbar and click Rulesets then select the required ruleset from the listing of rulesets defined for this business rule 3 Click the New Rule icon and select to add a Decision Table 4 Click the Advanced Property Editor icon located to the right of the rule name to edit the name for this new rule 5 Use the controls icons and selection boxes to create your decision table when many rules are required as shown in Figure 17 12 Figure 17 12 Business Rules Editor Rulesets New Decision Table Rule Re E Value Sets Globals 8 Business Phrases J Tests Q Explorer f Facts 4 Decision Functions g Links g Translations LoanRuleSety P ap X Rules gt By Type LoanApprovalDecisionTable 7 ey X Re Click to view tests and variables Sears iy ins o F ZX Local Range Value Set
365. ple way of creating expressions by allowing you to select data objects and operators from a list and insert them into your expression You can also enter the expression manually if necessary Figure 15 1 shows the expression editor user interface Using Expressions to Control Data 15 1 Introduction to Expressions Figure 15 1 Oracle Business Process Composer Expression Editor Expression Editor Expression Mode EITE Y loanDO Insert Into Expressing A Validate Ee loanDO reviewOutcome E S Eas creditRating routing underwriterReview organizationalUnit creationDate instanceNumber instanceld edd processDN conversationId componentName ramnanantTuns Data Objects Operators ate teas tte ate Pee EH E Preview Description Description Errors OK Table 15 1 The Expression Editor User Interface Area Description Expression field Contains the text of the expression You can edit this field directly or use the Insert Into Expression tool Insert Into Expression Inserts the selected data object or operator into the expression Data Object and Operator Chooser Contain tabbed panes that allow you to select the data object or operator you want to insert into the expression Description tab Provides a description of the selected operator Errors Displays errors in the current expression Types of Expressions Oracle Business Process Composer supports
366. ples C 13 Value Change and Dynamic Options evaluated and assigned to the variable x In this case the JSON object contains an options field of type array if search clicked eval x http get http lt webhost gt getCoffeeShopList coffeeShopList options x options Note Triggers do not work in repeating items Value Change and Dynamic Options This rule dynamically sets the options in a dropdown list based on the value selected in another form field This form contains three fields named Products Series and Model The series options are set dynamically based on the product selection Also when a new product is selected we enable the series dropdown and both clear and disable the model dropdown This form contains other rules which set the models based on the selected series Look for the Oracle Web Forms Gallery form named HP Support 2 under the dynamic forms keyword if product value Laserjet Printers series options Laserjet5 series Laserjet6 series series enabled true model options model enabled false Dynamic Control Initialization This rule handles the case of setting multiple control values based on the selection of a single dropdown control It handles this case better than using a long if else construct First add options to the dropdown named SalesRep in the format lt value gt lt label gt where lt value gt will be used as an index key into an array o
367. point in the process or in a section of the process For more information about using measurement marks and the Process Analytics database see Using Process Analytics in the Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio A measurement mark stores the following data into the Process Analytics databases e The value of the process default measures e The value of the measure business indicators associated with that measurement mark e The value of the dimensions defined in the process You can use one measurement mark to measure multiple business indicators When storing the value of a measure business indicator the BPMN service engine also stores the value of the dimensions you defined in your process Later when you build the dashboards to monitor your process you can use these dimensions to group the values into different categories For example you might want to view the total number of loan applications approved by region The types of measurement marks you can define are e Single measurement Tracking Business Data in Your Application 16 5 Measuring Process Performance Using Measurement Marks e Interval start e Interval stop How to Add a Measurement Mark to a Process You can add measurement marks to your business processes by dragging it from the component palette to the process editor canvas To add a single measurement mark to a process 1 Open the BPMN process 2 In the Co
368. ponents created for this project Located below the list of project components is the number for All Introduction to the Quickstart Menu Use the Quickstart menu to quickly access the following common functionality within Oracle Business Process Composer e Organization Opens the organization editor which allows you to create and browse the roles and business parameters defined for a project See Defining Project Roles_ Business Parameters_ and Organization Units for more information e Activity guide Launches the activity guide editor that enables you to manage milestones within your project Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Editors You can use editors to work with various elements of a BPM project including processes and components of the business catalog The following sections describe the different types of editors available in Oracle Business Process Composer Process Editor You can use the process editor to view and edit business processes You can access the process editor by opening a process from the Project Welcome page The editor window also contains a component palette The exact components available depend on the following e In new projects created in Oracle Business Process Composer the component palette displays BPMN flow objects and business catalog components that you have created You can create services and human tasks directly in Oracle Business Process Composer See Creating and
369. pplication gt S LoanProcess 5 Enter a unique name for your data object e Ifyou are creating a basic data object select any of the basic types from the drop down list e Ifyou are creating a complex data object select lt object gt from the drop down list then select the complex data type on which you want to base the complex data object For information about data object types supported by Oracle BPM see Introduction to Basic and Complex Data Objects 6 Click OK How to Edit or Delete a Data Object You can edit or delete process or project data objects To edit or delete a data object 1 Ensure you are editing the project Open the process where you want to delete a data object Click the data objects icon in the process editor toolbar Inthe list of data objects select the project or process data object you want to delete or edit then e To edit the data object click Edit then provide new name and change the data type as necessary e To delete the data object click Delete Click OK Working with Data Objects and Data Associations 13 5 Introduction to Data Associations What Happens When You Delete or Edit a Data Object After editing or deleting data objects validate your project to verify that there are no references to the changed or deleted data objects After editing a data object you must ensure that all references to it are still valid For example if you change a data obj
370. pply in the Options property You cannot remove the blank option but you can make one of the other options the default To specify an option string that includes the character precede the string with a For example to specify the label good gold specify a good gold for the option string Choices cannot be changed if they have been generated from an uploaded schema because the schema specifies the choices On controls generated from schema you can not see the Options property in the Properties area However you can change the option Labels Password Causes the text entered in the field to be blocked out as it is entered in a way suitable for entry of a password This property applies only to text controls and other input controls If you check the Password check box the text the user enters appears on the form as asterisks However it is submitted as normal text B 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Web Form Control Properties Property Description Pattern Enables you to define additional restrictions on the type of data a user inputs into a control Most controls automatically ensure that users provide the correct data type but patterns give you the flexibility to impose additional restrictions on what users enter in a particular control In the Pattern field in the Properties area type your pattern using XML schema regular expressions A simple example
371. process can establish with other processes or services The following list describes the different types of conversations e Define Interface Use to define the operations that other services and processes can invoke to interact with a BPMN process e Use Interface Use to configure your process to use an interface from a component in the Business Catalog e Process Call Use to invoke another BPMN process e Service Call Use to invoke a service defined in your BPM project Communicating with Other Processes and Services 18 5 Defining Conversations Working with Conversations The following sections describe how to define and configure conversations using Oracle Business Process Composer How to Define a Conversation 1 Open your process Click the Edit Conversation button in the process editor toolbar Click the Add Conversation button Provide a name for the conversation Select the type of conversation you want to define Click OK How to Set the Default Conversation Open your process Click the Edit Conversation button in the process editor toolbar Select a conversation from the list then click the Edit button Click the Default Conversation check box Click OK How to Define a Conversation for a BPMN Flow Object 5 Open your process Right click one of the following types of BPMN flow objects e Message events throw and catch e Send and receive tasks e Service t
372. processes are those that require user interaction Manual processes must begin with a none start event They must end with a none end event Reusable Process Reusable processes are processes that can be called by a BPMN Reusable Subprocess process In BPMN terminology reusable processes are often called reusable subprocesses See Using Subprocesses in Oracle BPM for more information about the different types of subprocesses supported by Oracle BPM Use the call activity to call reusable subprocesses within your business process See Introduction to the Call Activity for information about calling reusable processes Introduction to the Project Toolbar The process editor opens as a tab on the BPM Project Welcome page Therefore the project toolbar remains visible when the process editor is open in either the narrative or graphical view The functions displayed on the project toolbar are available for use while editing processes For more information about the project toolbar options see Introduction to the Project Toolbar Introduction to the Narrative View The narrative view provides a way of creating business processes by entering text rather than dragging graphical icons onto a palette This is useful for process designers who are not familiar with BPMN When you add an item to your process textually Oracle Business Process Composer automatically converts it to the correct underlying BPMN The auto layout feature in the grap
373. project Creating an Enterprise Map for an Existing BA Project Use the Enterprise Map link on the BA Project Welcome page to create an Enterprise Map for and existing project To create an Enterprise Map for an existing BA project 1 Open your BA project 2 From the BA Project Welcome page click the Enterprise Map link 3 Click New then enter a name and description for the Enterprise Map 4 Click Save To open an Enterprise Map click the name of the Enterprise Map in the Business Architecture Welcome page Creating an Enterprise Map for New BA Project Use the Enterprise Map dialog to create an Enterprise Map for a new project To create an Enterprise Map for a new BA project 1 Access the Application Welcome page 2 Click Enterprise Map from the BA Project panel as shown in Figure 4 6 4 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page 7 Figure 4 6 BA Project Enterprise Map Dialog BPEBAProject B38 Enterprise Map Model Name Space Acme iv New Project Description Create Enter a name for the Enterprise Map Select the Oracle Business Process Composer space where you want to create the enterprise map Enter a name for the new BA project Enter a description Descriptions are one or two sentence expansions of the title to help a user distinguish between projects of similar or same titles Click Create How
374. project s general information e Create and manage project components e Edit and publish BA projects e Access the Quickstart menu For more information about sharing projects saving projects discarding changes and other general functions see Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects The Oracle Business Process Composer BA Project Welcome page is divided into the following sections e Project toolbar e Project Information panel e Recent Activity panel e Project Component pane e Quickstart menu Introduction to the Project Toolbar The Oracle Business Process Composer BA project toolbar is located across the top of page and provides access to the Oracle Business Process Composer BA projects main menu as well as allowing you to save and publish your projects The toolbar provides access to the functions listed in Table 4 1 Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 5 Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page Table 4 1 Oracle Business Process Composer BA Project Welcome Page Toolbar Toolbar Element Description Click to access the BA Project Welcome Page s main menu From Main Menu here you can use the Main Menu to e Export a project e Publish report data e Generate BA project reports e Discard changes made to a project e Share a project e Close the current project Viewing Mode Click this icon to toggle to the edit mode Edit ee ee When you first open a sh
375. r Part IV Modeling and Testing Business Processes This part describes how to use Oracle Business Process Composer to model your business processes It includes a general overview of the application This part contains the following chapters e Creating and Working with Business Processes e Simulating Process Behavior e Using Process Player l Creating and Working with Business Processes This chapter provides information about creating and using business processes in Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM It provides a general introduction to business processes describes the process editor window and provides procedural information for creating and using processes For information about using Business Process Model and Notation BPMN 2 0 to design a business process see BPMN Flow Object Reference This chapter includes the following sections e Introduction to Business Processes e Introduction to the Project Toolbar e Introduction to the Narrative View e Working with the Narrative View e Introduction to the Process Editor Graphical View e Working with Business Processes e Using Swimlanes to Organize Your Process e Working with Flow Elements e Working with Business Catalog Components e Working with Draft Processes e Documenting Your Process e Importing and Exporting Process Models Introduction to Business Processes A business process is a sequence of tasks that result in a well defined ou
376. r 4 Enter the username and password and then the password for the SOA administrator then click Save What Happens When You Enable Process Player After enabling process player Oracle Business Process Composer users can use it to test the behavior of their business processes See Using Process Player to Test the Behavior of Business Processes for information Performing Administrative Tasks 2 7 Administering Business Architecture Reports Enabling process player makes it available to all Oracle Business Process Composer users Any user who has edit privileges on a BPM project can run process player How to Disable Process Player After you have enabled process player you can disable it when necessary To disable process player 1 Sign on to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges From the Application Welcome page select the Administrative View Select Player Click Clear Administering Business Architecture Reports Use the Administrative view information about each of the reports created within a Oracle Business Process Composer installation You can also use the Administrative View to delete reports How to View Reports You can use the Administrative View to view a list of reports To view reports 1 2 3 Sign on to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges Access the administrative View Select Reports Oracle Busin
377. r importing models into BPM Studio you can move the models to Business Process Composer by exporting your project and then importing it into Business Process Composer The mapping files define the target BPMN flow object for each Visio element These files are located in the following directory within the Fusion Middleware home directory soa plugins jdeveloper extensions oracle bpm converter Note Do not edit VisioMasterMap xml directly because this file may be overwritten during an upgrade You can override the mappings in this file by creating and editing a separate file called VisioUserMap xml To change the default mapping defined in VisioMasterMap xmlI 1 Locate the VisioUserMap_SAMPLE xml file and rename it to VisioUserMap xml 2 Edit the renamed file with your changes This file extends or overrides the master map Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 1 Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process Note The file must be named VisioUserMap xml and must be placed in the same directory as the VisioMasterMap xml file 3 After parsing VisioMasterMap xml Business Process Composer checks to see if VisioUserMap xml exists It then modifies its rules accordingly VisioUserMap xm1l must have the same root element as the default defined in VisioMasterMap xml file including the reference to the VisioMasterMap xsd VisioUserMap xml must have the same format as the master map which may be u
378. r opts2 for var i 0 i lt x resultSet length i if x resultSet i opts1 i x resultSet i description opts2 i x resultSet i productId Products options optsl PID options opts2 Products value optsl 0 default to 1st product option PID value opts2 0 Finding a Selected Options Index The 2nd rule Select Product ID keeps the hidden PID dropdown synchronized with the visible Product description dropdown Select Product ID Rule if Products value length gt 0 var i for x in Products options if Products value Products options x i Products options indexOf Products options x PID value PID options i In v4 rules using hidden dropdowns to keep descriptive option labels visible to the user while keeping cryptic database values hidden are often no longer necessary Dropdown options have values distinct from the human visible option labels The above can now be achieved with a single simpler rule for var i 0 i lt x resultSet length i if x resultSet i optsl i x resultSet i productId x resultSet i description Rdocnum options optsl Here is another rule that dynamically populates both the product choices and product ID dropdowns This rule calls a REST Service which returns an object rather than the result set returned by the database connector as shown above See the section on dynamic content for more details if S value length
379. r registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc AMD Opteron the AMD logo and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services except as set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle Contents fed fos LG eer am Re A RCE SNORT AUR PEIN PT ent ea UN RTE SOY EN EAE EOE EN ST TT xvii Intended Ayd CE a eae ands a ie E EE N ve EE SE EEEIEE i xvii Related DO N E a e E E ee R A ie DANESI OES IESS EEIN SKE xvii CONVEDEOTS AA AS A E EEE bes aid OOE EE ETETE O EERO xvii What s New in This Guide ee sesessssssesssssssssessesreesssrreesssrreerssrieeessttteessttiensssrtensssteenssstenssstreesssreersnrre xix New and Changed Features for 12c Release 1 12 1 3 cccecessesssesssssssesesesenssssesesessesseesesersneeseees xix Other Significant Changes in this Guide for 12c Release 1 12
380. r to help identify and correct conflicting or missing cases To help understand Decision Table concepts consider a set of IF THEN rules that determine if a loan application is approved or rejected The IF THEN rules follow if loanAmount lt 10 000 and creditRating poor then loanApprovalStatus manual_approval if loanAmount lt 10 000 and creditRating good then loanApprovalStatus auto_approved if loanAmount 100 000 500 000 and creditRating poor then loanApprovalStatus auto_rejected Figure 17 10 shows a Decision Table representation that includes these rules and shows areas for Decision Table conditions and actions Figure 17 10 Sample Decision Table with Conditions and Actions Credit Decision Table lick to view tests and variables ey Z Local Range Value Set V 4 Tools Switch Rows to Columns Ri R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 Y RuleInputType loanAmount Less than 10 000 Between 10 000 and 100 000 Less than 10 000 Between 10 000 and 100 000 Less than 10 000 Between 10 Between 100 000 and 500 000 RuleInputType creditRating POOR POOR GOOD GOOD EXCELLENT EXCELLENT assert new RuleOutputType Y v m v v v loanApprovalStatus String MANUAL_APPROVAL AUTO_REJECTED AUTO_APPROVED MANUAL_APPROVAL AUTO_APPROVED MANUAL_APPROVAL 17 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Decision Tables A ruleset contains a Decision Table this provides a way to
381. ration Defines the duration of a human task Working with Human Tasks 12 1 Introduction to Human Tasks e Presentation Defines the user interface participants who are used to interact with a BPMN process Presentations are defined by a form Oracle BPM supports two types of forms web forms and Oracle Application Development Framework ADF task forms For more information about creating and using web forms using Oracle Business Process Composer see Working with Web Forms For more information about creating ADF task forms using Oracle BPM Studio see Getting Started with Human Workflow in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Introduction to Participant and Routing Types Human tasks allow you to determine the order in which users perform different tasks within your application This order is defined by the routing of the human task Participants are the users or groups that are responsible for performing each task You can use the routing slip section of the human task editor to specify the routing flow and participant for a human task Participant Types Human tasks support the following patterns for common routing scenarios e Single approver This is the simple case where a participant maps to a user group or role See Introduction to Participant Assignment for more information For example a vacation request is assigned to a manager The manager must act on the request task th
382. rder of the rules You can control rule ordering in a Decision Table by changing the relative position of the values in an LOV value set associated with a condition row however you cannot reorder range values By default when you create a condition row Business Rules Editor creates a single condition cell and assigns the value to the cell A condition cell with the value indicates that the value of the cell is undefined in the value set Decision Table Actions Actions are associated with rules in a Decision Table At runtime when facts match for condition cells the Rules Engine prepares to run the actions associated with the rule Table 17 1 shows the types of actions you can choose in the Actions area Therefore in an action you can call a function assert a new fact retract a fact or modify a fact and so on In the Actions area the cells corresponding to an individual action for a rule are called action cells Table 17 1 Decision Table Actions Action Description assert new Assert a new fact assign call Call a function modify Modify a data value associated with a matched fact retract Retract a fact assert assert tree assign new Using Oracle Business Rules 17 13 Working with Decision Tables Action Description expression return throw x When you add multiple actions the actions that you add in the Actions area are ordered actions appearing in t
383. re added to the form from the palette it is important to ensure they have the correct type For example for a numeric calculation as described above the controls should be of type Numeric Show Hide a Billing Address The following example assumes you have a form with two controls and you have assigned them names B and S respectively B is a check box with a single option whose value is Yes If checked the user wishes to enter a different billing address in S and you want to display S The form rule would be written as if B 0 value Yes S visible true else S visible false This form rule will automatically run whenever the user checks or unchecked B and will show hide the billing address section S You can use any valid JavaScript expression to compute the visible property of S as long as it evaluates to a boolean true or false value In this example you would typically set the check box B to be initially unchecked and the section S to be initially hidden Show Hide Message In the following example the form has a radio control named Facility and makes a message visible depending on the selected options if Facility value Boston CompanyFacility value New York Msg visible true else Msg visible false Enable Disable a Question This example assumes you have a form with two controls and you have assigned them Names B and Q respectively B is a check box with a single optio
384. re information Date Time Date Time The Date control allows users to enter information as a date time or date plus time control To use Date Time and Date Time controls add a Date control to your form and use the Control Type property to choose from date time or date time The control is configured accordingly The Date Control Use the date control type to display the date input field with a calendar icon The default Date Format is Automatic When Automatic is selected both entry and display formatting of dates are locale specific You still have the option to specify a particular date format that is independent of the locale by using the format field but this is not recommended 10 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Web Form Controls If a user clicks the calendar to choose the date the date selected is displayed in the default mm dd yyyy format for example 09 01 2014 Users can manually enter dates in any format but they are then reformatted to mm dd yyyy Valid date formats use three different separators and three date formats dd mm yyyy mm dd yyyy and yyyy mm dd The following examples show how dates can be specified e mm dd yyyy 07 26 1966 e mm dd yyyy 07 26 1966 e mm dd yyyy 07 26 1966 e dd mm yyyy 26 07 1966 e dd mm yyyy 26 07 1966 e dd mm yyyy 26 07 1966 e yyyy mm dd 1966 07 26 e yyyy mm dd 1966 07 26 e yyyy mm dd 1966 07 26
385. red then click Save 8 Click Validate to ensure the changes you made to the business s made are valid Using Oracle Business Rules 17 31 Editing Oracle Business Rules at Run Time 9 Click Commit to commit the changes to Oracle BPM runtime 10 Click Yes 11 From the Project menu select Close Project 17 32 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 18 Communicating with Other Processes and Services This chapter describes how to design your business processes to communicate with other processes and services This chapter includes the following sections e Defining Process Input and Output e Using the Send and Receive Tasks to Communicate Between Processes e Using Message Throw and Catch Events to Communicate Between Processes e Defining Conversations e Working with Services Defining Process Input and Output When you add operations to a Business Process Model and Notation BPMN process you are defining points in the process that other processes or services can use to communicate with it The communication between processes and other processes or services generally requires an input and returns an output The flow events that you use to define the BPMN process operations allow you to define input and output arguments These input and output arguments define the process input and output How to Define the Input Arguments for a Process When you create a process that begins with a
386. ree days before the vacation starts If the manager formally approves or rejects the request the employee is notified with the decision If the manager does not act on the task the request is treated as rejected Notification actions that are similar to the formal rejection are taken e Parallel This participant indicates that a set of people must work in parallel This pattern is commonly used for voting For example multiple users in a hiring situation must vote to hire or reject an applicant You specify the voting percentage that is required for the outcome to take effect such as a majority vote or a unanimous vote e FYI This participant also maps to a single user group or role just as a single approver However this pattern indicates that the participant just receives a notification task and the business process does not wait for the participant s response FYI participants cannot directly impact the outcome of a task but in some cases can provide comments or add attachments For example a regional sales office is notified that a candidate for employment has been approved for hire by the regional manager and their candidacy is being passed onto the state wide manager for approval or rejection e Serial This participant indicates that a set of users must work in sequence While working in sequence can be specified in the routing policy by using multiple participants in sequence this pattern is useful when the set of peopl
387. refore you may find some differences as formerly invisible elements are visible in the converted BPMN process like the activity elements shown here lt xpdl Activity Name ProcessGroup Id ProcessGroup gt lt xpdl NodeGraphicsInfos gt lt xpdl NodeGraphicsInfo ToolId XYZ2 LaneId PMCoE IsVisible false gt lt xpdl Coordinates XCoordinate 7740 0 YCoordinate 80 0 gt lt xpdl NodeGraphicsInfo gt lt xpdl NodeGraphicsInfos gt w lt xpdl Activity gt In this example the activity s visibility is set to false but when this model is imported into Oracle BPM you can see this activity To eliminate invisible elements include a style sheet template to remove them lt xsl template match xpdl Activity gt lt xsl variable name isVisible gt lt xsl choose gt lt xsl when test xpdl NodeGraphicsInfos xpdl NodeGraphicsInfo IsVisible false gt lt xsl text gt false lt xsl text gt lt xsl when gt lt xsl otherwise gt lt xsl text gt true lt xsl text gt lt xsl otherwise gt lt xsl choose gt lt xsl variable gt lt xsl if test SisVisible true gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl copy of select gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl if gt lt xsl template gt Handling Proprietary Namespaces Some XPDL tools use a proprietary namespace in addition to the standard XPDL namespace This is often to support special features and attributes of their tool but sometimes information is st
388. rements of a process Multiple requirements can be added to a process and they can be sorted by the various components such as date status and so on Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report Process Note A process note is the equivalent of a sticky note impermanent and to be used more as a reminder They are deleted as soon as the information is used Note Location In the graphical view a note can be dragged from the palette to the process as shown in Figure 6 11 Figure 6 11 Process Note Need More Details This process needs to x gt 5 Review Review Loan Outcome CreditCheck Credit Check Application Request Response When Used Notes are useful when collaborating with others while creating or editing a process They are highly visible and can be easily added and deleted Where Used Notes do not appear in the narrative view or in process reports Understanding Activity Level Documentation Documentation available at the activity level includes descriptions links comments and notes The following activity level documentation is available e Activity description e Activity links e Activity documentation e Activity comments e Activity notes e General 6 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Understanding Activity Level Documentation e Issues e RACI responsible accountable consulted informed Activity Descriptio
389. report on one of the following e Goal What are my goals e Objective How are goals and objectives fulfilled by strategies e Strategy How are goals objectives strategies and value chains linked Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 15 Working with Business Architecture Reports e Value Chain How are goals objectives strategies value chains and processes linked 3 Business Architecture reports are displayed in a report browser Interpreting the Impact Analysis and Process Criticality Reports Impact Analysis Report The Impact Analysis report is based on Strategy Model that shows different properties and hierarchy of BA components as shown in Figure 4 10 Figure 4 10 Sample Impact Analysis Report The Impact Analysis report uses published data stored in the Oracle BPM repository Process Criticality Report The Process Criticality report is based on the Value Chain Models within a project Oracle Business Process Composer displays a row for each Value Chain Model as shown in Figure 4 11 Figure 4 11 Sample Process Criticality Report Green Campus Programs Marketing Processes Curriculum Development and Course Revision 4 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Business Architecture Reports Business Architecture leverages Oracle Business Activity Monitoring Oracle BAM for KPI evaluation which
390. rise Maps ccccscescsesescecescsescensesesescsenssescesesesessenanenesesesnensiesescseeseseseananey 4 8 Working with Value Chain Models cccccccsccsesescesesesescsnsneesesceseeseecenenesesesnsnensssseseeessseeeenes 4 10 Working with Strategy Models siirinsesi mesia eritin ieai aeiee eite aeaa Siaa 4 11 Working with Key Performance Indicators KPIS cscsscsesesceceseseseenenesesesnsneeseeceeeeseeeeeenes 4 12 Working with Business Architecture Reports ccccccccscscsceescsesnsnsseseseeesesescesesescsesnanenesesesneneneseees 4 14 How to Publish Report Dataset svc sacczscctitessene ches coli e A a a sonable daecsaedssedbagh AER 4 14 How to Generate BA Reports sorer n os dee e e N a E E E EE 4 15 Creating and Working with BPM Projects Introduction to Oracle BPM Projects cccccceeseesssesssssssesesssssssseesssessssssesesssssseesessssseseeseseseseeeesees 5 1 Introduction to Project Components and ReSOULCES ccccssssesseeesesesssseesesesssssseesessnseeesees 5 1 Introduction to the Oracle BPM Repository ccccccccssseseesesesesssseeseseesssssesesssssssssesesesesesesees 5 4 Introduction to the Project Welcome Page ccecccseesesssesssssssesesssssssseesessnssssseesesssssseesesesesseeeees 5 5 Introduction to the Project Toolbar ccceescsssssssesessssssssseseseesssseesesesssssssesessssssssessssessseeeees 5 5 Introduction to the Project Information Panel cccccesseeesssssseseesesesssssssesessssss
391. rison as shown below Check box controls from schema do not have space replaced with _ var found false for var i 0 i lt Structures value length i if Structures i value Detached_Garage Structures i value House found true break if found true Details visible true C 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Check Box Initialization else Details visible false Details value null Note that when we hide Details we also clear its value This is because the user may have selected one of the Structures check boxes that made Details visible AND entered a value into Details And then they may have changed their minds and deselect the option that caused Details to become visible If you don t want the value entered into Details to be in your form submission clear the value when hiding it Check Box Initialization Since check box options are multi select in order to select multiple options using a rule you must use this syntax In this example CB is the name of a check box controls with the following options red green blue This rule selects all of the options CB value red green blue To clear all checked option in the control named CB CB value Displaying Selected Check Box Labels In this example the rule displays the labels of the check boxes the user selects var selectedcolors for var i
392. rk c Click OK 4 In the list of business indicators select the check box next to the indicators you want to use for this flow object 5 Click Apply Changes How to Delete a Counter Mark You can delete the counter marks you have defined for a project by just right clicking on the activity and choosing Delete Counter Mark or by using the following instructions To delete a counter mark 1 Right click on the activity or task where you want to edit a counter mark 16 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Measuring Process Performance Using Measurement Marks 2 Select Data Associations 3 In the list of Data Objects expand the name of the project This contains a list of all the project data object as shown in Figure 16 3 Figure 16 3 Process Activity Data Association Data Objects Data Objects X y a LoanProcess Data Objects ST loanDO Types Forms LoanF abe reviewOutcome string fate creditRating string routing string fate undervriterReview string gt Predefined Variables v LoanApplication Y Data Objects counter0_PDO int 4 Select the counter mark you want to delete 5 Click the delete icon 6 Click OK to confirm the deletion 7 Click Apply Measuring Process Performance Using Measurement Marks You can measure process performance using measurement marks Measurement marks allow you to measure a business indicator of type measure at a certain
393. rname String p request getParameter password if authenticate u p null response addHeader X JSON auth false else response addHeader X JSON auth true catch Exception e throw new ServletException e This servlet can be used in a form rule as follows if signForm clicked eval x http get http lt webhost gt MYservices signForm username u value amp password p value if x auth m value lt center gt Authenticationn Succeeded lt center gt else m value lt center gt Invalid username or password lt center gt It is important to note that the http get is accessing your http service through a URL Certain characters must be encoded in order to correctly pass through an HTTP URL You may not always be able to control the values your users enters into your form fields If the value may contain one of these characters that value must be encoded For example this http get contains a password parameter Since user passwords may contain characters such as you should encode the value The built in javascript method encodeURIComponent makes this easy eval x http get http lt webhost gt MYservices signForm username u value amp password encodeURIComponent p value You may also have to decode the URL parameter in your HTTP service For example import java net URLDecoder String p request getParameter p
394. rocess areas that reflect key business functions or services The Enterprise Map is the entry point for process decomposition Generally there is only one Enterprise Map for the entire organization This level defines the top level business Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 1 Introduction to Business Architecture functions or process areas of the enterprise such as Marketing Sales Human Resources and so on Each top level business further navigates down to a Value Chain Model into the next level as shown in Figure 4 1 Figure 4 1 Business Architecture Project Enterprise Map Acme gt BE Business Arc Editing a Support cD Enterprise Maps contain the following elements e Lanes Provide a method for grouping process areas together within an Enterprise Map Each Enterprise Map is created with three default lanes These correspond to common divisions of process areas within an organization The default lanes are Core Core process areas are the areas that are essential to an organization For example a company that produces x may have purchasing manufacturing and sales Management Management process areas are areas related to the management of an organization Support Support process areas are areas that assist or enhance the core and management process areas in an organization When creating models of the process areas in your own organization you can ch
395. rocesses may have to charge a credit card so you can create a charge credit card reusable subprocess Reusable processes have the following characteristics e Must start with one none start event e Can contain multiple end events e Can only be called by other BPMN processes Introduction to Embedded Subprocesses Inline Subprocesses Embedded subprocesses allow you to group BPMN flow objects together to make your process more readable In Oracle BPM subprocesses are embedded subprocesses Subprocesses are contained as part of the parent subprocess Embedded subprocesses must begin with a start none event and must end with a none end event BPMN Flow Object Reference A 27 Using Subprocesses in Oracle BPM Embedded subprocesses can be expanded or collapsed Figure A 46 shows how a collapsed subprocess appears within a process Figure A 46 Example of a Collapsed Embedded Subprocess pP a Task 1 Subprocess Figure A 47 shows how an expanded embedded subprocess appears within a process When an embedded subprocess is expanded you can edit the flow objects within it You can also click and drag the edge of the embedded subprocess window to make the window larger or smaller Figure A 47 Example of an Expanded Embedded Subprocess Task atl Task within Process SED oo Similar to other types of processes embedded subprocesses can have start and end events and contain a separate process flow An embedded subprocess must b
396. rocesses with Oracle Business Process Composer Web Form Control Properties Property Description Name Defines the name of the currently selected control This name is automatically generated and defaults to the control s label less any spaces and special characters Spaces and special characters are removed in order to make the name valid for use in rules For XML users this makes the name valid as an XSD schema element name Control names are truncated to 32 characters for all the controls except triggers and panels If you have two controls at the same level with identical labels the control s names are automatically made unique If you try to edit the name such that it is no longer unique Oracle Web Forms prevents the edit In order to use a control in a rule the name must be unique in your form When a control is dropped inside a section control it is at a different nesting level than a control dropped outside a section For example two controls one inside a section called Car and another in a section called Boat are also at different nesting levels In both cases the form designer allows you to name the controls identically Both Car and Boat can contain a control named VIN The Name property is used in several different contexts in Oracle BPM It e determines how you reference the control within form rules e is used when initializing form fields through the Web_Forms_data URL parameter for controls added from
397. roject is in edit mode Go to the toolbar and click Value Sets This displays a table listing the value sets in the selected business rule as shown in Figure 17 17 Figure 17 17 Business Rules Editor Value Sets amp Rulesets E Globals g Business Phrases Tests Q Explorer f Facts 4 Decision Functions oP Links g Translations Value Sets Name LoanAmountRange B PEETI i lt gt LoanAmountRange int Description a CreditRange String Data Type int y Include Disallowed Values in Tests o Range Values Range End Point Included Endpoint Allowed in Actions Alias Description gt 500000 500000 m wd Greater Than 500 Thou amp 200000 500000 200000 wi wi Between 200 to 500 Th y 100000 200000 100000 v wi Between 100 to 200 Th Can lt 100000 Infinity v 7 Less Than 100 Thousan y 4 Click the Add Value Set drop down list then select the type of value set you want to create e Value Set e Range Value Set Select the value set from the list then edit the value set as required Depending on the type of the value set this displays a corresponding Edit value set page Figure 17 17 shows an example of a range value set 17 20 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer ee EP e Working with Global Variables How to Edit an Existing Value Set In the Business Rules Editor selecting Value Sets shows you a table listing the value sets in the dictionary To e
398. rom the drop down list 4 Click the icon for the administration functionality you want to access Managing Business Process Composer Spaces Spaces enable you to define which Oracle Business Process Composer users have permission to view and edit Business Architecture BA and Business Process Management BPM projects Figure 2 2 Figure 2 2 Administrative View Spaces Administration ge Be gt E f ie 4 p E Vf Spaces Projects Player Reports gt Spaces Administration View a Detach Space Status Actions 1 Acme s D D im UO Use the spaces administration feature to perform the following e View the status of a BPM space e Share a BPM space e Delete a BPM space Configuring Access to a BPM Space Using the Spaces Administration dialog you can define which users or groups of users can view or edit a BPM space To add users to a BPM space 1 Ensure that you have created at least one BPM space from the application welcome page Performing Administrative Tasks 2 3 Managing Business Process Composer Spaces Sign in to Oracle Business Process Composer as a user with administrator privileges Access the Administrative view Click Spaces Click the Share icon in the Actions column for the space where you want to add users Click Choose then select Users or Groups from the drop down menu Enter the name of the user or group you want to search for then click Search To see
399. rs KPIs Support for generating process criticality reports which are based on the Value Chain Models within a BA project See Working with Business Architecture Reports Support for strategy maps which help to define the corporate objectives and goals of an organization and create a strategy for achieving them See Introduction to Strategy Models Support for a narrative view of business processes which provides a way of creating business processes by entering text rather than dragging graphical icons onto a palette See Introduction to the Narrative View Support for documenting the properties of business processes through a new Business properties tab located in the lower pane of the process editor page See Understanding Process Level Documentation Support for generating many different reports that lists each process in your project and shows detailed information about each process See Generating Process Reports for Your Project xix Other Significant Changes in this Guide for 12c Release 1 12 1 3 XX For Oracle Business Process Composer 12c Release 1 12 1 3 this guide has been updated in the following ways e Oracle Business Process Composer processes documentation from the project level process level and activity level A new chapter describes each feature in detail See Documenting BPM Projects e Oracle Business Process Composer 12c Release 1 12 1 3 does not support project templates so in this version of
400. s e Introduction to Simulations e Creating and Running a Simulation e Working with Simulation Definitions e Working with Simulation Models e Running Simulations e Analyzing the Results of a Simulation Introduction to Simulations Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM provides functionality for simulating the behavior and performance of Business Process Model and Notation BPMN processes Using Oracle Business Process Composer process designers can run simulations during the design phase After creating and configuring a simulation you run it in Oracle Business Process Composer to determine the efficiency of the process using the resources allocations you have defined Using simulations you can e Define multiple simulation models for a given process so that different conditions can be analyzed e Run multi process simulations to learn how working in different business processes can affect shared resources such as human participants Note In Oracle Business Process Composer you can only run simulations based on test data you define using Oracle Business Process Composer You can run simulations on real world data using Oracle BPM Studio Simulation Models and Simulation Definitions Before running a simulation you must define the simulated behavior of the project and the processes you want to include in the simulation To define a simulation you must create and configure the following in your BPM Project Simu
401. s However the XSD values for the control in the schema do not change In other words you can change what a user sees in the form but not the underlying values You cannot use the value label syntax you use for palette controls to change the element values This property applies only to controls generated from schema elements If you drag a control in from the palette it has an Options property if the control was generated from a schema element it has a Labels property Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference B 5 Web Form Control Properties Property Description Max Length Limits how many characters expressed as a positive integer users can supply in the control Text area controls do not support this property due to an HTML limitation However it is very easy to add this functionality to the TextareaMaxLength text area control using a business rule This property is available for text controls and other input controls Message Enables you to include a message in your form In addition to regular text you may include in this property field arbitrary XHTML markup that is formatted and displayed by the browser This property applies only to message controls and is where you enter the static text that appears on your form Message Type You can choose a message type to display different pre defined background colors decorators or a border from the Message Type dropdown on the Setting tab
402. s allow users to select from a list of several options Oracle BPM supports the following selection controls e Dropdown e Radio e check box e True False Working with Web Forms 10 11 Introduction to Web Form Controls Note The web form control palette does not include a combo box control which is a drop down list in which a user can type a new value or option Combo boxes are not part of standard XHTML However it is possible to use a combination of drop downs radio buttons or check boxes with an other option in combination with form rules If a user selects other the rule then displays a text control such as details or new entry that the user can enter Dropdown The dropdown control adds a drop down list to a form By default the first choice in the drop down list is blank You must define the other choices by editing the control s Options properties Radio The radio control adds mutually exclusive radio buttons You must define the number of radio buttons and the specific choices by editing the control Options properties After selecting a radio option as the default to change it you must remove that option from the control and tab out of the options property so that it is removed from the control You can then add the option back to the control s option list Check Box The check box control adds a set of check boxes allowing the user to select one or more options Like other selection controls you
403. s are not converted and are omitted from the final BPMN process For example if the original file contains loop characteristics on a regular activity which is not supported in Oracle BPM the BPMN process does not contain the loop characteristics after conversion To import a process model 1 From the main menu select Import then Import Model to open the BPM Process Model Converter wizard The wizards welcome page is displayed Click Next 2 On your local file system highlight the format type of your file and then browse to the file you want to import Click Next 3 If you are importing a Visio or XPDL file select one of the following e Create a separate model from each pool e Merge pools into a single model This dialog appears even if the original file does not contain multiple pools 4 Click Finish You can view the newly created BPMN processes from the Project Welcome Page Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 19 Importing and Exporting Process Models 7 20 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer 8 Simulating Process Behavior This chapter provides information about using Oracle Business Process Composer to run simulations to improve the performance of your business processes It describes how to create simulation models and simulation definitions It also describes how to run a simulation and analyze the results This chapter includes the following section
404. s automatically named ExpenseRepeat if ExpenseRepeat itemRemoved C 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Textarea Max Length Textarea Max Length This example form has a textarea control named Desc where the user can enter up to a 500 character description In HTML there is no way to set a maxLength on a textarea control Due to this limitation the textarea control does not have a maxlength property like the text control does It is possible to do this using a form rule On this control we also set the ErrorMsg property to the string You must limit your description to 500 characters This message is automatically displayed when the description control is set to invalid by the following business rule if Desc value length gt 500 Desc valid false else Desc valid true You can customize the error message by adding the following line to your rule Desc status Invalid Max 20 chars allowed and you have Desc value length The error message will tell the user how many characters they are over the maximum allowed Textarea Newline and Break Users typically enter multi line text into textarea controls If you want to display that text in an HTML context for example on a web page or in an html formatted email or in your form s form action display message you must replace newline characters with HTML breaks This is due to the fact that line breaks entered into
405. s for a process Different models can be included in different simulation definitions to determine performance based on different parameter settings Note You cannot directly create the first simulation model for a process The first simulation model for a process must be created using the simulation definition wizard After creating the initial simulation model you can create additional models using the following procedures See How to Create a Simulation Definition for information about creating a simulation model when creating a simulation definition To create a new simulation model for a process 4 5 Click Simulate from the toolbar of the Project Welcome Page Select a simulation definition that contains the process where you want to create a new simulation definition Click the edit icon next to the simulation model The process opens in the simulation canvas This canvas is similar to the process editor canvas You can toggle back and forth between the process designer and simulation canvases using the drop down list in the process editor toolbar In the process editor toolbar click the Add icon Enter a name then click Create The new simulation model is created You can use this model when creating a new situation definition or editing an existing one See How to Associate a Simulation Model to a Simulation Definition for more information How to Edit a Simulation Model To edit a simulation model 1
406. s rule is useful in a workflow where you want to make a the tab named Review visible only for the workflow activity named Manager Review if form load if _data getParameter flow activity name Manager Review Review visible true Rules can be used to finalize field values after the users clicks the form s submit button but before the Form and Doc Action execution Rules using form unload are triggered C 22 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Unique ID when the form user clicks the submit button and for workflows when the user clicks continue to go to the next activity or finish to complete the flow One common example use is for an order form order number You may only want to assign a unique sequential order number to each order submission You could initialize the form s order number when the form loads using form load However if someone starts filling in the order form but never submit it you do not want to consume the next order number in sequence if it will never be used Using form unload you can assign the number after the submit button click but before the form data is submitted Here OrderNum is the name of a invisible control if form unload eval x http get http lt webhost gt json getNextOrdernum OrderNum value x num Unique ID Forms such as invoices bills of lading and so on often must be stamped with a unique ID The Sequential Number
407. s shown in Figure 12 8 Figure 12 8 Human Task Data Add Element Dialog Add element or type Primitives te string A 993 int 393 long 39E decimal E float 9E double boolean gt duration Time G date Gh time G dateTime Components B BusinessData RuleInput The task data appears in Task Data table 6 Enter a name for the new task data in the table and select whether the new task data is editable or not Assigning a Human Task to a User Task After creating a human task it becomes part of the business catalog of a BPM project To incorporate a human task within a BPMN process you must assign it to a user task within the process To assign a human task to a user task 1 If you are editing a shared project ensure that you are in edit mode 2 Open your business process 3 Add a user task to the process 4 Right click on the user task then select Implement 5 Click the Browse icon next to the Human Task text box The human task browser appears 12 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Assigning a Human Task to a User Task 6 Click the name of the human task you want to select After clicking the name the human task appears in the human task text box 7 Click Apply Changes in the Implementation editor Working with Human Tasks 12 15 Assigning a Human Task to a User Task 12 16 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Comp
408. s you are designing a web form you can test its appearance and the behavior of form rule See How to Test a Web Form for more information 7 Save your web form To save a web form you must save the entire project See Managing Project Changes for more information Working with Web Forms After creating a new web form you can use the web form editor to add web form controls edit form control properties and test the web form The following sections describe how to add various types of controls to the form How to Add Controls to a Web Form You can add controls to a web form by dragging and dropping from the web form control palette to the web form canvas You can drag drop above below to the left and right of most controls If you are not dragging your control over a group control your control will be placed at the top of your form As you drag a control the position cursor changes to indicate its status Table 10 3 Web Form Position Cursor Icons Position Cursor Description Icons Do Not Drop The control you are dragging can t be dropped over the area Drop Your cursor is over an area on the canvas where dropping a control is allowed Drop ov ertt Your control will be placed above the control over which you are hovering You ll see this icon when you drag the control over the top half of an area into which the control can be dropped Drop un dert Your control will be placed below the control over which y
409. saved in the vdx format Conditional Mapping The master map files also support conditional mapping This is useful when two different Visio stencils use the same master names but use different Visio properties to store BPMN attribute values For example the following entry uses a condition to detect whether an Intermediate Event shape from the TrisoTech BPMN stencil is a Throwing or Catching event lt Master Name Intermediate Event Extends Triso Object gt lt BPMNOb ject gt IntermediateCatchEvent lt BPMNOb ject gt lt Conditions gt lt Condition Name Direction Value Prop direction SrcType visio Equals Catching gt lt Conditions gt lt Attributes gt lt Attribute Name Trigger Value Prop IntermediateEvent_trigger SrcType visio gt lt Attributes gt lt Master gt Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 3 Preparing a Visio File to Import as a BPMN Process A special condition attribute of NotNull not case sensitive can be used to test if a specific Visio property exists The following master map entry is matched if the master name is Start Event and it contains a property named Prop StartEvent_Trigger lt Master Name Start Event gt lt BPMNOb ject gt Event lt BPMNOb ject gt lt Conditions gt lt this condition confirms that this is from Trisotech stencil gt lt Condition Name Is Triso shape Value Prop StartEvent_Trigger SrcType visio Equals NotNull gt lt
410. sed as a reference Entries added to the user map must either add new mappings or overwrite existing entries in the main map For example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Masters xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http www oracle com oracle tutor visio masterMapElements VisioMasterMap xsd xmlns http www oracle com oracle tutor visio masterMapElements gt lt custom lt Master gt elements go here gt lt Masters gt Note VisioUserMap xml should contain only the extended or overridden entries and should not contain all the original entries Working of Visio Shape Mapping Microsoft Visio is a diagramming tool that allows users to draw any kind of diagram However only process models can be imported into Business Process Composer Since Visio includes several different process modeling templates and stencils and there are many more available from third parties the converter attempts to map each Visio shape object rectangles lines polygons and so on to an appropriate BPMN symbol It does this by using the VisioMasterMap xml and VisioUserMap xml files Each shape added to a Visio drawing page from a stencil is tagged with the name of the master object from which it was created For example if a Visio user drags several rectangle shapes named Task from a stencil onto the page and then renames them each shape still has the master name Task associated with
411. sed on standard technologies including XHTML CSS and Javascript Web forms are created by process analysts using Oracle Business Process Working with Web Forms 10 1 Introduction to Forms in Oracle BPM Composer They are included within a BPM project This chapter describes how to create and use web forms e Oracle Application Development Framework ADF task forms ADF components that define the user interface for a human task ADF task forms are generally designed by process developers They are created in Oracle JDeveloper and can be added to a BPM project using Oracle BPM Studio See Getting Started with Human Workflow in the Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio for more information Introduction to Web Forms Web forms define the user interface that allow end users to interact with your business processes Oracle Business Process Composer provides an editor for creating web forms This enables process analysts to design the way users interact with a business process and also define the underlying data structure required by the application Web forms are based on standards including XHTML CSS and Javascript which ensures compatibility across multiple platforms and browsers At its core a web form is an XHTML file However the form designer allows you to create and design a web form without interacting directly with the XHTML code After creating a new form use the web form designer
412. seeesesessssesees 5 6 Introduction to the Recent Activity Panel cccccccsccsseesesesteteeseseenesseeececesesssnsnensnesesesneenesees 5 7 Introduction to the Project Component Pannel cccccccescseesesteteseseeneteseeeecesesssesnensneseseeneneneseees 5 7 Introduction to the Quickstart Menu cccccesscessesscessesseesceeeececeseecseeseecsecesecseceseeascesseseseeseeeseesees 5 8 Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Editors ccccessessssssessesesesssssseesees 5 8 Introduction to the Supporting Browsers and Editors 0 ccceeeeseeesssseseesesesssessseseseeseeesees 5 9 Creating and Working With Projects cccccceeseeesessssssssesesesssssseesesesssssssesessesssseesssesssssseeseseseseseeesees 5 9 How to Creat a New Project sx i scscce 4 uccevesest isan en E sites svecenel de ceucoguevesteng esbelevees aacdesteelte 5 10 How to Validated Projects iaie aanne pianoro rA EAE ARSE AE REES 5 10 How to View the History of Changes Made to a Project ss ssessssssssissestsrisssissesientessisseseesee 5 10 How to View and Edit Project Properties ccccccesesssnseseseeseneteseeceesesssesnseneseseeeeeseseeeenes 5 11 Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones cccccseseseeeessssessssesesesesseesens 5 11 Introduction to Guided Business Processes cccsssscessesssessesecesesescesceseecseeeeecseeseecsecaecseeasenees 5 11 How to Configure the Activity Guide cccccccceccceesssess
413. ses marked draft the rule is also marked draft The verbal rule description panel indicates that the verbal rules is in draft mode When all business phrases referenced by the verbal rule are no longer marked draft the verbal rule is taken out of draft mode Draft business phrases and verbal rules are not validated and are not included in the dictionary for execution This allows you to continue to use or test a dictionary as you refine your business phrases and verbal rules As you write a verbal rule you can compose business phrases that do not yet exist in the dictionary These are automatically added to the list of business phrases and marked draft and the verbal rule is marked draft as well 17 24 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Decision Functions Choosing or Adding Business Phrases in Verbal Rules Verbal rules use business phrases to specify the IF and THEN tests and actions When defining a test or action in a verbal rule you enter text which triggers a drop down list of choices From the list you can select existing business phrases from the dictionary automatically generated business phrases or you can instantiate your a new business phrase based on what you typed provide its implementation details later in the Business Phrases tab Instantiating New Business Phrases While Authoring a Verbal Rule You can instantiate new business phrases while authoring a new verbal rule s
414. sesneeneseeeeees 11 10 Debugging Form Rules cccccccsccesssssseeseseesesescecesescsssnensneseseseesssesescecesesssnansnsneseseeeeeneseecenes 11 11 Working with Form Rules nran e e en E ARE ERa A e R Aa 11 12 How to Create a Form Rule rin ene e a e A Aaa a a a e S Aaaa 11 12 Howto Test a Forni Rule scsi tievectens ire ea EE ATRE Ra EE O O R Aaaa 11 12 12 Working with Human Tasks Tntr du ton to Human LaSks siasa es eie are e ikes eea Se eeo eei aiea Saaai 12 1 Introduction to Participant and Routing Types se ssesestssssesstsrtsestesttesstertesssetessneesttnnesses te 12 2 Introduction to Participant Assignment se ssesessssssrttssstesttstsesstsrtetsttnteesstenttntenttssneentesntessten tt 12 4 Introdiiction to Durations merimeana ea n raaa a a aa aa 12 5 Introduction to the Human Task Editor ss sssssessesseesesesressestessissessetensessesnentensessisnstensissesnenteesesnesnes 12 5 Working with Human Tasks men ereere rA ee E aen EE EEn ie AAE ERR reaa EERE AS TAERE E RAA AOR 12 6 Walkthrough Creating and Configuring a Human Task ss ss ssssssssssssssissrtssssertessseestssssessessee 12 6 How to Create New Human Taskessonnansnnsaniemisnnrianni neia naniii 12 6 How to Open a Human Task cccccccsescssesessscssesescecesesescscsnsneseseseeceseseseecesesesesesnsnensseeceeeneseseananes 12 7 How to Configure Basic Task Properties cccccccsscscsesssneteseseeceseseseecesesesesnsnsneseseeceneseseseananes 12 7 How to C
415. shot from the Project Welcome Page 3 7 4 Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture Introduction to Business Architecture cccccsecesesssssssesesesesssssesssesssssssesesesesssssesesessesssesssesesssssesesees 4 1 Introduction to Enterprise Maps c cccccescseesesesceseseseecesesssesnsnsneseseecesesescecenssesssnsnsnenssesesneneseseees 4 1 5 Introduction to Value Chain Models cccccccccsccssssscesccssessssesessecesecssesssscsecsecesesseeessceessesesessess 4 3 Introduction to Strategy Models cccccsesessesesescesssescecesesesssnensneseseseeseseseececesesssnanansneseseeneneneeees 4 3 Using KPIs to Analyze Performance cccscseccsescssssescsceesescsnansneseseseeseseseececesessseansnsnesesesnenenessees 4 4 Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page c eccsescsessseseensnsesesesneesesceeeeesescsnenensnesesneeneneeeees 4 5 Introduction to the Project Toolbars sinoniem ia a eaaet ea eai 4 5 Introduction to the Project Information Panel s ssssssesssssisstesssestssssesttssteestenttesntentestensesnteestes 4 6 Introduction to the Recent Activity Panel cccccccccscscesesesssnsneseseeceneescecenesesssnsneessseseeneneseeeees 4 7 Introduction to the Project Component Pane ccccccccescesesnsneeseecenetesceceesessseansessseseeneeneseees 4 7 Introduction to the Quickstart Menu ccccesscessesscesseseseeseeeececeseecseeseecsecssecseceseesecseeseseeeeeeseeeees 4 7 Working with Enterp
416. siness Process Composer Users who are assigned administration privileges can perform administrative tasks including managing Oracle Business Process Composer spaces managing projects and enabling the process player feature Note The procedures described in this chapter can only be performed by users who have been granted the Project Administrator security role For more information see How to Grant Administrator Privileges to a Business Process Composer User This chapter includes the following sections e Accessing the Oracle Business Process Composer Administrator View e Managing Business Process Composer Spaces e Managing Projects e Defining SOA Administrator Credentials to Enable Process Player e Administering Business Architecture Reports Accessing the Oracle Business Process Composer Administrator View Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to assign administrator privileges to a user When a user has administrator privileges they have access to the Administration view accessible from the Oracle Business Process Composer application welcome page as shown in Figure 2 1 Performing Administrative Tasks 2 1 Accessing the Oracle Business Process Composer Administrator View Figure 2 1 Oracle Business Process Composer Administrative View 593 Administrator view amp Modeler view Projects Administration x Spaces Administration gt he Spaces Projects P Q n vf j P VA J Player Reports
417. siness Process Composer csccccessesesesssteteseseeteeseeeees 9 3 vii Using Process Player to Test the Behavior of Business Processes c ccceseseesessssssessesssesessssesens 9 3 How to Map the Roles Defined in Your Process to Users in Your Organization 04 9 3 How to Use Process Player to Run a Business Process ccccccsessesssesssssssesesssssssssesesesssssseeees 9 4 Part V Defining How Users Interact with Your Business Processes 10 Working with Web Forms Introduction to Forms in Oracle BPM cccccceescessssssseeeesesssssssesesesssssssesesesessssesesesssesseeseseseseeesees 10 1 Introduction tO Web FOP s 2 0c0issedeseciscvesevecdselatevestisvate a A R E N 10 2 Form First and Data First Desig Niesen iiite orere ieai aE E N i EE 10 2 Introduction to the Web Forms Designer ccscsesesssesescssesesescenenesesesesnesesesesceceseseseananssesesnsensneseees 10 3 Introduction to the Web Forms Component Palette s snnsssssssssrtsestsrtttssterttsrserttssntestesntessesn te 10 4 Introduction to the Web Form Editor Toolbar ccccccscsssssssesssssesssssesesesssssssesesesssssesesees 10 4 Introduction to the Property Editor eresia eo eE EEEE A aak 10 5 Introduction to the Data Source Panel ccccceeeeesesesssssesesesesssssesesessssssesesessssssesssesseesesees 10 5 Introduction to the Form Canvas cccccccsescsesesssssesesssesssssesesesssssssesssssssssssesssssssssssesesesssssseesees 10 6 Introduct
418. siness Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Form Rules Control Name Form rules often must reference form controls You must assign a control a name using the control s name property Names are case sensitive If your control is named FirstName then you must write the form rule as FirstName value firstname value does not work When using a control in a form rule you must ensure that the control has a unique name If multiple controls have the same name the run time environment cannot determine which control the form rule refers Form controls added to a form from the palette are usually guaranteed to have a unique name The web form editor does not allow you to change the name of a control to one that already exists in your form However there are several contexts where you can have multiple controls with the same name e Controls added from XSD data sources e Controls added from the custom palette e Controls nested in sections If there are two controls with the same label and at the same level the control name is automatically made unique If you try to edit the name such that it is no longer unique the web forms designer prevents you from making the change When a control is dropped inside a section control it is at a different nesting level then a control dropped outside a section Two controls one inside a section and another outside the section are also at different nesting levels The web f
419. siness Rules Editor to add edit and delete rules in a ruleset You author general rules verbal rules and business phrases in Business Process Composer in the same fashion as in Oracle Business Process Management Studio There are some differences in the way you interact with the GUI such as the use of the keyboard when creating business phrases For a complete description of the concepts behind the configuration of general rules and verbal rules see Working with Rules in Designing Business Rules with Oracle Business Process Management Adding a Rule to a Ruleset To add a rule to a ruleset 1 Open the business rule dictionary containing the ruleset where you want to add a rule 2 Go to the toolbar and click Rulesets then select the required ruleset from the listing of rulesets defined for this business rule 3 Click the New Rule icon and select to add either a General Rule or Verbal Rule Adding a General Rule To add a general rule 1 Click the Advanced Property Editor icon located to the right of the rule name to edit the name for this new rule as shown in Figure 17 8 Figure 17 8 Business Rules Editor Rulesets New General Rule gt g Value Sets Globals K Business Phrases E3 Tests Q Explorer Facts LoanRuleSety OF cp X Rules By Type Rule1 Y t X X n Search By Alias J B LoanApprovalDecisionTable Add Test Q Rule1 THEN T oP Add Action 2 In the IF area use the controls icons and sel
420. sing Oracle Business Process Composer you can create and edit the following project resources Processes A business process is the core element of a business application A process is defined as a related set of tasks or activities An Oracle BPM application can contain one or more processes Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to create and edit Business Process Model and Notation BPMN processes From the BPM Project Welcome page you can create new processes and edit existing ones See Creating and Working with Business Processes for information on creating and working with processes Oracle Business Rules Oracle Business Rules are statements that describe business policies or describe key business decisions Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create and edit business rules Business rules are editable components of a project but they also appear as part of the business catalog See Using Oracle Business Rules for information Human Tasks Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to create and edit human tasks Human tasks are used to define how users interact with your process based applications From the BPM Project Welcome page you can create new human tasks and edit existing ones See Working with Human Tasks for more information After creating a human task it is accessible within the business catalog Web Forms Web forms define the interface that your application users see in Process Workspace
421. size an uploaded image by selecting the Working with Web Forms 10 17 Introduction to Data Sources image control in the designer clicking on the style tab in the properties panel and setting the width Units are px or em You must include the units For example specifying a value of 50 resizes the image to half the width of the form or panel Trigger Control The trigger control adds a button to your form and is used in conjunction with rules See Using Dynamic Content in Form Rules Caution Triggers do not work in repeating items You can change the color of the Trigger button on the Setting tab of the properties panel You cannot center the text on a Trigger or remove the decorator The New Line property is checked by default The Button Color can be changed by selecting one of the choices in the Button Color dropdown on the Style tab Introduction to Data Sources Data sources allow you to create web form controls based on existing data structures In Oracle BPM these data structures are defined by a Human Task payload After creating a human task payload you can create a new web form based on the payload data See Walkthrough Creating a Web Form Using the Data First Method for information about creating a web form based on payload data Web Form Controls Generated by Payload Data Types Table 10 2 shows the type of web form control generated for each data type supported by human task payloads Table 10 2 H
422. so is likely be imported as a single task Visio Modelling Tips Consider the following tips when you create your Visio files e Use a good stencil e Ensure all shapes are based on a master shape e Glue all connectors to other shapes on both ends e Do not create flows by connecting shorter lines end to end Use one continuous connector for each flow e Do not group objects manually e Always label shapes and lines by selecting and typing Do not create separate text boxes e Do not invent new symbols that do not cleanly map to BPMN objects e Verify that all masters that you use are defined in VisioMasterMap xml or VisioUserMap xml e Do not use on page and off page connectors or link events They are not supported by BPM Updating VisioUserMap XML This section describes a possible scenario for importing a Visio file into a BPMN process To update VisioUserMap xmI In this example the original Visio file contains a shape with the master Report that we want to map to a Send task Since Report is not currently mapped in VisioMasterMap xml the shape is being imported as an abstract task By default VisioMasterMap xml maps this shape to a Send task If you use it strictly as an input or output object it is more accurate to map it to a BPMN data object 1 In the VisioMasterMap xml file find the master definition which appears as lt Master Name document Extends task gt lt Attributes gt lt Attribute Name
423. ss Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Understanding Process Level Documentation e Process links e Requirements e Process notes Process Description Like the project description the process description is a one or two sentence expansion of the title The description helps make a clear distinction between processes with similar titles Description Location e When a process is created as shown in Figure 6 4 Figure 6 4 New Process Description New Name Credit Rating Process Description This process is used to check credit lt gt Document Only V Document Only process Create e Inthe General tab of the Business Properties pane as shown in Figure 6 5 Figure 6 5 Business Properties General gt Credit Rating Process aed Name Credit Rating Process Links Description This process is used for checking credit General a me sai A Requirements Vv e Below the process name in the narrative view as shown in Figure 6 6 Figure 6 6 Process Narrative View Project Home LoanProcess CreditRatingProcess o CreditRatingProcess CreditRatingProcess Description This process has a single user task to check the credit rating of the loan applicant When Used The process description can be added or changed in several places such as during process creation in the business properties property panel and in the narrative view Where Used Documenting BPM Projects 6 3
424. sssnenesesesneneneseeeeees 17 23 How to Create Business Phrases ccccccccssesesesccscsesesescscscsesesescsescsssesescecscssssseececscsssnsneseeeees 17 23 Draft Business Phrases and Verbal Rules cccccccccseccsceesescscscssseseececscsesnseeceesesssnseeseesees 17 24 Choosing or Adding Business Phrases in Verbal Rules ccccccecscssessseseetetetesesneneeseeeees 17 25 Working with Decision FUunctions cccccccesesessetesescecesescecsnenesesesesnesesssescecesesesssnansnesesesneeneseeeeees 17 25 Working With Tests ina irene so rin ta ess a a e aa uaeee i sche hahaa ERE 17 27 Creating and Managing Test Suites and Test Cases s ss ssssssissesissiestessesiestestisrestesieseessesees 17 27 Creatine Test Templates s 2sics cx cesses covets o ie e ra e a ERE 17 29 How to Run Test Suites or Test Cases c cccccccesccccescsssssnsneeseseensnesescecesescsesnansnesesesnenensseeeses 17 29 Working with Explorer c cccccsescssessscsssseseeceesesesesnsnessseececesescscsanssesesesuenesesescecesesescsnansneseseseeneseseeeeees 17 29 Working with Translations yetsin iie oE E EESE EE E G E E T 17 30 Assigning a Rule to a Business Rules Task cccccescecssesesssseseseecesesesesnensneseseeceeseseeceneseseseansneneneaes 17 31 Editing Oracle Business Rules at Run Time cccccsceceesesssseseseecesesesesnsnsneseseecenesesceceneseseseanseneneees 17 31 Communicating with Other Processes and Services Defining Process Input and
425. st per hour Defines the cost required to perform the activity Use this parameter to create cost base reports Activity Cost Type Can be defined as a base cost or as a base cost plus the cost of resources assigned to perform the activity Activity Fixed Base Cost Defines the value specified as a decimal number of the fixed base cost See Resource Parameters for information on defining organization resources within a simulation definition Simulating Process Behavior 8 5 Creating and Running a Simulation e Queue info Specifies the maximum size of the queue for this activity This is the number of instances that are currently waiting at this activity When this number reaches the maximum size the simulation issues a warning e Outgoing flows Specifies the probability defined as a decimal number of a process instance continuing along each of the outgoing sequence flow If only one outgoing sequence flow is defined the probability is specified as 1 and cannot be changed Creating and Running a Simulation To runa simulation you must first define a simulation model for your project and at least one simulation definition for each of the processes you want to include in your simulation You can create multiple simulation definitions to test and compare the performance of your processes To create and run a simulation 1 Create the BPMN processes you want to include in your simulation See Working with Business
426. st the creation and behavior of process instances You can create multiple instances of each process within your project Note You can only run process player if you are currently editing the BPM project How Process Player Handles the Flow Objects of Your Process As the process player runs through a process it emulates the runtime behavior of some of the flow objects in your process e User tasks When the process player reaches a user task in a process it shows the role or user to select on its behalf It shows all the possible outcomes as actions and if the web form is associated to the task it also gives you the option of launching the web form or manually selecting the outcome If you choose to launch the web form Oracle Business Process Composer deploys the web form and displays it in a separate viewer If no form is assigned process player pauses to allow you to select the role you want to perform the task It prompts you to select one of the outcomes defined for the human task Approve and Reject are defined as default outcomes However the list of possible outcomes depends on how outcomes are defined in the human task See How to Configure Basic Task Properties for more information on defining the outcomes for a human task After selecting an outcome process player continues to the next flow object of your process If an Oracle Application Development Framework Oracle ADF form is assigned to the human task you must depl
427. sted decision functions in order e Returns output facts from the Oracle Business Rules Engine working memory A decision function provides a contract for invoking rules from Java or Service Oriented Architecture SOA from an SOA composite application or from a BPEL process The contract includes input fact types rulesets to run and output fact types To view and modify a Decision Function 1 Open the business rule dictionary 2 Go to the toolbar and click Decision Properties Using Oracle Business Rules 17 25 Working with Decision Functions 3 Select a decision function as shown in Figure 17 20 Figure 17 20 Business Rules Editor Decision Functions amp Rulesets Ej value Sets Globals gP Business Phrases Tests Q Explorer Facts amp Links g Translations Decision Functions hp X Name DecisionFunction1 lt DecisionFunction1 Description V Web Service Rule Firing Limit 10000 xl Service Name CreditRules_DecisionFunction1 M Invoke as rule service Check rule flow W Make stateless Inputs Initial Actions Outputs Rulesets Decision Functions 4 Enter a name for the Decision Function in Name field 5 If desired modify a description in the Description field 6 Select unlimited or an integer value in the Rule Firing Limit field In some cases when you are debugging a decision function you may want to enter a value for the rule firing limit The Rule Firing Limit can a
428. stestissessestestesresnesreseessesses 10 25 Adding Business Objects to a Web FOrM ss ssesesssssssssissssrsrtsstesstenterssesttensentesnteestensestesntestes 10 26 How to Show Which Web Controls Were Created from a Data Source 0 ees 10 27 How to Edit the Properties of a Web Form ss ses ssssssssssssrsresrtssstenteessesttnsnsentesnterstesneessesntestes 10 27 How to Edit the Properties of Web Form Controls ccccccccsesssesesesceesssesneneneeseeseneeseeeenes 10 28 How to Delet a Web Form aws guninsone riri i ses il eve eve covet oe stbesveves cestnvavecseeetiaters ses ators 10 28 How to Remove a Control from a Web Form cccccccccccssesesescscsesesesescecsssnseseececssensnseeseeenes 10 28 How to L stia Web FOr entas earo wo etescbecastoerccen E E op stb eeveves estavasecseeetiarees set ators 10 29 About Localization in Web Forms cccccccssesecccsseeescscsssesesescscsssssesescscssssseseececesessnsneseeenes 10 30 11 Working with Web Form Rules IntroductiOnito FOrm Rules sosia yieee n cattle R E ESTE rece les ttvedd shebeseatst 11 1 Form Rule Javascript Synta Keyesin ieee ie oE EE a E EE a 11 1 viii Using Dynamic Content in Form Rules ccceccccesescsestenseseseeceeseseecesesescseaneneneseseeneeseseeeenes 11 7 Using Data and Built in Methods in a Form Rule c cccesecccsescsseseseecenesesesesneneeseeceneseseeeeeenes 11 9 Understanding How Form Rules Work at Runtime cccceccsce ces ee ce es es eeteneese
429. stone 2 Right click the user task to which you want to add a milestone 3 Select a milestone from the list and click OK Defining Project Roles Business Parameters and Organization Units Use project roles to model the users or groups that perform the work your business process represents Roles define functional categories that correspond to job functions or responsibilities within your organization Use Oracle Business Process Composer to create and edit the required roles within your process and assign them to swimlanes This section describes how to create and manage project roles and business parameters Defining Project Roles Use Oracle Business Process Composer to define the roles used by your BPM project To perform more advanced mapping and configuration of project roles including assigning users to the roles use Oracle BPM Studio or Oracle Business Process Management Workspace When a project is deployed to runtime project roles can be mapped to the real world users and groups of your organization Project roles are defined for the entire project They can be shared by all the processes in your project Within a process roles are assigned to the horizontal swimlanes The following procedures describe how to create and delete project roles To create a project role 1 Access the Project Welcome page Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 13 Defining Project Roles Business Parameters and Organization Units
430. strategy is implemented The Value Chain reference can also reference a BPMN process within a BPM project Using KPIs to Analyze Performance KPIs define how an organization s performance is tracked against its objectives Working with Key Performance Indicators KPIs describes how to use KPIs 4 4 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page The BA Project Welcome Page provides access to information about a BA project and access to common project related features Figure 4 4 shows the Project Welcome Page for the Business Architecture for Education example project Figure 4 4 Business Architecture Project Welcome Page Created on Mar 27 by JCOOPER DD Business Architecture for Education Reports data not picked FE Recent activity Snapshots R 8 27 AM by jcooper Shared Project 4 users More information 3 Unpublished changes E Enterprise Map 1 Views Search imported Sample Business Architecture for ee QD Education E Strategy Model 5 Creating Project D Value Chain Model 13 Acme Enterprise Map D Publishes per on Mar 27 Een oa Organization Unit G Documentation GEE eat project documentation Attachments Edit project attachments Comments gt Eat project comments Use the Oracle Business Process Composer BA Project Welcome page to perform the following types of tasks e Edit and view a
431. t Links Location In the Links tab within the business properties as shown in Figure 6 9 Figure 6 9 Process Business Properties Links Links ry Q General Requirements F RequestQuotation 4 9 P Time 38 Quotation Checklist Useri 1 second s ago Checklist of all required information and documentation from customers for quotation When Used Links can be added to activities processes requirements activity documentation and process documentation The description should be short and expand on the title to help a user determine whether the link contains the appropriate document Where Used e Detailed Business Process report e Business Requirements report Requirements can be added to a process in the business properties There are two plain text fields notes and solution where more explanation can be added Links to existing documentation can also be added Description Location In the Requirements tab within the business properties as shown in Figure 6 10 Figure 6 10 Process Business Properties Requirements Links ry General A Requirements eS RequestQuotation P Time Sales system patch 2 Patch readme A O a A m n r 4501 lw I Notes g Solution Partially completed Complete in 1 Day s When Used Documenting BPM Projects 6 5 Understanding Activity Level Documentation The requirements feature tracks the status priority and difficulty of the requi
432. t_1 and Participant_2 act on the task at the same time Parallel routing allows you to define an outcome for the routing that determines how the task flow continues to the next participant after the parallel block See Outcome for more information Working with Human Tasks 12 3 Introduction to Human Tasks Figure 12 3 Example of Parallel Task Routing Participant_1 o i Ho i 3 l Partic Stage1 Outcome Outcome specifies possible outcome arguments of the Human Task Oracle BPM Worklist and Process Workspace display the possible outcomes you select as the available tasks to perform at runtime You can specify a voted upon outcome that overrides the default outcomes selected in the Default Outcomes list This outcome takes effect if the required percentage is reached Outcomes are evaluated in a specific order You can define the following outcomes for a human task e Defer e Yes e Approve e Accept e Reject e No For more information about configuring the outcome for a human task see How to Configure Basic Task Properties For more information about configuring outcomes in a parallel routing see How to Configure the Outcome for Parallel Routing You can also define custom outcomes using Oracle BPM Studio For more information about how to define custom outcomes see Designing Human Tasks in Oracle BPM in Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Management Studio Introduction to Participant
433. ta in your form rule using the _data getParameter lt data name gt syntax The following is a list of the available data e subject id logged in user s username e subject first name logged in users s First Name e subject last name logged in users s Last Name e subject roles list of all the roles for the logged in user available in v4 1 5 You can use a form load form rule to pre populate fields in your form with information about the currently logged in user For example if you have controls in your form named ID FirstName LastName Email and Roles Note Setting the value of a control to an array or to a random JavaScript object is not allowed Built in Methods Oracle BPM provides built in helper methods for common functionality required by form rules Here is the list of available methods for working with dates and times e Time frevvo currentTime form returns the current time in the user s local time zone This method should only be used to set the value of a Time control e Date frevvo currentDate form returns the current date in the user s local time zone This method should only be used to set the value of a Date control Working with Web Form Rules 11 9 Introduction to Form Rules e DateTime frevvo currentDateTime form returns the current date and time in the user s local time zone This method should only be used to set the value of a Date Time control Here is an example of setti
434. tcome Business processes are the core components of process based business applications created with the Oracle BPM Suite Although projects are higher level wrappers that contain all the resources of a business application the processes within the project determine how the application works Within a business process BPMN flow objects define the flow and behavior Business processes are generally created by process analysts who determine the business requirements that must be addressed and define the corresponding process flow Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 1 Introduction to the Project Toolbar Table 7 1 describes how the type of a process determines how it behaves in relation to other business processes Note By default new business processes are synchronous After creating a new process you can change the type by editing the process Table 7 1 Types of Business Processes Process Type Description Synchronous Service Synchronous services are a type of business process that is invoked from another process or service synchronously In a synchronous service the calling process waits until the process completes before continuing Asynchronous Service Asynchronous services are a type of business process that is invoked from another process or service asynchronously In an asynchronous service the calling process does not wait until the process completes before continuing Manual Process Manual
435. te Control and The Time Control for more information Default formats for date and time remain mm dd yyyy and hh mm e When you enter a date in the date part or select with the picker it automatically completes the time portion of the control with a value for 12 00 AM The value displayed depends on the time format selected 00 00 displays if the selected time format is hh mm 12 00 AM displays if the selected time format is hh mm AM PM 00 00 00 displays if the selected time format is hh mm ss 12 00 00 AM displays if the selected time format is hh mm ss AM PM e You cannot enter a time value without a date value e Changing the Control Type to Time does not display the date picker e The time input field cannot be labeled You must ensure that the label for the date portion is descriptive enough to include the time portion If date and time labels for the appropriate input fields are required two separate controls must be used or the label for the date portion should be extended over the time input field 10 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Web Form Controls The local time is converted to and saved in UTC format and the date is converted to the standard xsd date format of yyyy mm dd In the submission XML document for example lt OrderDate gt 2012 01 01T005 00 00Z lt OrderDate gt The capital Z after the time is necessary for proper initialization For
436. ter 1 9 1 0 9 2 0 4 0 5 0 9 if TS value length gt 0 amp amp TE value length gt 0 var sTime TS value split var sHour sTime 0 var sMin sTime 1 var sMins sHour 60 parseInt sMin var eTime TE value split var eHour eTime 0 var eMin eTime 1 var eMins eHour 60 parseInt eMin if eMins sMins lt 4 60 eMins sMins gt 6 60 TE valid false else TE valid true The date control can be set to either just a date just a time or a combined date time Here are several examples of initializing a time control name Tm Both set the control name Tm to the same time Tm value 8 30 pm uses am pm notation Tm vallue 20 00 uses military time Initialize a date time requires an array syntax DtTm value Aug 1 2001 10 00 Copying values Tm2 value Tm value Dt2 value Dt value DtTm2 value DtTm value Tenants Roles and Users Oracle Web Forms has several built in methods that enable you to access information about your form server such as the list of tenants users in a tenant and roles in a Web Form Rules Examples C 19 Repeat Item Added Repeat Item tenant Some of these methods return a boolean true false value Others return a JSON string Here is a sample of how to use these methods if form load eval x frevvo listTenants Tenants options x tenants Init
437. tes stateless operation With stateless operation at runtime the rule session is released after each invocation of the decision function 9 In the Initial Actions tab click Add to add initial actions for the decision function Select from the list which includes e assertions e assignations e if while for and so on e expression e synchronized e throw 10 These tabs are not editable from Composer e Inputs Enter an input name and press Enter or accept the default name e Outputs Select the appropriate fact type from the list e Rulesets Decision Fucntions Working with Tests At runtime you can use Oracle Business Process Composer to regression test rules This enables you to quickly check if a modified rule changes the existing functionality You can create a test suite with one or more test cases Test suites can only be defined for specific decision functions After creating a test suite if you want to create test cases click the test suite in the Test Model tree and click to create a Test Case or a Test Case from Templates You can Save Changes in Current Tab to save data at any time or click Publish if you are done with changes You can also click a test case in the Test Model tree to see the Input and Output documents for the test case This is where you can edit values to specify the input and the expected output Creating and Managing Test Suites and Test Cases To create and manage test suites and test cases
438. the palette Note For controls added from XSD schema you must use the underlying element name to initialize the control via _data e determines how you refer to form fields from document URIs e is used in Form Action Display Message and Go to URL templates e is used in Doc Action Email Address templates e is the name given to the XML element corresponding to the control you drag into your form from the palette You can change the names of controls from the schema although schema controls maintain their underlying XSD element name For example suppose you are using controls from two schemas in a form and both contain a control named FName You can change the name of one of these controls to FirstName to make them unique within the form This is helpful if you are adding rules to the form or if you want to use the form as a template Except for _data controls from XSD use the same rules as above as controls from palette New Line The New Line Property will be present for all controls that have the 12 column width selector Selecting New Line causes the control to appear on a new line in the rendered form Trigger and Link controls have this property checked by default Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference B 7 Web Form Control Properties Property Description Options Defines how to populate the choices the user sees in the control This property appears for drop down radio and check
439. the Presentation of a Human Task with a Web Form To specify the presentation of a human task using a web form 1 5 Open the human task Select the Basic tab Under Presentation select Web Form Click the Browse button The web form browser appears Click the name of the web form you want to select How to Change the Default Participant When you create a new human task it contains a default simple participant Use the human task editor to change the type of the default participant To change the default participant of a human task 1 2 If you are working on a shared project ensure that you are in edit mode Open the human task then select Routing Slip Click the participant then click the Delete X icon as shown in Figure 12 6 to delete the participant Figure 12 6 The Add and Remove Icons of a Participant ax O Participanti Click the routing slip box Click the Add icon then select a participant type See Introduction to Participant and Routing Types for information about each participant type The new participant appears in the routing slip box See the following procedures for information about adding additional participants to a human task How to Add Participants and Routing to a Human Task Use the human task editor to add participants or routing types to a human task To add participants to a human task 1 2 If you are working on a shared project
440. the default notation for the inclusive gateway merge Figure A 37 The Inclusive Gateway Merge BPMN Flow Object Reference A 21 Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways Splitting and Merging Inclusive Gateways The inclusive gateway splits a process similar to the exclusive gateway but allows tokens to proceed down multiple outgoing sequence flows When a token arrives at an inclusive gateway the expressions of its conditional sequence flows are evaluated Next a token is generated for each of the conditional sequence flows that evaluate to true A token is generated for the default sequence flow only if none of the conditional sequence flows evaluate to true These tokens are joined at the merge of the inclusive gateway When a token reaches the merge gateway it waits until all of the tokens generated by the split have reached the merge After all of the tokens have reached the merge of the inclusive gateway the merge is complete and the token continues to the next sequence flow after the gateway Introduction to the Parallel Gateway The parallel gateway allows you to split your process into two or more paths when you want your process flow to follow all paths simultaneously The parallel gateway is useful when your process must perform multiple tasks in parallel Figure A 38 shows the default notation for the parallel gateway split Figure A 38 The Parallel Gateway Split Figure A 39 shows the default notation
441. the edit icon then click Edit 4 10 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page 4 In the Properties Editor tab click the Browse button next to BPM or Value Chain 5 Select a BPM or BA project from the list then click Next 6 If you selected a BPM project in the previous step click a business process from the list If you selected a BA project in the previous step select a Value Chain Model from the list 7 Click Finish How to Edit the Properties of a Value Chain Model Step To edit the properties of a Value Chain Model step 1 2 Move the mouse over the step whose properties you want to edit Click the edit properties icon The Properties tab displays in the lower portion of the screen Click Edit Properties The Property Editor dialog appears Edit the properties as necessary then click OK Working with Strategy Models New Strategy Models can be created from the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page or the BA Project Welcome page You can then use the S trategy Model Editor to edit Strategy Models Creating a Strategy Model from the Business Architecture Welcome Page To create a Strategy Model from the Business Architecture Welcome page 1 2 3 4 Open your BA project Go to the Project Component pane and click Strategy Models Click New then enter a name for the Strategy Model Cl
442. the following types of expressions e Simple e Plain text e XML Literal 15 2 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Expressions Simple Expressions Simple expressions are defined using a basic expression language supported by Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM Operator Types Simple expressions support the following operator types e Arithmetic Operators e Unary Operators e Equality and Relational Operators e Conditional Operators You can use these operators to write expressions and conditions to define your process flow Generally these expressions perform their calculations based on the data objects in your process You can write expressions and conditions using the value of the data objects but you cannot modify their value The following examples of expressions use operators e totalAmount discount e activationCount gt 3 e unitsSold lt 1200 Table 15 2 Table 15 3 Table 15 4 and Table 15 5 describe the supported operators in the simple expression builder Table 15 2 Arithmetic Operators Operator Name Description Addition Adds numeric data types Concatenates Strings Subtraction Subtracts numeric data types Multiplication Multiplies numeric data types Division Divides numeric data types rem Remainder Calculates the remainder of a division in which the divisor does not exactly divide the dividend Pre
443. the guide all references to project templates have been removed e The Oracle Business Process Composer UI has been significantly changed so procedures on how to perform various actions and tasks have also been changed Part Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer This part describes Oracle Business Process Composer concepts This part contains the following chapter e Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer 1 Introduction to Oracle Business Process Composer This chapter provides an overview of Oracle Business Process Composer It describes the most common scenarios for using Oracle Business Process Composer to design implement and deploy Oracle Business Process Management Oracle BPM projects to create process based business applications It also provides a general overview of the application user interface This chapter includes the following sections e Signing On to Oracle Business Process Composer e Introduction to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page e Introduction to Project Panels Signing On to Oracle Business Process Composer Before signing on to Oracle Business Process Composer your business administrator must provide the URL and your username and password e URL The location of your Oracle Business Process Composer installation e Username The username you use to access Oracle Business Process Composer e Password The security credential you use to
444. the properties editor select either the Settings or Style tab then edit the properties as necessary See Web Form Control Properties for a description of each supported web form control property How to Delete a Web Form You can delete a web form your BPM project from the Project Home Page Note You cannot delete a web form that is associated with a human task If you want to delete a web form associated with a human task you must first disassociate it using the human task editor To delete a web form 1 Go to the Project Home Page 2 Select Web Forms then position the cursor over the web form you want to delete 3 Click the Delete icon then click OK to confirm that you want to delete the web form 4 Save your project How to Remove a Control from a Web Form You can remove form controls from a web form using the web forms designer Note After deleting a control it cannot be undone You must add a new control to the web form and configure its properties 10 28 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Web Forms Removing Controls To remove a control from a web form or organizational control 1 Open the web form whose control you want to delete 2 Click on the control to select it When you select a control it is highlighted Note Ensure that you select the individual control you want to delete and not the organizational control 3 Click th
445. the roles associated to this resource Start Event Parameters To simulate the behavior and performance of start events Oracle BPM uses a statistical model that simulates the probability of a certain behavior You must select the statistical distribution that Oracle BPM uses The following distribution types are available e Constant Triggers the start event at a specific interval For example if you specify a period of 1 minute and 15 seconds the event is triggered every 1 minute and 15 seconds Each time the event is triggered a new instance of the process is created Simulating Process Behavior 8 3 Introduction to Simulations e Uniform Triggers the start event at intervals within a specific margin specified by the mean and delta parameters For example if you define the mean as 30 seconds and the delta as 3 seconds the start event creates a new instance in intervals between 27 and 33 seconds with an equal probability e Exponential Triggers the start event a specified number of times within a certain interval For example if you define the frequency as 10 and the interval as 1 hour the event is triggered 10 times per hour The distribution of events is based on exponential distribution e Normal Triggers the start event based on normal or Gaussian distribution This is a continuous probability distribution that is based on a bell curve For example if you define a mean of 10 minutes and a standard deviation
446. the swimlane properties 7 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Flow Elements How to Edit Swimlane Properties You can edit the properties of a swimlane in the process editor To edit swimlane properties 1 Move the cursor over the role name for the swimlane 2 Click the Edit icon 3 Determine if you want to use an existing role or create a new one To assign an existing role to a swimlane a Click the Use button b Select a role from the drop down list To assigning a new role to a swimlane a Click the Create button b Enter the name of the new role in the text field 4 If you want to optionally add a custom icon to a swimlane click Change then select the icon you want to use 5 If you want to optionally change the background color of a swimlane a Click Implementation b Inthe implementation properties editor enter the RGB value of the color or select a color from the color palette c Click Apply Changes Sharing Roles Between Business Process Composer and BPM Studio Oracle BPM Studio allows you to integrate roles within complex organization models based on organizational units calendars and holidays When editing a project in Oracle Business Process Composer you can access the roles defined within the project However you cannot view or edit the organizational information defined within the project Additionally you can create new roles using Oracle B
447. the type from the default String Click Create to create your new exception Creating a New Enum Object To create a new Enum object 1 2 From the Project Welcome Page click Business Components Click the New icon then select New Enum Object to open the New Enum Object wizard as shown in Figure 14 6 An enum object enumeration is a special data object that enables a variable to be a set of predefined constants Figure 14 6 New Enum Object Wizard New Enum Object Basics gt Enum Items Name Enum Parent Module BusinessData iv Type string Q Change type Q Previous gt Next Finish Cancel Enter a name for the new enum object Select a parent module from the drop down list You must select a parent module when creating a new complex data type If no module currently exists you must create a new one To create a new module a Click the icon b Enter a name for the new module then click OK Click Change Type if you want to change the type from the default String Click Finish to create your new enum object or continue to the next step if you want to add enum items Click Next to add enum items The Enum Items dialog appears Click the new icon to add an Enum item Enter the name and value then click OK Click Finish to create your new enum object Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures 14 5 Working with Complex Data Types What Happens When You Create a Compl
448. then click the New button under the Selected list 7 Click OK Tracking Business Data in Your Application 16 7 Measuring Process Performance Using Measurement Marks 16 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Part VII Implementing and Deploying a BPM Project This part describes advanced functionality of Business Process Composer that is targeted towards process developers who must make changes to the implementation details of a BPM project This part contains the following chapters e Using Oracle Business Rules e Communicating with Other Processes and Services e Deploying a BPM Project 17 Using Oracle Business Rules This chapter describes how to use Oracle Business Process Composer to create and edit business rules It contains a general introduction to Oracle Business Rules and provides tasks for working with them This chapter includes the following sections Introduction to Oracle Business Rules Working with Oracle Business Process Composer Rules Editor Working with Business Rule Dictionaries Working with Dictionary Links Working with Rulesets Working with Decision Tables Working with Facts Working with Value Sets Working with Global Variables Working with Verbal Rules and Business Phrases Working with Decision Functions Working with Explorer Working with Translations Assigning a Rule to a Business Rules Task Editing Oracle Business Rules at Run Time
449. this option specifies that the global is modifiable for instance in an assign action 9 If the global is a constant then select the Constant check box When selected this option specifies that the global is a constant value For more information see About Final and Constant Options About Final and Constant Options The Globals variable includes the Constant and Final options that you can select Consider the following when you use global variables e When you deselect Final this specifies that the global is modifiable for instance in an assign action e When you select Final this specifies that you can use the globals in a test in a rule nonfinal globals cannot be used in a test in a rule e When you select Final this specifies that the global is initialized one time at runtime and cannot be changed When you select the Constant option this specifies the global is a constant In Oracle Business Rules a constant is a string or numeric literal a final global whose value is a constant or a simple expression involving constants and and Selecting the Constant option for a global has three effects e You do not have to surround string literals with double quotes e Only constants appear in the expression value choice list e The expression value must be a constant to be valid Selecting the Constant option is optional Note that values value range endpoints and ruleset filter values are always constant 17 2
450. ting Figure A 34 shows the default notation for the exclusive gateway Figure A 34 The Exclusive Gateway amp The Exclusive Gateway in Context Figure A 35 shows an example of the exclusive gateway used within the Sale Quote example Here the exclusive gateway is used to evaluate whether a review of business practices is required Figure A 35 The Exclusive Gateway within the Sales Quote Example Process au Is Business Practices asi Business Practices Review Business T Outcome Approved by Bus Practices S Approvals N A 20 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways This evaluation is determined by the expression defined for the outgoing conditional sequence flow If this evaluates to true then the process flow proceeds down the Yes path If it evaluates to false then the process flow proceeds down the path of the default outgoing sequence flow Splitting and Merging Exclusive Gateways When a token reaches an exclusive gateway the outgoing conditional sequence flows are evaluated until one of them evaluates to be true You can define the specific order in which these are evaluated by configuring a property for the exclusive gateway Based on this configuration when the first conditional sequence flow evaluates to true the token moves down this outgoing sequence flow to the next flow object If you have multiple outgoing conditional sequence
451. tion example project Figure 5 1 The Project Welcome Page aS LoanApplication Created on Mar 26 by COOPER Recent activity Snapshots i Mar 26 by jcooper Shared Project 4 Users Language English Edit Unpublished changes mema A E Processes 2 Mer Search cas li Business Indicators 0 Kors 0 all 13 Use the Oracle Business Process Composer Project Welcome page to perform the following types of tasks e Edit and view a project s general information e Create and manage project components e Edit validate and publish BPM projects e Access the Quickstart menu For more information about sharing projects saving projects discarding changes and other general functions see Creating and Managing BA and BPM Projects The Oracle Business Process Composer Project Welcome page is divided into the following sections e Project toolbar e Project Information panel e Recent Activity panel e Project Component panel e Quickstart menu Introduction to the Project Toolbar The Oracle Business Process Composer project toolbar is located across the top of page and provides access to the Oracle Business Process Composer projects main menu as well as allowing you to save publish and validate your projects The toolbar provides access to the following Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 5 Introduction to the Project Welcome Page Table 5 2 Oracle Business Process Composer Project Welcome Page
452. tion you can define general parameters including the organizational resources and select which simulation models to include in a 8 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Simulation Definitions simulation You can define multiple simulation definitions to test different combinations of parameters and processes After creating a simulation definition you can edit its resources add simulation models and so on as described in the following sections How to Create a Simulation Definition In a simulation definition you can change the values of different parameters to see how they influence the performance of a project The parameters you can define include e The start time and duration of the simulation e Which process simulation models you want to include in the project simulation e Participant resources you want to include in the simulation Oracle Business Process Composer provides a wizard that walks you through the process of creating and configuring a new simulation definition creating and configuring new simulation models and configuring organizational resources To create and configure a simulation definition 1 Click Simulations from the Project Welcome Page 2 Click the New icon to start the simulation wizard The New Simulation dialog appears as shown in Figure 8 3 Figure 8 3 New Simulation Dialog New Simulation The simulation definiti
453. tion to display the links If the task mode is active only the tasks links are grayed out If the task mode is any state the tasks links remain enabled and a message appears when you run the task Possible values are Active Only The link to the task is enabled only when the task is active and the user can update it When you complete the task the link to the task is grayed out Any State After you instantiate a task the link to it is always enabled even after you complete it Root Process Determines the process used for this Activity Guide You can only define one Guided Business Process per BPM project This process is the root process 5 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Defining Project Roles Business Parameters and Organization Units e Description Provides an optional description for the Activity Guide 5 Click Save in the project toolbar Creating Project Milestones Use Oracle Business Process Composer to add milestones to Guided Business Processes To create a new milestone 1 Click New Milestone 2 Select the milestone you just created from the list 3 Configure the milestone as necessary 4 Click Save in the project toolbar Adding Milestones to User Tasks Use Oracle Business Process Composer to add milestones to user tasks in a Guided Business Processes To add a user task to a milestone 1 Open the process to which you want to add a mile
454. to Add Lanes and Process Areas to an Enterprise Map Using the Enterprise Map editor you can add lanes and process areas to an Enterprise Map To add a lane to an Enterprise Map or process area 1 2 3 4 From the component palette click and drag a lane or process area to the position in the Enterprise Map editor canvas To resize the lane or process area click it then click and drag one of the corners To reposition the lane or process area click and drag it to the new position To rename the lane or process area double click the name then enter a new one How to Assign and Organization Unit to a Lane or Process Area Organization units enable you to define the groups within your organization that perform the work defined in your process models You can assign an organization unit to a lane or process area To assign an organization unit to a lane or process area 1 2 Move the mouse over the lane or process area Move the mouse over the edit pencil icon then click the properties icon The Properties Editor appears in the lower area of the application In the Properties Editor click Search next to the Organization Unit field Performing Process Analysis and Discovery with Business Architecture 4 9 Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page How to Assign a Value Chain Model to a Process Area You can assign a Value Chain Model to a process area To assign a Value Chain Model to a process area
455. to advance the business process Oracle Human Workflow provides comprehensive support for user participation by providing the following features e Manual interactions with processes including assignment and routing of tasks to the correct users or groups A 8 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Adding User Interaction to Your Process e Deadlines escalations notifications and other features required for ensuring the timely performance of a task e Organization filtering prioritization and other features required for process participants to productively perform their tasks e Reports reassignments load balancing and other features required by supervisors and business owners to manage the performance of tasks For more information see Getting Started with Human Workflow in the Developing SOA Applications with Oracle SOA Suite Introduction to Human Tasks Human tasks are a component of Oracle Human Workflow Human tasks allow you to interleave manual interactions with connectivity to systems and services within an end to end process flow Human tasks are responsible for handling all interactions with users or groups participating in the business process They do this by creating and tracking tasks for the appropriate users in the organization Users typically access tasks through a variety of clients including the worklist application e mail portals or custom applications Human tasks
456. to customize the form s appearance and behavior You can add the following to a web form e Form controls Components that you can add directly to a form Form controls define the graphical elements of a web form and their layout They also display data to users and receive data input See Introduction to Web Form Controls for information about the types of form controls supported by Oracle BPM When you add arrange or remove a form control from a web form the form editor automatically updates the underlying XHTML code e Form rules Pieces of Javascript code that define the behavior of a web form or web form controls Oracle Business Process Composer provides a form rules editor that allows you to create and edit form rules See Working with Web Form Rules for more information Form First and Data First Design There are two use cases for creating web forms in Oracle BPM e Form first In this use case you create a web form first before any data elements are defined This allows a business user to define the required user interface using Oracle Business Process Composer In this use case user interface elements are created first without considering the required underlying data model After the form is created Oracle BPM automatically generates the schema that defines the data required by the web form This data schema is based on the web form controls added to the web form When you assign the web form to a human task this s
457. to the upper left corner of the page Consider a tool where object coordinates stored in the XPDL are relative to their parent pool and lane In this case the coordinates are Pool 1 0 0 Pool 2 0 200 Lane 1 40 0 Lane 2 40 100 Task 1 175 15 Task 2 175 15 Task 3 325 15 Note that lane 1 in Pool 2 has a Y coordinate of 0 Since this tool stores lane positions relative to their parent pool a value of 0 indicates that the top edge of the lane coincides with the top edge of the pool Likewise the Y coordinate of Lane 2 is 100 indicating that it is 100 units below the top edge of the pool Each task has a Y coordinate of 15 indicating that its upper left corner is 15 units below the top edge of its respective lane In order for this diagram to be correctly imported into Oracle BPM the following extended attribute values must be set Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 13 Customizing XPDL Import Using XSLT Table D 10 Extended Attribute Values Attribute Name Value lanesRelativeToPools true activitiesRelativeToLanes true The XSLT code to add these attributes to the XPDL are as follows lt xsl template match Package ExtendedAttributes gt lt xsl copy gt lt xsl copy of select gt lt ExtendedAttribute Name lanesRelativeToPools Value true gt lt ExtendedAttribute Name activitiesRelativeToLanes Value true gt lt xsl apply templates gt lt
458. troduction to Embedded Subprocesses Inline Subprocesses ccccsccsseseseesssesssseseeeesesssesenens A 27 Introduction to Event Subprocesses Event Handlers ccccccccssssssesssesesssssesesesesssssesesesesesesenees A 29 Changing the Value of Data Objects in Your Process ccceccsesessessseeteteseeceseseseecenesesesnsnseneseeceeeeseseeeenes A 29 Introduction to the Script Taskisinsirsie iiion oe es see ene ee e ees i iiae deita ee a e aen Ees A 29 B Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference Web Form Properties nyiar etree e E ARE EE EEE EE Aea Ee sd A R Re aSa SEa RESE B 1 Settings Taabri ors ee seks Seales ta estar da Pea eee a ae oaar erie aeae ean eree I Sel Be Sieh can ot eg wena shal EAE B 1 Style TaD xii tee Bat ive aes ales heat ae e AM seas eh ie Eee en Seles BADE Sono Mt weal sealed B 2 Web Form Control Properties ns cciteuudnatinnee nia eiea Mobile ida e raae deena atl B 3 Web Form Control Properties Settings Tab cccccccscscscssesesesnsnsesesessesesescecenesesssnsnsneseseseeneneseseees B 3 Web Form Control Properties Style Tab syrnet reia EAEE a EE R kE B 11 C Web Form Rules Examples Calculate ia Total ccsetesc so seiccn se Ee m oae r eee he dichans be Macher idk eee elec dh eke he i ae dale hace C 2 Show Hide a Billing Adres cece sccescsssesesesesensesesesesesssesesesesesssesesesesesssesesesesesssesesesesesssesesesesessseseeees C 3 Show Hide Message iii seiin Aste shoes i chase shat n a isan i
459. trol is created as a dropdown if there are four or more valid choices and a radio button if there are fewer than four valid values You can change the display type between radio dropdown and check box using the Display As property Modifying Web Form Controls Generated From Data Elements After generating web form controls from data elements you can e Update the data payload of the human task and recreate the web form e Edit the controls in the web forms editor What You Can Edit Using the Web Form Editor You can perform the following on a web form control after generating it from a data element e Edit the web form control s name You can edit the name that is displayed in the web form editor However the underlying XSD is not changed e Create or edit web form rules used by the web form control e Set default values for the web form control e Edit the layout of the web form controls within the web form You can move controls in sections or panels as required However you cannot add or remove a generated web form control from a repeat control e Edit the Display As property of the web form control See Introduction to the Display As Property for more information e Edit the web form control s label What You Cannot Edit Using the Web Form Designer The following changes cannot be made when generating web form controls based on data elements e Make edits to web form controls that alter how the web form or web form contro
460. ttp www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance Id bf 8a25 5 275d 4546 8d07 dfa02666c51d Name Sample xmlns http www wfmc org 2009 XPDL2 2 gt lt PackageHeader gt lt XPDLVersion gt 2 2 lt XPDLVersion gt lt Vendor gt Bizagi Process Modeler lt Vendor gt lt Created gt 2013 07 29T19 17 31 931003 07 00 lt Created gt lt ModificationDate gt 2013 07 29T19 18 53 207857 07 00 lt ModificationDate gt lt Description gt Phases lt Description gt lt Documentation gt lt PackageHeader gt As an alternative to the Vendor attribute you may specify a Condition attribute that contains a valid XPATH expression If the expression evaluates to true for a source file the corresponding XSL file is used Following is an example that uses the Condition attribute lt XSLFilePath Condition substring Package PackageHeader Vendor text 0 22 Metastorm ProVision 6 gt ProvisionPatch xsl lt XSLFilePath gt This expression compares the first 22 characters of the Vendor attribute to the string Metastorm ProVision 6 This technique may be used to match a combination of Vendor and Version for example After a specific XSL file is identified the importer applies the XSLT transformation against the source file and then imports the transformed XML If no Vendor or Condition matches the source file the importer uses the file patch xsl Preparing Processes for Import into Oracle BPM D 11 Customizing
461. tween two flow objects Default sequence flows are displayed as a line with and arrow as shown in Figure A 32 Figure A 32 The Unconditional Sequence Flow Most flow objects can contain only one default out going sequence flow Only parallel gateways can contain multiple unconditional sequence flows which represent the parallel paths of your process Exclusive inclusive and conditional gateways cannot have unconditional outgoing sequence flows These gateways use conditional and default sequence flows to determine the flow of your process Introduction to Conditional Sequence Flows Conditional sequence flows are used to control the flow of a process based on certain conditions Like unconditional sequence flows conditional sequence flows are displayed by an arrowed line Figure A 33 shows two outgoing conditional sequence flows and a default sequence flow A 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Controlling Process Flow Using Gateways Figure A 33 Conditional and Default Sequence Flows r Condition 1 B lt B Exclusive Condition 2 Gateway Default Not all flow objects can use outgoing conditional sequence flows Only the following types of gateways can have outgoing conditional sequence flows e Exclusive gateways e Inclusive gateway split The conditions used within a conditional sequence flow are defined using expressions For information about using the expression editor t
462. u can control the behavior and appearance of the web form by changing its properties Properties are edited using the properties editor which contains tabbed panes that group the web form properties by function The properties listed in Table B 1 are shown on the Properties control s Settings tab when a web form is selected in the designer Table B 1 Properties Property Description Form Name Defines the name of the form Description Provides a description of the web form By default all forms use the description Edit the form to change this description Change this description to something specific to your form The description appears as a tool tip when you mouse over the area just to the right of the form s share icon in the forms editor The description is also visible when you view individual submission documents Element Name Specifies the root element name in the submission xml of a form created from the designer palette Must be a valid XML name The name of the form is decoupled from the element name If you want a form name with international characters you must enter the international chars into the Element Name field Note If you change the element name all existing submissions become invalid The error message Submission is not valid An incompatible change was made to the form flow is displayed Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference B 1 Web Form Properties Property Descripti
463. ublish report data from the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page 1 From the Main Menu select Publish Report Data 2 Select a project You can select any project that you own or have permission to edit The projects selected can be in different spaces 4 14 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Business Architecture Reports Figure 4 8 Publish BA Reports Data Dialog Publish Business Architecture Reports Data x You are seeing the projects you own or can edit in BPMBughuntSpace BA projecti Publish Cancel 3 Click Publish How to Generate BA Reports After you have published the report data you can generate reports from the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page The report types available are e Process Criticality report e Impact Analysis report To generate BA reports 1 Go to the Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome page 2 Click the main menu and select to generate either the Process Criticality report or the Impact Analysis report as shown in Figure 4 9 Figure 4 9 Oracle Business Process Composer Application Welcome Page Main Menu Reports gt Pubish reports data A Business Architecture gt Impact Analysis Report gt Goal Process Criticality Report Objective Strategy Al gt Value Chain When you select to generate an impact analysis report you must choose to base your
464. uman Task Data Types and Their Corresponding Web Form Control Data type Web form control String Text control Binary Text control Boolean Booleancheckbox If checked the value is set to true and if unchecked it is set to false if the element is required No value is specified if the control is optional You can set the label of the true and false options through the Labels property However only the first option which maps to the true choice is displayed If you add more then two labels the extra labels are automatically removed Int Int64 Text control Real Decimal Text control Interval Text control Time Date control 10 18 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Introduction to Data Sources Data type Web form control Components Section Human task payload data created based on a business object is added to a section form control Individual data elements within the component generate the same form controls as other data types These are added to the section control After adding them to a form you can rearrange them as necessary Most of the controls generated from a human task payload are created as text controls However all validation for the controls are based on the original data type datatype For example an xsd integer type only allows numeric values Schema elements that specify element restrictions are generated as selection controls The con
465. urrent Project however if one is available the user can select a snapshot Importing and Exporting Projects Oracle Business Process Composer allows you to import and export BPM projects as EXP files This allows you to share projects directly with other Oracle Business Process Composer and Oracle BPM Studio users directly through the file system without having to use the Oracle BPM repository Note To migrate projects from releases prior to 12c import them into BPM Studio You can then deploy the composite or export the project and import it using Business Process Composer How to Import a Project from your Local File System You can import a BPM 12c project that was previously exported and saved as an EXP file The imported project is stored in the Oracle BPM repository Note To migrate projects from releases prior to 12c import them into BPM Studio You can then deploy the composite or export the project and import it using Business Process Composer To import a project 1 Access the application welcome page 3 6 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Importing and Exporting Projects 2 From the main menu select Import then select Import Project The main menu is accessible from the upper left hand corner of the Oracle Business Process Composer user interface as shown in Figure 3 2 Figure 3 2 Application Welcome Page Main Menu L Import i Export gt E Reports gt
466. usiness Process Composer These roles are incorporated as part of the overall organization information of the project Working with Flow Elements This section describes the basic mechanics of using the process editor to add flow elements to a process See BPMN Flow Object Reference for information about designing your business process using BPMN 2 0 Creating and Working with Business Processes 7 13 Working with Flow Elements How to Add a Flow Object from the Component Palette To add flow objects to your process drag them from the component palette onto the process editor canvas To add a flow element from the component palette 1 2 Open the process where you want to add flow elements Ensure you are in edit mode Inthe component palette double click the type of flow object you want to add Select the object entry mode you wish to use You can choose to enter a single flow object or multiple flow objects of the same type See Introduction to the BPMN Component Palette for more information Click and drag the flow object you want to add to the area in process editor canvas where you want to place it The cursor displays the icon associated with the type of flow object Position the cursor at the point in your process where you want to add the flow object then click the mouse If you are in multiple object mode you can continue clicking within the process editor canvas to add additional flow o
467. ut of the controls as necessary by dragging and dropping them within the web form Note You cannot add a control generated from a data element into a repeat control Generating Form Controls for Individual Data Elements To generate form controls for individual data elements in a payload 1 Open the web form you created based on a human task payload 2 In the Data Sources pane click the bullet to the left of the HumanTaskPayload node as shown in Figure 10 3 Oracle Business Process Composer displays a tree showing a list of the data elements within the payload 3 For each of the data elements that you want to add to your form select the Add icon to the left of the data element Oracle Business Process Composer generates a form control for the data element When adding data elements individually the form controls are added directly at the beginning of the form They are not added to a form panel 4 Edit the layout of the controls as necessary by dragging and dropping them within the web form Working with Web Forms 10 25 Working with Web Forms Note You cannot add a control generated from a data element into a repeat control Adding Business Objects to a Web Form Add business objects to a form from the Data Sources panel The Data Sources panel includes business objects that you have added from the catalog using the Form Business Objects dialog accessed from the web form editor toolbar To add busi
468. values for the business indicators Figure A 51 Data Associations Used by the Set Business Indicators Script Task B Drag variables here quote summary industry amp industry x imary efFectiveDiscount 100 B discount x nary totalNetRevenue round E revenueDimension X As with other flow objects that accept data associations you can use expressions to change the values of data objects Figure A 52 shows how an expression is used to change the value of the discount project variable Figure A 52 Expression Used to Change the Value of Discount Project Variable Expression Builder x Expression D round quote summary effectiveDiscount 100 A 30 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Changing the Value of Data Objects in Your Process Note If you implemented the script task using transformations using BPM Studio they are not visible when opening the BPM project in Oracle Business Process Composer BPMN Flow Object Reference A 31 Changing the Value of Data Objects in Your Process A 32 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer B Web Form and Web Form Control Property Reference This appendix provides a description of the properties available for web forms and web form controls This appendix includes the following sections e Web Form Properties e Web Form Control Properties Web Form Properties Settings Tab Yo
469. view the following project properties from the project information pane e Edit mode Displays the edit mode for the project See How to Edit a Shared Project for information on changing the edit mode of a project e Sharing Displays the sharing configuration of the project e Project Language Displays the project language Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones Guided Business Processes provide a guided visual representation of a process flow improving the user experience by providing process participants with an encapsulated hierarchical view of the business process The following sections describe how to use Guided Business Processes and project milestones Introduction to Guided Business Processes Process designers can use Guided Business Processes to direct process participants to complete a business process through a set of guided steps associated with the process By following the steps outlined in a Guided Business Process process participants require less training to complete a business process and the results of the process are more predictable Introduction to Activity Guides and Milestones A Guided Business Process is modeled as an activity guide based on a business process The Activity Guide includes a set of milestones A milestone is a contained set Creating and Working with BPM Projects 5 11 Using Guided Business Processes to Create Project Milestones of tasks that the process partic
470. vious lane participants e Current lane participants Selecting Participants using Parametric Roles To select participants using parametric roles 1 Ensure that you have created parametric roles for the project using Oracle BPM Studio If you are editing a shared project ensure that you are in edit mode Open the human task then select Routing Slip Double click on the participant From the drop down box next to Build a list of participants using select Parametric roles In the Data Type column select either By name or By Expression from the drop down list Select a value for the participant 12 12 Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process Composer Working with Human Tasks a Click the Search icon in the Value column b From the drop down list select either User Groups or Application Roles c Enter the name you want to search then click Search To view a list of all names groups or roles leave the text field empty then click Search d Select the check boxes next to the users groups or roles you want to add e Click OK How to Configure the Outcome for Parallel Routing You can configure the routing outcome for parallel blocks To configure the outcome for parallel routing 1 If you are editing a shared project ensure that you are in edit mode 2 Open the human task then select Routing Slip 3 In the Participants editor double click on one of the intersections of the p
471. w items using Explorer 1 Open the business rule dictionary where you want to edit items 2 Go to the toolbar and click Explorer The items included in the selected business rules dictionary are listed as shown in Figure 17 22 Using Oracle Business Rules 17 29 Working with Translations Figure 17 22 Business Rules Editor Explorer Project Home CreditRules ixi Rulesets E Value Sets Globals gP Business Phrases EB Tests Ql IN Facts show Hidden Items Name Type Description RuleInputType w Decision Functions gP Links g Translations Convert this Double to its lexical representation new Double 1 1 toString 1 1 Retums the value 0 if the argument string is equal to this string a value less than 0 if this string is lexicographically less than the string argument and a value greater than 0 if this string is lexicographically greater than the string argument a compare Return the 0 based index of the start of arg1 within this String but not before the 0 based index arg2 banana indexOf an 2 3 Returns the char value at O based index arg1 Orade charAt 2 a 3 Select the Show Hidden Items to include hidden items in the list Working with Translations Use the Translations tab to view the phrases included in the selected dictionary and their translated strings Note that in order to work with additional languages for this project they must be
472. w simulation model A simulation model defines the simulated behavior of a process You can define multiple simulation models for a process however only one simulation model is used for each process within a simulation definition b Provide information for each of the fields as shown in Figure 8 4 Figure 8 4 The New Simulation Model Editor g New Model Simulation Process1 The simulation model describes the way the process should be simulated induding cost information instances to be simulated etc Further information can be edited later by opening the model from the tree Model name fimulationModel1 Specify number of process instances to be created Interactive Tasks Distribution Task Normal Mean 30s organization resources fixed resources Available resources ig Automatic Tasks Available threads 100 gt gp Add cancel See Simulation Model Parameters for more information about these parameters c Click Add Create additional simulation models as necessary You should create at least one simulation model for each process in your project even if you do not include it in the simulation definition This allows you to create additional simulation models later and add them to other simulation definitions 6 Select the check box next to each process whose simulation model you want to include in the simulation definition If you have not created a simulation model for a process
473. wing sections e Introduction to Business Architecture e Introduction to the BA Project Welcome Page e Working with Business Architecture Reports Introduction to Business Architecture Business Architecture is a methodology for performing high level analysis of the business processes within your organization These processes can be high level processes that span an entire organization or specific low level processes performed within a specific group Business Architecture uses a top down approach that allows for discovery of your organization s processes You can define and evaluate high level goals and map them to specific strategies for achieving them You can also run reports on Business Architecture components to evaluate performance Oracle Business Process Composer provides a full feature tool for performing analysis refinement and optimization of your business processes This allows the business model to drive the IT development process by translating requirements into specific Business Process Model and Notation BPMN processes To create high level models of your organization s processes Oracle Business Process Composer provides capabilities for creating and editing the following e Enterprise Maps e Value Chain Models e Strategy Models These components are described in the following sections Introduction to Enterprise Maps Enterprise Maps provide a bird s eye view of your organization They are models that show key p
474. xsl icopy gt lt xsl template gt A minor variation is when lanes are relative to their parent pools but activities are relative to their parent pool not their parent lane In this scenario the object coordinates may be as follows Pool 1 0 0 Pool 2 0 200 Lane 1 40 0 Lane 2 40 100 Task 1 175 15 Task 2 175 15 Task 3 325 115 Pool 1 0 0 The only difference is that the Y value of Task 3 is 115 instead of 15 In this scenario the extended attributes must be set to Table D 11 Extended Attributes and Values Attribute Name Value lanesRelativeToPools true activitiesRelativeToPools true Activity Local Coordinate System The XPDL specification dictates that activity positions represent the location of the upper left corner of the bounding rectangle on the page coordinate system However some tools use the center of the object as the location on the page This is known as the local coordinate system of the object The easiest way to understand this is to imagine pinning a postcard onto a cork board with a push pin The hole that the pin makes in the board represents the position of the card on the board Measuring from the left edge of the board to the pin provides the X coordinate and measuring from the top edge of the board to the pin provides the Y coordinate However the placement of the pin in the card itself also contributes to the correct positioning of the card If th
475. ype Each complex data type must contain one top level module Within a module you can create complex data types or other modules e Complex data types Within a module you can define one or more complex data types A complex data type can contain other complex data types or modules e Attributes Attributes are the lowest level component of a complex data type Attributes define the data types of the complex data type You can also add documentation to your complex data types and attributes Adding documentation makes your data structures more understandable to other users who are collaborating on your BPM project The following example process defines two different complex data types to handle the required data Figure 14 1 shows how these appear in the business component editor Using Complex Data Types to Define Data Structures 14 1 Working with Complex Data Types Figure 14 1 Complex Data Types Defined in the Example Project lt BusinessData E3 RuleInput E loanAmount Double fate creditRating String B RuleOutput abc loanApprovalStatus String O Type amp Eag Ermnpp m p s N 2 oe amp a A 5 G a 2s 3 6 E 5 bad numberOfMonths Decimal amp Working with Complex Data Types Using Oracle Business Process Composer you can create edit and delete complex data types and their modules and attributes You can use Oracle Business Process Composer to create complex data
476. zation as shown in Figure 4 3 Figure 4 3 BA Project Strategy Model El Acme gt BBE Business Arc Editing al ot Project Home 4 Achieve Financial Vi OOl 8 Bl Targeted Enrolments Income from Subsidy Fee Increase Student Fee ieve Financiahviapility Equal Access with Manage Financial Financial Resources Constraints Revenue Base Alternate Flow of Income Q La Strategy Models contain the following components e Goal Defines the desired end result specified by the strategy model e Objective A goal can be broken down into one or more objectives For example the goal of achieving faculty excellence in an educational institute can be broken down into impacted objectives such as size and quality of the faculty faculty compensation and so on The objectives are hierarchial which means that an objective can be broken down into child objectives e Strategy Defines the plan to achieve an objective For example the objective of financial compensation can be achieved by using strategies for faculty salaries and perk benefits Although strategies define how objectives are achieved they are still high level The specific details for achieving an objective can be further refined by linking to a Value Chain Model e Value Chain This is a reference to a Value Chain in this or another BA project It references or links to the value chain that defines the details of how this

Developing Business Processes with Oracle Business Process

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents